Compare commits
3 Commits
| Author | SHA1 | Date | |
|---|---|---|---|
| e2db2b1978 | |||
| 7e57ba9016 | |||
| 520bcc1170 |
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
|
||||
compat
|
||||
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
|
||||
compat/*
|
||||
@@ -1,6 +0,0 @@
|
||||
The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
|
||||
a legal notice, here is a blessing:
|
||||
|
||||
* May you do good and not evil.
|
||||
* May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
|
||||
* May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,138 @@
|
||||
#!/usr/make
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Makefile for SQLITE
|
||||
#
|
||||
# This is a template makefile for SQLite. Most people prefer to
|
||||
# use the autoconf generated "configure" script to generate the
|
||||
# makefile automatically. But that does not work for everybody
|
||||
# and in every situation. If you are having problems with the
|
||||
# "configure" script, you might want to try this makefile as an
|
||||
# alternative. Create a copy of this file, edit the parameters
|
||||
# below and type "make".
|
||||
#
|
||||
|
||||
#### The directory where to find the mingw32ce tools
|
||||
MINGW32CE = /opt/mingw32ce/bin
|
||||
|
||||
#### The target prefix of the mingw32ce tools
|
||||
TARGET = arm-wince-mingw32ce
|
||||
|
||||
#### The toplevel directory of the source tree. This is the directory
|
||||
# that contains this "Makefile.in" and the "configure.in" script.
|
||||
#
|
||||
TOP = ../sqlite
|
||||
|
||||
#### C Compiler and options for use in building executables that
|
||||
# will run on the platform that is doing the build.
|
||||
#
|
||||
BCC = gcc -g -O2
|
||||
#BCC = /opt/ancic/bin/c89 -0
|
||||
|
||||
#### If the target operating system supports the "usleep()" system
|
||||
# call, then define the HAVE_USLEEP macro for all C modules.
|
||||
#
|
||||
USLEEP =
|
||||
#USLEEP = -DHAVE_USLEEP=1
|
||||
|
||||
#### If you want the SQLite library to be safe for use within a
|
||||
# multi-threaded program, then define the following macro
|
||||
# appropriately:
|
||||
#
|
||||
THREADSAFE = -DTHREADSAFE=1
|
||||
#THREADSAFE = -DTHREADSAFE=0
|
||||
|
||||
#### Specify any extra linker options needed to make the library
|
||||
# thread safe
|
||||
#
|
||||
#THREADLIB = -lpthread
|
||||
THREADLIB =
|
||||
|
||||
#### Specify any extra libraries needed to access required functions.
|
||||
#
|
||||
#TLIBS = -lrt # fdatasync on Solaris 8
|
||||
TLIBS =
|
||||
|
||||
#### Leave SQLITE_DEBUG undefined for maximum speed. Use SQLITE_DEBUG=1
|
||||
# to check for memory leaks. Use SQLITE_DEBUG=2 to print a log of all
|
||||
# malloc()s and free()s in order to track down memory leaks.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# SQLite uses some expensive assert() statements in the inner loop.
|
||||
# You can make the library go almost twice as fast if you compile
|
||||
# with -DNDEBUG=1
|
||||
#
|
||||
#OPTS = -DSQLITE_DEBUG=2
|
||||
#OPTS = -DSQLITE_DEBUG=1
|
||||
#OPTS =
|
||||
OPTS = -DNDEBUG=1 -DSQLITE_OS_WIN=1 -D_WIN32_WCE=1
|
||||
#OPTS += -DHAVE_FDATASYNC=1
|
||||
|
||||
#### The suffix to add to executable files. ".exe" for windows.
|
||||
# Nothing for unix.
|
||||
#
|
||||
EXE = .exe
|
||||
#EXE =
|
||||
|
||||
#### C Compile and options for use in building executables that
|
||||
# will run on the target platform. This is usually the same
|
||||
# as BCC, unless you are cross-compiling.
|
||||
#
|
||||
#TCC = gcc -O6
|
||||
#TCC = gcc -g -O0 -Wall
|
||||
#TCC = gcc -g -O0 -Wall -fprofile-arcs -ftest-coverage
|
||||
#TCC = /opt/mingw/bin/i386-mingw32-gcc -O6
|
||||
TCC = $(MINGW32CE)/$(TARGET)-gcc -O2
|
||||
#TCC = /opt/ansic/bin/c89 -O +z -Wl,-a,archive
|
||||
|
||||
#### Tools used to build a static library.
|
||||
#
|
||||
#AR = ar cr
|
||||
#AR = /opt/mingw/bin/i386-mingw32-ar cr
|
||||
AR = $(MINGW32CE)/$(TARGET)-ar cr
|
||||
#RANLIB = ranlib
|
||||
#RANLIB = /opt/mingw/bin/i386-mingw32-ranlib
|
||||
RANLIB = $(MINGW32CE)/$(TARGET)-ranlib
|
||||
|
||||
#MKSHLIB = gcc -shared
|
||||
#SO = so
|
||||
#SHPREFIX = lib
|
||||
MKSHLIB = $(MINGW32CE)/$(TARGET)-gcc -shared
|
||||
SO = dll
|
||||
SHPREFIX =
|
||||
|
||||
#### Extra compiler options needed for programs that use the TCL library.
|
||||
#
|
||||
#TCL_FLAGS =
|
||||
#TCL_FLAGS = -DSTATIC_BUILD=1
|
||||
TCL_FLAGS = -I/home/drh/tcltk/8.4linux
|
||||
#TCL_FLAGS = -I/home/drh/tcltk/8.4win -DSTATIC_BUILD=1
|
||||
#TCL_FLAGS = -I/home/drh/tcltk/8.3hpux
|
||||
|
||||
#### Linker options needed to link against the TCL library.
|
||||
#
|
||||
#LIBTCL = -ltcl -lm -ldl
|
||||
LIBTCL = /home/drh/tcltk/8.4linux/libtcl8.4g.a -lm -ldl
|
||||
#LIBTCL = /home/drh/tcltk/8.4win/libtcl84s.a -lmsvcrt
|
||||
#LIBTCL = /home/drh/tcltk/8.3hpux/libtcl8.3.a -ldld -lm -lc
|
||||
|
||||
#### Additional objects for SQLite library when TCL support is enabled.
|
||||
TCLOBJ =
|
||||
#TCLOBJ = tclsqlite.o
|
||||
|
||||
#### Compiler options needed for programs that use the readline() library.
|
||||
#
|
||||
READLINE_FLAGS =
|
||||
#READLINE_FLAGS = -DHAVE_READLINE=1 -I/usr/include/readline
|
||||
|
||||
#### Linker options needed by programs using readline() must link against.
|
||||
#
|
||||
LIBREADLINE =
|
||||
#LIBREADLINE = -static -lreadline -ltermcap
|
||||
|
||||
#### Which "awk" program provides nawk compatibilty
|
||||
#
|
||||
# NAWK = nawk
|
||||
NAWK = awk
|
||||
|
||||
# You should not have to change anything below this line
|
||||
###############################################################################
|
||||
include $(TOP)/main.mk
|
||||
@@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ TOP = ../sqlite
|
||||
#### C Compiler and options for use in building executables that
|
||||
# will run on the platform that is doing the build.
|
||||
#
|
||||
BCC = gcc -g -O0
|
||||
BCC = gcc -g -O2
|
||||
#BCC = /opt/ancic/bin/c89 -0
|
||||
|
||||
#### If the target operating system supports the "usleep()" system
|
||||
@@ -38,8 +38,8 @@ THREADSAFE = -DTHREADSAFE=0
|
||||
#### Specify any extra linker options needed to make the library
|
||||
# thread safe
|
||||
#
|
||||
THREADLIB = -lpthread -lm -ldl
|
||||
#THREADLIB =
|
||||
#THREADLIB = -lpthread
|
||||
THREADLIB =
|
||||
|
||||
#### Specify any extra libraries needed to access required functions.
|
||||
#
|
||||
@@ -54,9 +54,11 @@ TLIBS =
|
||||
# You can make the library go almost twice as fast if you compile
|
||||
# with -DNDEBUG=1
|
||||
#
|
||||
OPTS += -DSQLITE_DEBUG=1
|
||||
OPTS += -DSQLITE_ENABLE_WHERETRACE
|
||||
OPTS += -DSQLITE_ENABLE_SELECTTRACE
|
||||
#OPTS = -DSQLITE_DEBUG=2
|
||||
#OPTS = -DSQLITE_DEBUG=1
|
||||
#OPTS =
|
||||
OPTS = -DNDEBUG=1
|
||||
OPTS += -DHAVE_FDATASYNC=1
|
||||
|
||||
#### The suffix to add to executable files. ".exe" for windows.
|
||||
# Nothing for unix.
|
||||
@@ -68,7 +70,7 @@ EXE =
|
||||
# will run on the target platform. This is usually the same
|
||||
# as BCC, unless you are cross-compiling.
|
||||
#
|
||||
TCC = gcc -O0
|
||||
TCC = gcc -O6
|
||||
#TCC = gcc -g -O0 -Wall
|
||||
#TCC = gcc -g -O0 -Wall -fprofile-arcs -ftest-coverage
|
||||
#TCC = /opt/mingw/bin/i386-mingw32-gcc -O6
|
||||
@@ -89,12 +91,18 @@ SHPREFIX = lib
|
||||
|
||||
#### Extra compiler options needed for programs that use the TCL library.
|
||||
#
|
||||
TCL_FLAGS = -I/home/drh/tcl/include/tcl8.6
|
||||
#TCL_FLAGS =
|
||||
#TCL_FLAGS = -DSTATIC_BUILD=1
|
||||
TCL_FLAGS = -I/home/drh/tcltk/8.4linux
|
||||
#TCL_FLAGS = -I/home/drh/tcltk/8.4win -DSTATIC_BUILD=1
|
||||
#TCL_FLAGS = -I/home/drh/tcltk/8.3hpux
|
||||
|
||||
#### Linker options needed to link against the TCL library.
|
||||
#
|
||||
#LIBTCL = -ltcl -lm -ldl
|
||||
LIBTCL = /home/drh/tcl/lib/libtcl8.6.a -lm -lpthread -ldl -lz
|
||||
LIBTCL = /home/drh/tcltk/8.4linux/libtcl8.4g.a -lm -ldl
|
||||
#LIBTCL = /home/drh/tcltk/8.4win/libtcl84s.a -lmsvcrt
|
||||
#LIBTCL = /home/drh/tcltk/8.3hpux/libtcl8.3.a -ldld -lm -lc
|
||||
|
||||
#### Additional objects for SQLite library when TCL support is enabled.
|
||||
#TCLOBJ =
|
||||
@@ -110,6 +118,11 @@ READLINE_FLAGS =
|
||||
LIBREADLINE =
|
||||
#LIBREADLINE = -static -lreadline -ltermcap
|
||||
|
||||
#### Which "awk" program provides nawk compatibilty
|
||||
#
|
||||
# NAWK = nawk
|
||||
NAWK = awk
|
||||
|
||||
# You should not have to change anything below this line
|
||||
###############################################################################
|
||||
include $(TOP)/main.mk
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,661 @@
|
||||
#!/usr/make
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Makefile for SQLITE on VxWorks
|
||||
|
||||
ifeq ($(FORCPU),)
|
||||
FORCPU = SH32gnule
|
||||
endif
|
||||
|
||||
TOOL_FAMILY = gnu
|
||||
|
||||
include $(WIND_USR)/tool/gnu/make.$(FORCPU)
|
||||
|
||||
#### The toplevel directory of the source tree. This is the directory
|
||||
# that contains this "Makefile.in" and the "configure.in" script.
|
||||
#
|
||||
TOP = .
|
||||
|
||||
#### C Compiler and options for use in building executables that
|
||||
# will run on the platform that is doing the build.
|
||||
#
|
||||
BCC = gcc -g -O2
|
||||
#BCC = /opt/ancic/bin/c89 -0
|
||||
|
||||
#### If the target operating system supports the "usleep()" system
|
||||
# call, then define the HAVE_USLEEP macro for all C modules.
|
||||
#
|
||||
USLEEP =
|
||||
#USLEEP = -DHAVE_USLEEP=1
|
||||
|
||||
#### If you want the SQLite library to be safe for use within a
|
||||
# multi-threaded program, then define the following macro
|
||||
# appropriately:
|
||||
#
|
||||
THREADSAFE = -DSQLITE_THREADSAFE=1
|
||||
#THREADSAFE = -DSQLITE_THREADSAFE=0
|
||||
|
||||
#### Specify any extra linker options needed to make the library
|
||||
# thread safe
|
||||
#
|
||||
#THREADLIB = -lpthread
|
||||
THREADLIB =
|
||||
|
||||
#### Specify any extra libraries needed to access required functions.
|
||||
#
|
||||
ifeq ($(CPU),SH32)
|
||||
# for SH4 shared library
|
||||
TLIBS_SHARED += -L$(WIND_USR)/lib/sh/SH32/commonle/PIC
|
||||
else
|
||||
# for all other CPUs shared library
|
||||
TLIBS_SHARED += $(LD_LINK_PATH_ATEND) $(LD_PARTIAL_LAST_FLAGS)
|
||||
endif
|
||||
# for static library
|
||||
TLIBS += $(LD_LINK_PATH_ATEND) $(LD_PARTIAL_LAST_FLAGS)
|
||||
|
||||
#### Leave SQLITE_DEBUG undefined for maximum speed. Use SQLITE_DEBUG=1
|
||||
# to check for memory leaks. Use SQLITE_DEBUG=2 to print a log of all
|
||||
# malloc()s and free()s in order to track down memory leaks.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# SQLite uses some expensive assert() statements in the inner loop.
|
||||
# You can make the library go almost twice as fast if you compile
|
||||
# with -DNDEBUG=1
|
||||
#
|
||||
#OPTS = -DSQLITE_DEBUG=2
|
||||
#OPTS = -DSQLITE_DEBUG=1
|
||||
#OPTS =
|
||||
OPTS = -DNDEBUG=1 -DSQLITE_OS_UNIX=1 $(THREADSAFE)
|
||||
OPTS += -DSQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION=1
|
||||
OPTS += -DSQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE=1
|
||||
OPTS += -DSQLITE_THREAD_OVERRIDE_LOCK=0
|
||||
OPTS += -DSQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA=1
|
||||
OPTS += -DHAVE_FDATASYNC=1
|
||||
|
||||
#### The suffix to add to executable files. ".exe" for windows.
|
||||
# Nothing for unix.
|
||||
#
|
||||
EXE = .vxe
|
||||
#EXE =
|
||||
|
||||
#### C Compile and options for use in building executables that
|
||||
# will run on the target platform. This is usually the same
|
||||
# as BCC, unless you are cross-compiling.
|
||||
#
|
||||
#TCC = gcc -O6
|
||||
#TCC = gcc -g -O0 -Wall
|
||||
#TCC = gcc -g -O0 -Wall -fprofile-arcs -ftest-coverage
|
||||
#TCC = /opt/mingw/bin/i386-mingw32-gcc -O6
|
||||
TCC = $(CC) $(DEFINE_CC) -O2 -g -mrtp $(CC_ARCH_SPEC) -D_REENTRANT=1 -D_VX_CPU=_VX_$(CPU) -D_VX_TOOL_FAMILY=$(TOOL_FAMILY) -D_VX_TOOL=$(TOOL)
|
||||
TCC += -I$(WIND_USR)/h -I$(WIND_USR)/h/wrn/coreip
|
||||
#TCC = /opt/ansic/bin/c89 -O +z -Wl,-a,archive
|
||||
|
||||
#TCC_SHARED = $(TCC) -fPIC
|
||||
TCC_SHARED = $(TCC)
|
||||
|
||||
#### Tools used to build a static library.
|
||||
#
|
||||
#ARX = ar cr
|
||||
#ARX = /opt/mingw/bin/i386-mingw32-ar cr
|
||||
AR += cr
|
||||
#RANLIB = ranlib
|
||||
#RANLIB = /opt/mingw/bin/i386-mingw32-ranlib
|
||||
|
||||
#MKSHLIB = gcc -shared
|
||||
#SO = so
|
||||
#SHPREFIX = lib
|
||||
MKSHLIB = $(CC) $(DEFINE_CC) -mrtp -shared $(CC_ARCH_SPEC) -D_VX_CPU=_VX_$(CPU) -D_VX_TOOL_FAMILY=$(TOOL_FAMILY) -D_VX_TOOL=$(TOOL)
|
||||
SO = so
|
||||
SHPREFIX = lib
|
||||
|
||||
#### Extra compiler options needed for programs that use the TCL library.
|
||||
#
|
||||
#TCL_FLAGS =
|
||||
#TCL_FLAGS = -DSTATIC_BUILD=1
|
||||
TCL_FLAGS = -I/home/drh/tcltk/8.4linux
|
||||
#TCL_FLAGS = -I/home/drh/tcltk/8.4win -DSTATIC_BUILD=1
|
||||
#TCL_FLAGS = -I/home/drh/tcltk/8.3hpux
|
||||
|
||||
#### Linker options needed to link against the TCL library.
|
||||
#
|
||||
#LIBTCL = -ltcl -lm -ldl
|
||||
LIBTCL = /home/drh/tcltk/8.4linux/libtcl8.4g.a -lm -ldl
|
||||
#LIBTCL = /home/drh/tcltk/8.4win/libtcl84s.a -lmsvcrt
|
||||
#LIBTCL = /home/drh/tcltk/8.3hpux/libtcl8.3.a -ldld -lm -lc
|
||||
|
||||
#### Additional objects for SQLite library when TCL support is enabled.
|
||||
TCLOBJ =
|
||||
#TCLOBJ = tclsqlite.o
|
||||
|
||||
#### Compiler options needed for programs that use the readline() library.
|
||||
#
|
||||
READLINE_FLAGS =
|
||||
#READLINE_FLAGS = -DHAVE_READLINE=1 -I/usr/include/readline
|
||||
|
||||
#### Linker options needed by programs using readline() must link against.
|
||||
#
|
||||
LIBREADLINE =
|
||||
#LIBREADLINE = -static -lreadline -ltermcap
|
||||
|
||||
#### Which "awk" program provides nawk compatibilty
|
||||
#
|
||||
# NAWK = nawk
|
||||
NAWK = awk
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#### Pasted and adapted main.mk file
|
||||
###############################################################################
|
||||
# The following macros should be defined before this script is
|
||||
# invoked:
|
||||
#
|
||||
# TOP The toplevel directory of the source tree. This is the
|
||||
# directory that contains this "Makefile.in" and the
|
||||
# "configure.in" script.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# BCC C Compiler and options for use in building executables that
|
||||
# will run on the platform that is doing the build.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# THREADLIB Specify any extra linker options needed to make the library
|
||||
# thread safe
|
||||
#
|
||||
# OPTS Extra compiler command-line options.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# EXE The suffix to add to executable files. ".exe" for windows
|
||||
# and "" for Unix.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# TCC C Compiler and options for use in building executables that
|
||||
# will run on the target platform. This is usually the same
|
||||
# as BCC, unless you are cross-compiling.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# AR Tools used to build a static library.
|
||||
# RANLIB
|
||||
#
|
||||
# TCL_FLAGS Extra compiler options needed for programs that use the
|
||||
# TCL library.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# LIBTCL Linker options needed to link against the TCL library.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# READLINE_FLAGS Compiler options needed for programs that use the
|
||||
# readline() library.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# LIBREADLINE Linker options needed by programs using readline() must
|
||||
# link against.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# NAWK Nawk compatible awk program. Older (obsolete?) solaris
|
||||
# systems need this to avoid using the original AT&T AWK.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Once the macros above are defined, the rest of this make script will
|
||||
# build the SQLite library and testing tools.
|
||||
################################################################################
|
||||
|
||||
# This is how we compile
|
||||
#
|
||||
TCCX = $(TCC) $(OPTS) -I. -I$(TOP)/src -I$(TOP)
|
||||
TCCX_SHARED = $(TCC_SHARED) $(OPTS) -I. -I$(TOP)/src -I$(TOP) \
|
||||
-I$(TOP)/ext/rtree -I$(TOP)/ext/icu -I$(TOP)/ext/fts3 \
|
||||
-I$(TOP)/ext/async
|
||||
|
||||
# Object files for the SQLite library.
|
||||
#
|
||||
LIBOBJ+= alter.o analyze.o attach.o auth.o \
|
||||
backup.o bitvec.o btmutex.o btree.o build.o \
|
||||
callback.o complete.o date.o delete.o expr.o fault.o \
|
||||
fts3.o fts3_expr.o fts3_hash.o fts3_icu.o fts3_porter.o \
|
||||
fts3_tokenizer.o fts3_tokenizer1.o \
|
||||
func.o global.o hash.o \
|
||||
icu.o insert.o journal.o legacy.o loadext.o \
|
||||
main.o malloc.o mem0.o mem1.o mem2.o mem3.o mem5.o \
|
||||
memjournal.o \
|
||||
mutex.o mutex_noop.o mutex_os2.o mutex_unix.o mutex_w32.o \
|
||||
notify.o opcodes.o os.o os_os2.o os_unix.o os_win.o \
|
||||
pager.o parse.o pcache.o pcache1.o pragma.o prepare.o printf.o \
|
||||
random.o resolve.o rowset.o rtree.o select.o status.o \
|
||||
table.o tokenize.o trigger.o \
|
||||
update.o util.o vacuum.o \
|
||||
vdbe.o vdbeapi.o vdbeaux.o vdbeblob.o vdbemem.o \
|
||||
walker.o where.o utf.o vtab.o
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# All of the source code files.
|
||||
#
|
||||
SRC = \
|
||||
$(TOP)/src/alter.c \
|
||||
$(TOP)/src/analyze.c \
|
||||
$(TOP)/src/attach.c \
|
||||
$(TOP)/src/auth.c \
|
||||
$(TOP)/src/backup.c \
|
||||
$(TOP)/src/bitvec.c \
|
||||
$(TOP)/src/btmutex.c \
|
||||
$(TOP)/src/btree.c \
|
||||
$(TOP)/src/btree.h \
|
||||
$(TOP)/src/btreeInt.h \
|
||||
$(TOP)/src/build.c \
|
||||
$(TOP)/src/callback.c \
|
||||
$(TOP)/src/complete.c \
|
||||
$(TOP)/src/date.c \
|
||||
$(TOP)/src/delete.c \
|
||||
$(TOP)/src/expr.c \
|
||||
$(TOP)/src/fault.c \
|
||||
$(TOP)/src/func.c \
|
||||
$(TOP)/src/global.c \
|
||||
$(TOP)/src/hash.c \
|
||||
$(TOP)/src/hash.h \
|
||||
$(TOP)/src/hwtime.h \
|
||||
$(TOP)/src/insert.c \
|
||||
$(TOP)/src/journal.c \
|
||||
$(TOP)/src/legacy.c \
|
||||
$(TOP)/src/loadext.c \
|
||||
$(TOP)/src/main.c \
|
||||
$(TOP)/src/malloc.c \
|
||||
$(TOP)/src/mem0.c \
|
||||
$(TOP)/src/mem1.c \
|
||||
$(TOP)/src/mem2.c \
|
||||
$(TOP)/src/mem3.c \
|
||||
$(TOP)/src/mem5.c \
|
||||
$(TOP)/src/memjournal.c \
|
||||
$(TOP)/src/mutex.c \
|
||||
$(TOP)/src/mutex.h \
|
||||
$(TOP)/src/mutex_noop.c \
|
||||
$(TOP)/src/mutex_os2.c \
|
||||
$(TOP)/src/mutex_unix.c \
|
||||
$(TOP)/src/mutex_w32.c \
|
||||
$(TOP)/src/notify.c \
|
||||
$(TOP)/src/os.c \
|
||||
$(TOP)/src/os.h \
|
||||
$(TOP)/src/os_common.h \
|
||||
$(TOP)/src/os_os2.c \
|
||||
$(TOP)/src/os_unix.c \
|
||||
$(TOP)/src/os_win.c \
|
||||
$(TOP)/src/pager.c \
|
||||
$(TOP)/src/pager.h \
|
||||
$(TOP)/src/parse.y \
|
||||
$(TOP)/src/pcache.c \
|
||||
$(TOP)/src/pcache.h \
|
||||
$(TOP)/src/pcache1.c \
|
||||
$(TOP)/src/pragma.c \
|
||||
$(TOP)/src/prepare.c \
|
||||
$(TOP)/src/printf.c \
|
||||
$(TOP)/src/random.c \
|
||||
$(TOP)/src/resolve.c \
|
||||
$(TOP)/src/rowset.c \
|
||||
$(TOP)/src/select.c \
|
||||
$(TOP)/src/status.c \
|
||||
$(TOP)/src/shell.c \
|
||||
$(TOP)/src/sqlite.h.in \
|
||||
$(TOP)/src/sqlite3ext.h \
|
||||
$(TOP)/src/sqliteInt.h \
|
||||
$(TOP)/src/sqliteLimit.h \
|
||||
$(TOP)/src/table.c \
|
||||
$(TOP)/src/tclsqlite.c \
|
||||
$(TOP)/src/tokenize.c \
|
||||
$(TOP)/src/trigger.c \
|
||||
$(TOP)/src/utf.c \
|
||||
$(TOP)/src/update.c \
|
||||
$(TOP)/src/util.c \
|
||||
$(TOP)/src/vacuum.c \
|
||||
$(TOP)/src/vdbe.c \
|
||||
$(TOP)/src/vdbe.h \
|
||||
$(TOP)/src/vdbeapi.c \
|
||||
$(TOP)/src/vdbeaux.c \
|
||||
$(TOP)/src/vdbeblob.c \
|
||||
$(TOP)/src/vdbemem.c \
|
||||
$(TOP)/src/vdbeInt.h \
|
||||
$(TOP)/src/vtab.c \
|
||||
$(TOP)/src/walker.c \
|
||||
$(TOP)/src/where.c
|
||||
|
||||
# Source code for extensions
|
||||
#
|
||||
SRC += \
|
||||
$(TOP)/ext/fts1/fts1.c \
|
||||
$(TOP)/ext/fts1/fts1.h \
|
||||
$(TOP)/ext/fts1/fts1_hash.c \
|
||||
$(TOP)/ext/fts1/fts1_hash.h \
|
||||
$(TOP)/ext/fts1/fts1_porter.c \
|
||||
$(TOP)/ext/fts1/fts1_tokenizer.h \
|
||||
$(TOP)/ext/fts1/fts1_tokenizer1.c
|
||||
SRC += \
|
||||
$(TOP)/ext/fts2/fts2.c \
|
||||
$(TOP)/ext/fts2/fts2.h \
|
||||
$(TOP)/ext/fts2/fts2_hash.c \
|
||||
$(TOP)/ext/fts2/fts2_hash.h \
|
||||
$(TOP)/ext/fts2/fts2_icu.c \
|
||||
$(TOP)/ext/fts2/fts2_porter.c \
|
||||
$(TOP)/ext/fts2/fts2_tokenizer.h \
|
||||
$(TOP)/ext/fts2/fts2_tokenizer.c \
|
||||
$(TOP)/ext/fts2/fts2_tokenizer1.c
|
||||
SRC += \
|
||||
$(TOP)/ext/fts3/fts3.c \
|
||||
$(TOP)/ext/fts3/fts3.h \
|
||||
$(TOP)/ext/fts3/fts3_expr.c \
|
||||
$(TOP)/ext/fts3/fts3_expr.h \
|
||||
$(TOP)/ext/fts3/fts3_hash.c \
|
||||
$(TOP)/ext/fts3/fts3_hash.h \
|
||||
$(TOP)/ext/fts3/fts3_icu.c \
|
||||
$(TOP)/ext/fts3/fts3_porter.c \
|
||||
$(TOP)/ext/fts3/fts3_tokenizer.h \
|
||||
$(TOP)/ext/fts3/fts3_tokenizer.c \
|
||||
$(TOP)/ext/fts3/fts3_tokenizer1.c
|
||||
SRC += \
|
||||
$(TOP)/ext/icu/sqliteicu.h \
|
||||
$(TOP)/ext/icu/icu.c
|
||||
SRC += \
|
||||
$(TOP)/ext/rtree/rtree.h \
|
||||
$(TOP)/ext/rtree/rtree.c
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Generated source code files
|
||||
#
|
||||
SRC += \
|
||||
keywordhash.h \
|
||||
opcodes.c \
|
||||
opcodes.h \
|
||||
parse.c \
|
||||
parse.h \
|
||||
sqlite3.h
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Source code to the test files.
|
||||
#
|
||||
TESTSRC = \
|
||||
$(TOP)/src/test1.c \
|
||||
$(TOP)/src/test2.c \
|
||||
$(TOP)/src/test3.c \
|
||||
$(TOP)/src/test4.c \
|
||||
$(TOP)/src/test5.c \
|
||||
$(TOP)/src/test6.c \
|
||||
$(TOP)/src/test7.c \
|
||||
$(TOP)/src/test8.c \
|
||||
$(TOP)/src/test9.c \
|
||||
$(TOP)/src/test_autoext.c \
|
||||
$(TOP)/src/test_async.c \
|
||||
$(TOP)/src/test_backup.c \
|
||||
$(TOP)/src/test_btree.c \
|
||||
$(TOP)/src/test_config.c \
|
||||
$(TOP)/src/test_devsym.c \
|
||||
$(TOP)/src/test_func.c \
|
||||
$(TOP)/src/test_hexio.c \
|
||||
$(TOP)/src/test_journal.c \
|
||||
$(TOP)/src/test_malloc.c \
|
||||
$(TOP)/src/test_md5.c \
|
||||
$(TOP)/src/test_mutex.c \
|
||||
$(TOP)/src/test_onefile.c \
|
||||
$(TOP)/src/test_osinst.c \
|
||||
$(TOP)/src/test_pcache.c \
|
||||
$(TOP)/src/test_schema.c \
|
||||
$(TOP)/src/test_server.c \
|
||||
$(TOP)/src/test_tclvar.c \
|
||||
$(TOP)/src/test_thread.c \
|
||||
$(TOP)/src/test_wsd.c \
|
||||
|
||||
#TESTSRC += $(TOP)/ext/fts2/fts2_tokenizer.c
|
||||
#TESTSRC += $(TOP)/ext/fts3/fts3_tokenizer.c
|
||||
|
||||
TESTSRC2 = \
|
||||
$(TOP)/src/attach.c $(TOP)/src/backup.c $(TOP)/src/btree.c \
|
||||
$(TOP)/src/build.c $(TOP)/src/date.c \
|
||||
$(TOP)/src/expr.c $(TOP)/src/func.c $(TOP)/src/insert.c $(TOP)/src/os.c \
|
||||
$(TOP)/src/os_os2.c $(TOP)/src/os_unix.c $(TOP)/src/os_win.c \
|
||||
$(TOP)/src/pager.c $(TOP)/src/pragma.c $(TOP)/src/prepare.c \
|
||||
$(TOP)/src/printf.c $(TOP)/src/random.c $(TOP)/src/pcache.c \
|
||||
$(TOP)/src/pcache1.c $(TOP)/src/select.c $(TOP)/src/tokenize.c \
|
||||
$(TOP)/src/utf.c $(TOP)/src/util.c $(TOP)/src/vdbeapi.c $(TOP)/src/vdbeaux.c \
|
||||
$(TOP)/src/vdbe.c $(TOP)/src/vdbemem.c $(TOP)/src/where.c parse.c \
|
||||
$(TOP)/ext/fts3/fts3.c $(TOP)/ext/fts3/fts3_expr.c \
|
||||
$(TOP)/ext/fts3/fts3_tokenizer.c \
|
||||
$(TOP)/ext/async/sqlite3async.c
|
||||
|
||||
# Header files used by all library source files.
|
||||
#
|
||||
HDR = \
|
||||
$(TOP)/src/btree.h \
|
||||
$(TOP)/src/btreeInt.h \
|
||||
$(TOP)/src/hash.h \
|
||||
$(TOP)/src/hwtime.h \
|
||||
keywordhash.h \
|
||||
$(TOP)/src/mutex.h \
|
||||
opcodes.h \
|
||||
$(TOP)/src/os.h \
|
||||
$(TOP)/src/os_common.h \
|
||||
$(TOP)/src/pager.h \
|
||||
$(TOP)/src/pcache.h \
|
||||
parse.h \
|
||||
sqlite3.h \
|
||||
$(TOP)/src/sqlite3ext.h \
|
||||
$(TOP)/src/sqliteInt.h \
|
||||
$(TOP)/src/sqliteLimit.h \
|
||||
$(TOP)/src/vdbe.h \
|
||||
$(TOP)/src/vdbeInt.h
|
||||
|
||||
# Header files used by extensions
|
||||
#
|
||||
EXTHDR += \
|
||||
$(TOP)/ext/fts1/fts1.h \
|
||||
$(TOP)/ext/fts1/fts1_hash.h \
|
||||
$(TOP)/ext/fts1/fts1_tokenizer.h
|
||||
EXTHDR += \
|
||||
$(TOP)/ext/fts2/fts2.h \
|
||||
$(TOP)/ext/fts2/fts2_hash.h \
|
||||
$(TOP)/ext/fts2/fts2_tokenizer.h
|
||||
EXTHDR += \
|
||||
$(TOP)/ext/fts3/fts3.h \
|
||||
$(TOP)/ext/fts3/fts3_expr.h \
|
||||
$(TOP)/ext/fts3/fts3_hash.h \
|
||||
$(TOP)/ext/fts3/fts3_tokenizer.h
|
||||
EXTHDR += \
|
||||
$(TOP)/ext/rtree/rtree.h
|
||||
EXTHDR += \
|
||||
$(TOP)/ext/icu/sqliteicu.h
|
||||
|
||||
# This is the default Makefile target. The objects listed here
|
||||
# are what get build when you type just "make" with no arguments.
|
||||
#
|
||||
all: sqlite3.h libsqlite3.a sqlite3$(EXE)
|
||||
|
||||
libsqlite3.a: $(LIBOBJ)
|
||||
$(AR) libsqlite3.a $(LIBOBJ)
|
||||
$(RANLIB) libsqlite3.a
|
||||
|
||||
$(SHPREFIX)sqlite3.$(SO): $(LIBOBJ)
|
||||
$(MKSHLIB) -o $(SHPREFIX)sqlite3.$(SO) $(LIBOBJ) $(TLIBS_SHARED)
|
||||
|
||||
sqlite3$(EXE): $(TOP)/src/shell.c libsqlite3.a sqlite3.h
|
||||
$(TCCX) $(READLINE_FLAGS) -o sqlite3$(EXE) \
|
||||
$(TOP)/src/shell.c \
|
||||
$(LIBREADLINE) $(TLIBS) $(THREADLIB) -L. -lsqlite3
|
||||
|
||||
# This target creates a directory named "tsrc" and fills it with
|
||||
# copies of all of the C source code and header files needed to
|
||||
# build on the target system. Some of the C source code and header
|
||||
# files are automatically generated. This target takes care of
|
||||
# all that automatic generation.
|
||||
#
|
||||
target_source: $(SRC)
|
||||
rm -rf tsrc
|
||||
mkdir tsrc
|
||||
cp -f $(SRC) tsrc
|
||||
rm tsrc/sqlite.h.in tsrc/parse.y
|
||||
touch target_source
|
||||
|
||||
sqlite3.c: target_source $(TOP)/tool/mksqlite3c.tcl
|
||||
tclsh $(TOP)/tool/mksqlite3c.tcl
|
||||
cp sqlite3.c tclsqlite3.c
|
||||
cat $(TOP)/src/tclsqlite.c >>tclsqlite3.c
|
||||
|
||||
fts2amal.c: target_source $(TOP)/ext/fts2/mkfts2amal.tcl
|
||||
tclsh $(TOP)/ext/fts2/mkfts2amal.tcl
|
||||
|
||||
fts3amal.c: target_source $(TOP)/ext/fts3/mkfts3amal.tcl
|
||||
tclsh $(TOP)/ext/fts3/mkfts3amal.tcl
|
||||
|
||||
# Rules to build the LEMON compiler generator
|
||||
#
|
||||
lemon: $(TOP)/tool/lemon.c $(TOP)/src/lempar.c
|
||||
$(BCC) -o lemon $(TOP)/tool/lemon.c
|
||||
cp $(TOP)/src/lempar.c .
|
||||
|
||||
# Rules to build individual *.o files from generated *.c files. This
|
||||
# applies to:
|
||||
#
|
||||
# parse.o
|
||||
# opcodes.o
|
||||
#
|
||||
%.o: %.c $(HDR)
|
||||
$(TCCX_SHARED) -c $<
|
||||
|
||||
# Rules to build individual *.o files from files in the src directory.
|
||||
#
|
||||
%.o: $(TOP)/src/%.c $(HDR)
|
||||
$(TCCX_SHARED) -c $<
|
||||
|
||||
tclsqlite.o: $(TOP)/src/tclsqlite.c $(HDR)
|
||||
$(TCCX_SHARED) $(TCL_FLAGS) -c $(TOP)/src/tclsqlite.c
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Rules to build opcodes.c and opcodes.h
|
||||
#
|
||||
opcodes.c: opcodes.h $(TOP)/mkopcodec.awk
|
||||
sort -n -b -k 3 opcodes.h | $(NAWK) -f $(TOP)/mkopcodec.awk >opcodes.c
|
||||
|
||||
opcodes.h: parse.h $(TOP)/src/vdbe.c $(TOP)/mkopcodeh.awk
|
||||
cat parse.h $(TOP)/src/vdbe.c | \
|
||||
$(NAWK) -f $(TOP)/mkopcodeh.awk >opcodes.h
|
||||
|
||||
# Rules to build parse.c and parse.h - the outputs of lemon.
|
||||
#
|
||||
parse.h: parse.c
|
||||
|
||||
parse.c: $(TOP)/src/parse.y lemon $(TOP)/addopcodes.awk
|
||||
cp $(TOP)/src/parse.y .
|
||||
rm -f parse.h
|
||||
./lemon $(OPTS) parse.y
|
||||
mv parse.h parse.h.temp
|
||||
awk -f $(TOP)/addopcodes.awk parse.h.temp >parse.h
|
||||
|
||||
sqlite3.h: $(TOP)/src/sqlite.h.in
|
||||
sed -e s/--VERS--/`cat ${TOP}/VERSION`/ \
|
||||
-e s/--VERSION-NUMBER--/`cat ${TOP}/VERSION | sed 's/[^0-9]/ /g' | $(NAWK) '{printf "%d%03d%03d",$$1,$$2,$$3}'`/ \
|
||||
$(TOP)/src/sqlite.h.in >sqlite3.h
|
||||
|
||||
keywordhash.h: $(TOP)/tool/mkkeywordhash.c
|
||||
$(BCC) -o mkkeywordhash $(OPTS) $(TOP)/tool/mkkeywordhash.c
|
||||
./mkkeywordhash >keywordhash.h
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Rules to build the extension objects.
|
||||
#
|
||||
icu.o: $(TOP)/ext/icu/icu.c $(HDR) $(EXTHDR)
|
||||
$(TCCX_SHARED) -DSQLITE_CORE -c $(TOP)/ext/icu/icu.c
|
||||
|
||||
fts2.o: $(TOP)/ext/fts2/fts2.c $(HDR) $(EXTHDR)
|
||||
$(TCCX_SHARED) -DSQLITE_CORE -c $(TOP)/ext/fts2/fts2.c
|
||||
|
||||
fts2_hash.o: $(TOP)/ext/fts2/fts2_hash.c $(HDR) $(EXTHDR)
|
||||
$(TCCX_SHARED) -DSQLITE_CORE -c $(TOP)/ext/fts2/fts2_hash.c
|
||||
|
||||
fts2_icu.o: $(TOP)/ext/fts2/fts2_icu.c $(HDR) $(EXTHDR)
|
||||
$(TCCX_SHARED) -DSQLITE_CORE -c $(TOP)/ext/fts2/fts2_icu.c
|
||||
|
||||
fts2_porter.o: $(TOP)/ext/fts2/fts2_porter.c $(HDR) $(EXTHDR)
|
||||
$(TCCX_SHARED) -DSQLITE_CORE -c $(TOP)/ext/fts2/fts2_porter.c
|
||||
|
||||
fts2_tokenizer.o: $(TOP)/ext/fts2/fts2_tokenizer.c $(HDR) $(EXTHDR)
|
||||
$(TCCX_SHARED) -DSQLITE_CORE -c $(TOP)/ext/fts2/fts2_tokenizer.c
|
||||
|
||||
fts2_tokenizer1.o: $(TOP)/ext/fts2/fts2_tokenizer1.c $(HDR) $(EXTHDR)
|
||||
$(TCCX_SHARED) -DSQLITE_CORE -c $(TOP)/ext/fts2/fts2_tokenizer1.c
|
||||
|
||||
fts3.o: $(TOP)/ext/fts3/fts3.c $(HDR) $(EXTHDR)
|
||||
$(TCCX_SHARED) -DSQLITE_CORE -c $(TOP)/ext/fts3/fts3.c
|
||||
|
||||
fts3_expr.o: $(TOP)/ext/fts3/fts3_expr.c $(HDR) $(EXTHDR)
|
||||
$(TCCX_SHARED) -DSQLITE_CORE -c $(TOP)/ext/fts3/fts3_expr.c
|
||||
|
||||
fts3_hash.o: $(TOP)/ext/fts3/fts3_hash.c $(HDR) $(EXTHDR)
|
||||
$(TCCX_SHARED) -DSQLITE_CORE -c $(TOP)/ext/fts3/fts3_hash.c
|
||||
|
||||
fts3_icu.o: $(TOP)/ext/fts3/fts3_icu.c $(HDR) $(EXTHDR)
|
||||
$(TCCX_SHARED) -DSQLITE_CORE -c $(TOP)/ext/fts3/fts3_icu.c
|
||||
|
||||
fts3_porter.o: $(TOP)/ext/fts3/fts3_porter.c $(HDR) $(EXTHDR)
|
||||
$(TCCX_SHARED) -DSQLITE_CORE -c $(TOP)/ext/fts3/fts3_porter.c
|
||||
|
||||
fts3_tokenizer.o: $(TOP)/ext/fts3/fts3_tokenizer.c $(HDR) $(EXTHDR)
|
||||
$(TCCX_SHARED) -DSQLITE_CORE -c $(TOP)/ext/fts3/fts3_tokenizer.c
|
||||
|
||||
fts3_tokenizer1.o: $(TOP)/ext/fts3/fts3_tokenizer1.c $(HDR) $(EXTHDR)
|
||||
$(TCCX_SHARED) -DSQLITE_CORE -c $(TOP)/ext/fts3/fts3_tokenizer1.c
|
||||
|
||||
rtree.o: $(TOP)/ext/rtree/rtree.c $(HDR) $(EXTHDR)
|
||||
$(TCCX_SHARED) -DSQLITE_CORE -c $(TOP)/ext/rtree/rtree.c
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Rules for building test programs and for running tests
|
||||
#
|
||||
tclsqlite3: $(TOP)/src/tclsqlite.c libsqlite3.a
|
||||
$(TCCX_SHARED) $(TCL_FLAGS) -DTCLSH=1 -o tclsqlite3 \
|
||||
$(TOP)/src/tclsqlite.c libsqlite3.a $(LIBTCL) $(THREADLIB)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Rules to build the 'testfixture' application.
|
||||
#
|
||||
TESTFIXTURE_FLAGS = -DTCLSH=1 -DSQLITE_TEST=1 -DSQLITE_CRASH_TEST=1
|
||||
TESTFIXTURE_FLAGS += -DSQLITE_SERVER=1 -DSQLITE_PRIVATE="" -DSQLITE_CORE
|
||||
|
||||
testfixture$(EXE): $(TESTSRC2) libsqlite3.a $(TESTSRC) $(TOP)/src/tclsqlite.c
|
||||
$(TCCX) $(TCL_FLAGS) $(TESTFIXTURE_FLAGS) \
|
||||
$(TESTSRC) $(TESTSRC2) $(TOP)/src/tclsqlite.c \
|
||||
-o testfixture$(EXE) $(LIBTCL) $(THREADLIB) libsqlite3.a
|
||||
|
||||
amalgamation-testfixture$(EXE): sqlite3.c $(TESTSRC) $(TOP)/src/tclsqlite.c
|
||||
$(TCCX) $(TCL_FLAGS) $(TESTFIXTURE_FLAGS) \
|
||||
$(TESTSRC) $(TOP)/src/tclsqlite.c sqlite3.c \
|
||||
-o testfixture$(EXE) $(LIBTCL) $(THREADLIB)
|
||||
|
||||
fts3-testfixture$(EXE): sqlite3.c fts3amal.c $(TESTSRC) $(TOP)/src/tclsqlite.c
|
||||
$(TCCX) $(TCL_FLAGS) $(TESTFIXTURE_FLAGS) \
|
||||
-DSQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3=1 \
|
||||
$(TESTSRC) $(TOP)/src/tclsqlite.c sqlite3.c fts3amal.c \
|
||||
-o testfixture$(EXE) $(LIBTCL) $(THREADLIB)
|
||||
|
||||
fulltest: testfixture$(EXE) sqlite3$(EXE)
|
||||
./testfixture$(EXE) $(TOP)/test/all.test
|
||||
|
||||
soaktest: testfixture$(EXE) sqlite3$(EXE)
|
||||
./testfixture$(EXE) $(TOP)/test/all.test -soak 1
|
||||
|
||||
test: testfixture$(EXE) sqlite3$(EXE)
|
||||
./testfixture$(EXE) $(TOP)/test/veryquick.test
|
||||
|
||||
sqlite3_analyzer$(EXE): $(TOP)/src/tclsqlite.c sqlite3.c $(TESTSRC) \
|
||||
$(TOP)/tool/spaceanal.tcl
|
||||
sed \
|
||||
-e '/^#/d' \
|
||||
-e 's,\\,\\\\,g' \
|
||||
-e 's,",\\",g' \
|
||||
-e 's,^,",' \
|
||||
-e 's,$$,\\n",' \
|
||||
$(TOP)/tool/spaceanal.tcl >spaceanal_tcl.h
|
||||
$(TCCX) $(TCL_FLAGS) $(TESTFIXTURE_FLAGS) \
|
||||
-DTCLSH=2 -DSQLITE_TEST=1 -DSQLITE_DEBUG=1 -DSQLITE_PRIVATE="" \
|
||||
$(TESTSRC) $(TOP)/src/tclsqlite.c sqlite3.c \
|
||||
-o sqlite3_analyzer$(EXE) \
|
||||
$(LIBTCL) $(THREADLIB)
|
||||
|
||||
TEST_EXTENSION = $(SHPREFIX)testloadext.$(SO)
|
||||
$(TEST_EXTENSION): $(TOP)/src/test_loadext.c
|
||||
$(MKSHLIB) $(TOP)/src/test_loadext.c -o $(TEST_EXTENSION)
|
||||
|
||||
extensiontest: testfixture$(EXE) $(TEST_EXTENSION)
|
||||
./testfixture$(EXE) $(TOP)/test/loadext.test
|
||||
|
||||
clean:
|
||||
rm -f *.o sqlite3$(EXE) libsqlite3.a sqlite3.h opcodes.*
|
||||
rm -f lemon lempar.c parse.* sqlite*.tar.gz mkkeywordhash keywordhash.h
|
||||
rm -f $(PUBLISH)
|
||||
rm -f *.da *.bb *.bbg gmon.out
|
||||
rm -rf tsrc target_source
|
||||
rm -f testloadext.dll libtestloadext.so
|
||||
rm -f sqlite3.c fts?amal.c tclsqlite3.c
|
||||
rm -f $(SHPREFIX)sqlite3.$(SO)
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
|
||||
This directory contains source code to
|
||||
|
||||
SQLite: An Embeddable SQL Database Engine
|
||||
|
||||
To compile the project, first create a directory in which to place
|
||||
the build products. It is recommended, but not required, that the
|
||||
build directory be separate from the source directory. Cd into the
|
||||
build directory and then from the build directory run the configure
|
||||
script found at the root of the source tree. Then run "make".
|
||||
|
||||
For example:
|
||||
|
||||
tar xzf sqlite.tar.gz ;# Unpack the source tree into "sqlite"
|
||||
mkdir bld ;# Build will occur in a sibling directory
|
||||
cd bld ;# Change to the build directory
|
||||
../sqlite/configure ;# Run the configure script
|
||||
make ;# Run the makefile.
|
||||
make install ;# (Optional) Install the build products
|
||||
|
||||
The configure script uses autoconf 2.61 and libtool. If the configure
|
||||
script does not work out for you, there is a generic makefile named
|
||||
"Makefile.linux-gcc" in the top directory of the source tree that you
|
||||
can copy and edit to suit your needs. Comments on the generic makefile
|
||||
show what changes are needed.
|
||||
|
||||
The linux binaries on the website are created using the generic makefile,
|
||||
not the configure script. The windows binaries on the website are created
|
||||
using MinGW32 configured as a cross-compiler running under Linux. For
|
||||
details, see the ./publish.sh script at the top-level of the source tree.
|
||||
The developers do not use teh configure script.
|
||||
|
||||
SQLite does not require TCL to run, but a TCL installation is required
|
||||
by the makefiles. SQLite contains a lot of generated code and TCL is
|
||||
used to do much of that code generation. The makefile also requires
|
||||
AWK.
|
||||
|
||||
Contacts:
|
||||
|
||||
http://www.sqlite.org/
|
||||
@@ -1,329 +0,0 @@
|
||||
<h1 align="center">SQLite Source Repository</h1>
|
||||
|
||||
This repository contains the complete source code for the
|
||||
[SQLite database engine](https://sqlite.org/). Some test scripts
|
||||
are also included. However, many other test scripts
|
||||
and most of the documentation are managed separately.
|
||||
|
||||
## Version Control
|
||||
|
||||
SQLite sources are managed using the
|
||||
[Fossil](https://www.fossil-scm.org/), a distributed version control system
|
||||
that was specifically designed and written to support SQLite development.
|
||||
The [Fossil repository](https://sqlite.org/src/timeline) contains the urtext.
|
||||
|
||||
If you are reading this on GitHub or some other Git repository or service,
|
||||
then you are looking at a mirror. The names of check-ins and
|
||||
other artifacts in a Git mirror are different from the official
|
||||
names for those objects. The official names for check-ins are
|
||||
found in a footer on the check-in comment for authorized mirrors.
|
||||
The official check-in name can also be seen in the `manifest.uuid` file
|
||||
in the root of the tree. Always use the official name, not the
|
||||
Git-name, when communicating about an SQLite check-in.
|
||||
|
||||
If you pulled your SQLite source code from a secondary source and want to
|
||||
verify its integrity, there are hints on how to do that in the
|
||||
[Verifying Code Authenticity](#vauth) section below.
|
||||
|
||||
## Obtaining The Code
|
||||
|
||||
If you do not want to use Fossil, you can download tarballs or ZIP
|
||||
archives or [SQLite archives](https://sqlite.org/cli.html#sqlar) as follows:
|
||||
|
||||
* Latest trunk check-in as
|
||||
[Tarball](https://www.sqlite.org/src/tarball/sqlite.tar.gz),
|
||||
[ZIP-archive](https://www.sqlite.org/src/zip/sqlite.zip), or
|
||||
[SQLite-archive](https://www.sqlite.org/src/sqlar/sqlite.sqlar).
|
||||
|
||||
* Latest release as
|
||||
[Tarball](https://www.sqlite.org/src/tarball/sqlite.tar.gz?r=release),
|
||||
[ZIP-archive](https://www.sqlite.org/src/zip/sqlite.zip?r=release), or
|
||||
[SQLite-archive](https://www.sqlite.org/src/sqlar/sqlite.sqlar?r=release).
|
||||
|
||||
* For other check-ins, substitute an appropriate branch name or
|
||||
tag or hash prefix in place of "release" in the URLs of the previous
|
||||
bullet. Or browse the [timeline](https://www.sqlite.org/src/timeline)
|
||||
to locate the check-in desired, click on its information page link,
|
||||
then click on the "Tarball" or "ZIP Archive" links on the information
|
||||
page.
|
||||
|
||||
If you do want to use Fossil to check out the source tree,
|
||||
first install Fossil version 2.0 or later.
|
||||
(Source tarballs and precompiled binaries available
|
||||
[here](https://www.fossil-scm.org/fossil/uv/download.html). Fossil is
|
||||
a stand-alone program. To install, simply download or build the single
|
||||
executable file and put that file someplace on your $PATH.)
|
||||
Then run commands like this:
|
||||
|
||||
mkdir -p ~/sqlite ~/Fossils
|
||||
cd ~/sqlite
|
||||
fossil clone https://www.sqlite.org/src ~/Fossils/sqlite.fossil
|
||||
fossil open ~/Fossils/sqlite.fossil
|
||||
|
||||
After setting up a repository using the steps above, you can always
|
||||
update to the latest version using:
|
||||
|
||||
fossil update trunk ;# latest trunk check-in
|
||||
fossil update release ;# latest official release
|
||||
|
||||
Or type "fossil ui" to get a web-based user interface.
|
||||
|
||||
## Compiling for Unix-like systems
|
||||
|
||||
First create a directory in which to place
|
||||
the build products. It is recommended, but not required, that the
|
||||
build directory be separate from the source directory. Cd into the
|
||||
build directory and then from the build directory run the configure
|
||||
script found at the root of the source tree. Then run "make".
|
||||
|
||||
For example:
|
||||
|
||||
tar xzf sqlite.tar.gz ;# Unpack the source tree into "sqlite"
|
||||
mkdir bld ;# Build will occur in a sibling directory
|
||||
cd bld ;# Change to the build directory
|
||||
../sqlite/configure ;# Run the configure script
|
||||
make ;# Run the makefile.
|
||||
make sqlite3.c ;# Build the "amalgamation" source file
|
||||
make test ;# Run some tests (requires Tcl)
|
||||
|
||||
See the makefile for additional targets.
|
||||
|
||||
The configure script uses autoconf 2.61 and libtool. If the configure
|
||||
script does not work out for you, there is a generic makefile named
|
||||
"Makefile.linux-gcc" in the top directory of the source tree that you
|
||||
can copy and edit to suit your needs. Comments on the generic makefile
|
||||
show what changes are needed.
|
||||
|
||||
## Using MSVC for Windows systems
|
||||
|
||||
On Windows, all applicable build products can be compiled with MSVC.
|
||||
First open the command prompt window associated with the desired compiler
|
||||
version (e.g. "Developer Command Prompt for VS2013"). Next, use NMAKE
|
||||
with the provided "Makefile.msc" to build one of the supported targets.
|
||||
|
||||
For example, from the parent directory of the source subtree named "sqlite":
|
||||
|
||||
mkdir bld
|
||||
cd bld
|
||||
nmake /f ..\sqlite\Makefile.msc TOP=..\sqlite
|
||||
nmake /f ..\sqlite\Makefile.msc sqlite3.c TOP=..\sqlite
|
||||
nmake /f ..\sqlite\Makefile.msc sqlite3.dll TOP=..\sqlite
|
||||
nmake /f ..\sqlite\Makefile.msc sqlite3.exe TOP=..\sqlite
|
||||
nmake /f ..\sqlite\Makefile.msc test TOP=..\sqlite
|
||||
|
||||
There are several build options that can be set via the NMAKE command
|
||||
line. For example, to build for WinRT, simply add "FOR_WINRT=1" argument
|
||||
to the "sqlite3.dll" command line above. When debugging into the SQLite
|
||||
code, adding the "DEBUG=1" argument to one of the above command lines is
|
||||
recommended.
|
||||
|
||||
SQLite does not require [Tcl](http://www.tcl.tk/) to run, but a Tcl installation
|
||||
is required by the makefiles (including those for MSVC). SQLite contains
|
||||
a lot of generated code and Tcl is used to do much of that code generation.
|
||||
|
||||
## Source Code Tour
|
||||
|
||||
Most of the core source files are in the **src/** subdirectory. The
|
||||
**src/** folder also contains files used to build the "testfixture" test
|
||||
harness. The names of the source files used by "testfixture" all begin
|
||||
with "test".
|
||||
The **src/** also contains the "shell.c" file
|
||||
which is the main program for the "sqlite3.exe"
|
||||
[command-line shell](https://sqlite.org/cli.html) and
|
||||
the "tclsqlite.c" file which implements the
|
||||
[Tcl bindings](https://sqlite.org/tclsqlite.html) for SQLite.
|
||||
(Historical note: SQLite began as a Tcl
|
||||
extension and only later escaped to the wild as an independent library.)
|
||||
|
||||
Test scripts and programs are found in the **test/** subdirectory.
|
||||
Additional test code is found in other source repositories.
|
||||
See [How SQLite Is Tested](http://www.sqlite.org/testing.html) for
|
||||
additional information.
|
||||
|
||||
The **ext/** subdirectory contains code for extensions. The
|
||||
Full-text search engine is in **ext/fts3**. The R-Tree engine is in
|
||||
**ext/rtree**. The **ext/misc** subdirectory contains a number of
|
||||
smaller, single-file extensions, such as a REGEXP operator.
|
||||
|
||||
The **tool/** subdirectory contains various scripts and programs used
|
||||
for building generated source code files or for testing or for generating
|
||||
accessory programs such as "sqlite3_analyzer(.exe)".
|
||||
|
||||
### Generated Source Code Files
|
||||
|
||||
Several of the C-language source files used by SQLite are generated from
|
||||
other sources rather than being typed in manually by a programmer. This
|
||||
section will summarize those automatically-generated files. To create all
|
||||
of the automatically-generated files, simply run "make target_source".
|
||||
The "target_source" make target will create a subdirectory "tsrc/" and
|
||||
fill it with all the source files needed to build SQLite, both
|
||||
manually-edited files and automatically-generated files.
|
||||
|
||||
The SQLite interface is defined by the **sqlite3.h** header file, which is
|
||||
generated from src/sqlite.h.in, ./manifest.uuid, and ./VERSION. The
|
||||
[Tcl script](http://www.tcl.tk) at tool/mksqlite3h.tcl does the conversion.
|
||||
The manifest.uuid file contains the SHA3 hash of the particular check-in
|
||||
and is used to generate the SQLITE\_SOURCE\_ID macro. The VERSION file
|
||||
contains the current SQLite version number. The sqlite3.h header is really
|
||||
just a copy of src/sqlite.h.in with the source-id and version number inserted
|
||||
at just the right spots. Note that comment text in the sqlite3.h file is
|
||||
used to generate much of the SQLite API documentation. The Tcl scripts
|
||||
used to generate that documentation are in a separate source repository.
|
||||
|
||||
The SQL language parser is **parse.c** which is generated from a grammar in
|
||||
the src/parse.y file. The conversion of "parse.y" into "parse.c" is done
|
||||
by the [lemon](./doc/lemon.html) LALR(1) parser generator. The source code
|
||||
for lemon is at tool/lemon.c. Lemon uses the tool/lempar.c file as a
|
||||
template for generating its parser.
|
||||
Lemon also generates the **parse.h** header file, at the same time it
|
||||
generates parse.c.
|
||||
|
||||
The **opcodes.h** header file contains macros that define the numbers
|
||||
corresponding to opcodes in the "VDBE" virtual machine. The opcodes.h
|
||||
file is generated by scanning the src/vdbe.c source file. The
|
||||
Tcl script at ./mkopcodeh.tcl does this scan and generates opcodes.h.
|
||||
A second Tcl script, ./mkopcodec.tcl, then scans opcodes.h to generate
|
||||
the **opcodes.c** source file, which contains a reverse mapping from
|
||||
opcode-number to opcode-name that is used for EXPLAIN output.
|
||||
|
||||
The **keywordhash.h** header file contains the definition of a hash table
|
||||
that maps SQL language keywords (ex: "CREATE", "SELECT", "INDEX", etc.) into
|
||||
the numeric codes used by the parse.c parser. The keywordhash.h file is
|
||||
generated by a C-language program at tool mkkeywordhash.c.
|
||||
|
||||
The **pragma.h** header file contains various definitions used to parse
|
||||
and implement the PRAGMA statements. The header is generated by a
|
||||
script **tool/mkpragmatab.tcl**. If you want to add a new PRAGMA, edit
|
||||
the **tool/mkpragmatab.tcl** file to insert the information needed by the
|
||||
parser for your new PRAGMA, then run the script to regenerate the
|
||||
**pragma.h** header file.
|
||||
|
||||
### The Amalgamation
|
||||
|
||||
All of the individual C source code and header files (both manually-edited
|
||||
and automatically-generated) can be combined into a single big source file
|
||||
**sqlite3.c** called "the amalgamation". The amalgamation is the recommended
|
||||
way of using SQLite in a larger application. Combining all individual
|
||||
source code files into a single big source code file allows the C compiler
|
||||
to perform more cross-procedure analysis and generate better code. SQLite
|
||||
runs about 5% faster when compiled from the amalgamation versus when compiled
|
||||
from individual source files.
|
||||
|
||||
The amalgamation is generated from the tool/mksqlite3c.tcl Tcl script.
|
||||
First, all of the individual source files must be gathered into the tsrc/
|
||||
subdirectory (using the equivalent of "make target_source") then the
|
||||
tool/mksqlite3c.tcl script is run to copy them all together in just the
|
||||
right order while resolving internal "#include" references.
|
||||
|
||||
The amalgamation source file is more than 200K lines long. Some symbolic
|
||||
debuggers (most notably MSVC) are unable to deal with files longer than 64K
|
||||
lines. To work around this, a separate Tcl script, tool/split-sqlite3c.tcl,
|
||||
can be run on the amalgamation to break it up into a single small C file
|
||||
called **sqlite3-all.c** that does #include on about seven other files
|
||||
named **sqlite3-1.c**, **sqlite3-2.c**, ..., **sqlite3-7.c**. In this way,
|
||||
all of the source code is contained within a single translation unit so
|
||||
that the compiler can do extra cross-procedure optimization, but no
|
||||
individual source file exceeds 32K lines in length.
|
||||
|
||||
## How It All Fits Together
|
||||
|
||||
SQLite is modular in design.
|
||||
See the [architectural description](http://www.sqlite.org/arch.html)
|
||||
for details. Other documents that are useful in
|
||||
(helping to understand how SQLite works include the
|
||||
[file format](http://www.sqlite.org/fileformat2.html) description,
|
||||
the [virtual machine](http://www.sqlite.org/opcode.html) that runs
|
||||
prepared statements, the description of
|
||||
[how transactions work](http://www.sqlite.org/atomiccommit.html), and
|
||||
the [overview of the query planner](http://www.sqlite.org/optoverview.html).
|
||||
|
||||
Years of effort have gone into optimizing SQLite, both
|
||||
for small size and high performance. And optimizations tend to result in
|
||||
complex code. So there is a lot of complexity in the current SQLite
|
||||
implementation. It will not be the easiest library in the world to hack.
|
||||
|
||||
Key files:
|
||||
|
||||
* **sqlite.h.in** - This file defines the public interface to the SQLite
|
||||
library. Readers will need to be familiar with this interface before
|
||||
trying to understand how the library works internally.
|
||||
|
||||
* **sqliteInt.h** - this header file defines many of the data objects
|
||||
used internally by SQLite. In addition to "sqliteInt.h", some
|
||||
subsystems have their own header files.
|
||||
|
||||
* **parse.y** - This file describes the LALR(1) grammar that SQLite uses
|
||||
to parse SQL statements, and the actions that are taken at each step
|
||||
in the parsing process.
|
||||
|
||||
* **vdbe.c** - This file implements the virtual machine that runs
|
||||
prepared statements. There are various helper files whose names
|
||||
begin with "vdbe". The VDBE has access to the vdbeInt.h header file
|
||||
which defines internal data objects. The rest of SQLite interacts
|
||||
with the VDBE through an interface defined by vdbe.h.
|
||||
|
||||
* **where.c** - This file (together with its helper files named
|
||||
by "where*.c") analyzes the WHERE clause and generates
|
||||
virtual machine code to run queries efficiently. This file is
|
||||
sometimes called the "query optimizer". It has its own private
|
||||
header file, whereInt.h, that defines data objects used internally.
|
||||
|
||||
* **btree.c** - This file contains the implementation of the B-Tree
|
||||
storage engine used by SQLite. The interface to the rest of the system
|
||||
is defined by "btree.h". The "btreeInt.h" header defines objects
|
||||
used internally by btree.c and not published to the rest of the system.
|
||||
|
||||
* **pager.c** - This file contains the "pager" implementation, the
|
||||
module that implements transactions. The "pager.h" header file
|
||||
defines the interface between pager.c and the rest of the system.
|
||||
|
||||
* **os_unix.c** and **os_win.c** - These two files implement the interface
|
||||
between SQLite and the underlying operating system using the run-time
|
||||
pluggable VFS interface.
|
||||
|
||||
* **shell.c.in** - This file is not part of the core SQLite library. This
|
||||
is the file that, when linked against sqlite3.a, generates the
|
||||
"sqlite3.exe" command-line shell. The "shell.c.in" file is transformed
|
||||
into "shell.c" as part of the build process.
|
||||
|
||||
* **tclsqlite.c** - This file implements the Tcl bindings for SQLite. It
|
||||
is not part of the core SQLite library. But as most of the tests in this
|
||||
repository are written in Tcl, the Tcl language bindings are important.
|
||||
|
||||
* **test*.c** - Files in the src/ folder that begin with "test" go into
|
||||
building the "testfixture.exe" program. The testfixture.exe program is
|
||||
an enhanced Tcl shell. The testfixture.exe program runs scripts in the
|
||||
test/ folder to validate the core SQLite code. The testfixture program
|
||||
(and some other test programs too) is built and run when you type
|
||||
"make test".
|
||||
|
||||
* **ext/misc/json1.c** - This file implements the various JSON functions
|
||||
that are built into SQLite.
|
||||
|
||||
There are many other source files. Each has a succinct header comment that
|
||||
describes its purpose and role within the larger system.
|
||||
|
||||
<a name="vauth"></a>
|
||||
## Verifying Code Authenticity
|
||||
|
||||
The `manifest` file at the root directory of the source tree
|
||||
contains either a SHA3-256 hash (for newer files) or a SHA1 hash (for
|
||||
older files) for every source file in the repository.
|
||||
The name of the version of the entire source tree is just the
|
||||
SHA3-256 hash of the `manifest` file itself, possibly with the
|
||||
last line of that file omitted if the last line begins with
|
||||
"`# Remove this line`".
|
||||
The `manifest.uuid` file should contain the SHA3-256 hash of the
|
||||
`manifest` file. If all of the above hash comparisons are correct, then
|
||||
you can be confident that your source tree is authentic and unadulterated.
|
||||
|
||||
The format of the `manifest` file should be mostly self-explanatory, but
|
||||
if you want details, they are available
|
||||
[here](https://fossil-scm.org/fossil/doc/trunk/www/fileformat.wiki#manifest).
|
||||
|
||||
## Contacts
|
||||
|
||||
The main SQLite website is [http://www.sqlite.org/](http://www.sqlite.org/)
|
||||
with geographically distributed backups at
|
||||
[http://www2.sqlite.org/](http://www2.sqlite.org) and
|
||||
[http://www3.sqlite.org/](http://www3.sqlite.org).
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
|
||||
#!/usr/bin/awk
|
||||
#
|
||||
# This script appends additional token codes to the end of the
|
||||
# parse.h file that lemon generates. These extra token codes are
|
||||
# not used by the parser. But they are used by the tokenizer and/or
|
||||
# the code generator.
|
||||
#
|
||||
#
|
||||
BEGIN {
|
||||
max = 0
|
||||
}
|
||||
/^#define TK_/ {
|
||||
print $0
|
||||
if( max<$3 ) max = $3
|
||||
}
|
||||
END {
|
||||
printf "#define TK_%-29s %4d\n", "TO_TEXT", ++max
|
||||
printf "#define TK_%-29s %4d\n", "TO_BLOB", ++max
|
||||
printf "#define TK_%-29s %4d\n", "TO_NUMERIC", ++max
|
||||
printf "#define TK_%-29s %4d\n", "TO_INT", ++max
|
||||
printf "#define TK_%-29s %4d\n", "TO_REAL", ++max
|
||||
printf "#define TK_%-29s %4d\n", "ISNOT", ++max
|
||||
printf "#define TK_%-29s %4d\n", "END_OF_FILE", ++max
|
||||
printf "#define TK_%-29s %4d\n", "ILLEGAL", ++max
|
||||
printf "#define TK_%-29s %4d\n", "SPACE", ++max
|
||||
printf "#define TK_%-29s %4d\n", "UNCLOSED_STRING", ++max
|
||||
printf "#define TK_%-29s %4d\n", "FUNCTION", ++max
|
||||
printf "#define TK_%-29s %4d\n", "COLUMN", ++max
|
||||
printf "#define TK_%-29s %4d\n", "AGG_FUNCTION", ++max
|
||||
printf "#define TK_%-29s %4d\n", "AGG_COLUMN", ++max
|
||||
printf "#define TK_%-29s %4d\n", "CONST_FUNC", ++max
|
||||
printf "#define TK_%-29s %4d\n", "UMINUS", ++max
|
||||
printf "#define TK_%-29s %4d\n", "UPLUS", ++max
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
After Width: | Height: | Size: 3.7 KiB |
|
After Width: | Height: | Size: 3.0 KiB |
|
After Width: | Height: | Size: 7.3 KiB |
|
After Width: | Height: | Size: 3.4 KiB |
|
After Width: | Height: | Size: 3.3 KiB |
|
Before Width: | Height: | Size: 2.2 KiB |
|
Before Width: | Height: | Size: 79 KiB |
|
After Width: | Height: | Size: 3.3 KiB |
@@ -1,370 +0,0 @@
|
||||
Installation Instructions
|
||||
*************************
|
||||
|
||||
Copyright (C) 1994-1996, 1999-2002, 2004-2011 Free Software Foundation,
|
||||
Inc.
|
||||
|
||||
Copying and distribution of this file, with or without modification,
|
||||
are permitted in any medium without royalty provided the copyright
|
||||
notice and this notice are preserved. This file is offered as-is,
|
||||
without warranty of any kind.
|
||||
|
||||
Basic Installation
|
||||
==================
|
||||
|
||||
Briefly, the shell commands `./configure; make; make install' should
|
||||
configure, build, and install this package. The following
|
||||
more-detailed instructions are generic; see the `README' file for
|
||||
instructions specific to this package. Some packages provide this
|
||||
`INSTALL' file but do not implement all of the features documented
|
||||
below. The lack of an optional feature in a given package is not
|
||||
necessarily a bug. More recommendations for GNU packages can be found
|
||||
in *note Makefile Conventions: (standards)Makefile Conventions.
|
||||
|
||||
The `configure' shell script attempts to guess correct values for
|
||||
various system-dependent variables used during compilation. It uses
|
||||
those values to create a `Makefile' in each directory of the package.
|
||||
It may also create one or more `.h' files containing system-dependent
|
||||
definitions. Finally, it creates a shell script `config.status' that
|
||||
you can run in the future to recreate the current configuration, and a
|
||||
file `config.log' containing compiler output (useful mainly for
|
||||
debugging `configure').
|
||||
|
||||
It can also use an optional file (typically called `config.cache'
|
||||
and enabled with `--cache-file=config.cache' or simply `-C') that saves
|
||||
the results of its tests to speed up reconfiguring. Caching is
|
||||
disabled by default to prevent problems with accidental use of stale
|
||||
cache files.
|
||||
|
||||
If you need to do unusual things to compile the package, please try
|
||||
to figure out how `configure' could check whether to do them, and mail
|
||||
diffs or instructions to the address given in the `README' so they can
|
||||
be considered for the next release. If you are using the cache, and at
|
||||
some point `config.cache' contains results you don't want to keep, you
|
||||
may remove or edit it.
|
||||
|
||||
The file `configure.ac' (or `configure.in') is used to create
|
||||
`configure' by a program called `autoconf'. You need `configure.ac' if
|
||||
you want to change it or regenerate `configure' using a newer version
|
||||
of `autoconf'.
|
||||
|
||||
The simplest way to compile this package is:
|
||||
|
||||
1. `cd' to the directory containing the package's source code and type
|
||||
`./configure' to configure the package for your system.
|
||||
|
||||
Running `configure' might take a while. While running, it prints
|
||||
some messages telling which features it is checking for.
|
||||
|
||||
2. Type `make' to compile the package.
|
||||
|
||||
3. Optionally, type `make check' to run any self-tests that come with
|
||||
the package, generally using the just-built uninstalled binaries.
|
||||
|
||||
4. Type `make install' to install the programs and any data files and
|
||||
documentation. When installing into a prefix owned by root, it is
|
||||
recommended that the package be configured and built as a regular
|
||||
user, and only the `make install' phase executed with root
|
||||
privileges.
|
||||
|
||||
5. Optionally, type `make installcheck' to repeat any self-tests, but
|
||||
this time using the binaries in their final installed location.
|
||||
This target does not install anything. Running this target as a
|
||||
regular user, particularly if the prior `make install' required
|
||||
root privileges, verifies that the installation completed
|
||||
correctly.
|
||||
|
||||
6. You can remove the program binaries and object files from the
|
||||
source code directory by typing `make clean'. To also remove the
|
||||
files that `configure' created (so you can compile the package for
|
||||
a different kind of computer), type `make distclean'. There is
|
||||
also a `make maintainer-clean' target, but that is intended mainly
|
||||
for the package's developers. If you use it, you may have to get
|
||||
all sorts of other programs in order to regenerate files that came
|
||||
with the distribution.
|
||||
|
||||
7. Often, you can also type `make uninstall' to remove the installed
|
||||
files again. In practice, not all packages have tested that
|
||||
uninstallation works correctly, even though it is required by the
|
||||
GNU Coding Standards.
|
||||
|
||||
8. Some packages, particularly those that use Automake, provide `make
|
||||
distcheck', which can by used by developers to test that all other
|
||||
targets like `make install' and `make uninstall' work correctly.
|
||||
This target is generally not run by end users.
|
||||
|
||||
Compilers and Options
|
||||
=====================
|
||||
|
||||
Some systems require unusual options for compilation or linking that
|
||||
the `configure' script does not know about. Run `./configure --help'
|
||||
for details on some of the pertinent environment variables.
|
||||
|
||||
You can give `configure' initial values for configuration parameters
|
||||
by setting variables in the command line or in the environment. Here
|
||||
is an example:
|
||||
|
||||
./configure CC=c99 CFLAGS=-g LIBS=-lposix
|
||||
|
||||
*Note Defining Variables::, for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
Compiling For Multiple Architectures
|
||||
====================================
|
||||
|
||||
You can compile the package for more than one kind of computer at the
|
||||
same time, by placing the object files for each architecture in their
|
||||
own directory. To do this, you can use GNU `make'. `cd' to the
|
||||
directory where you want the object files and executables to go and run
|
||||
the `configure' script. `configure' automatically checks for the
|
||||
source code in the directory that `configure' is in and in `..'. This
|
||||
is known as a "VPATH" build.
|
||||
|
||||
With a non-GNU `make', it is safer to compile the package for one
|
||||
architecture at a time in the source code directory. After you have
|
||||
installed the package for one architecture, use `make distclean' before
|
||||
reconfiguring for another architecture.
|
||||
|
||||
On MacOS X 10.5 and later systems, you can create libraries and
|
||||
executables that work on multiple system types--known as "fat" or
|
||||
"universal" binaries--by specifying multiple `-arch' options to the
|
||||
compiler but only a single `-arch' option to the preprocessor. Like
|
||||
this:
|
||||
|
||||
./configure CC="gcc -arch i386 -arch x86_64 -arch ppc -arch ppc64" \
|
||||
CXX="g++ -arch i386 -arch x86_64 -arch ppc -arch ppc64" \
|
||||
CPP="gcc -E" CXXCPP="g++ -E"
|
||||
|
||||
This is not guaranteed to produce working output in all cases, you
|
||||
may have to build one architecture at a time and combine the results
|
||||
using the `lipo' tool if you have problems.
|
||||
|
||||
Installation Names
|
||||
==================
|
||||
|
||||
By default, `make install' installs the package's commands under
|
||||
`/usr/local/bin', include files under `/usr/local/include', etc. You
|
||||
can specify an installation prefix other than `/usr/local' by giving
|
||||
`configure' the option `--prefix=PREFIX', where PREFIX must be an
|
||||
absolute file name.
|
||||
|
||||
You can specify separate installation prefixes for
|
||||
architecture-specific files and architecture-independent files. If you
|
||||
pass the option `--exec-prefix=PREFIX' to `configure', the package uses
|
||||
PREFIX as the prefix for installing programs and libraries.
|
||||
Documentation and other data files still use the regular prefix.
|
||||
|
||||
In addition, if you use an unusual directory layout you can give
|
||||
options like `--bindir=DIR' to specify different values for particular
|
||||
kinds of files. Run `configure --help' for a list of the directories
|
||||
you can set and what kinds of files go in them. In general, the
|
||||
default for these options is expressed in terms of `${prefix}', so that
|
||||
specifying just `--prefix' will affect all of the other directory
|
||||
specifications that were not explicitly provided.
|
||||
|
||||
The most portable way to affect installation locations is to pass the
|
||||
correct locations to `configure'; however, many packages provide one or
|
||||
both of the following shortcuts of passing variable assignments to the
|
||||
`make install' command line to change installation locations without
|
||||
having to reconfigure or recompile.
|
||||
|
||||
The first method involves providing an override variable for each
|
||||
affected directory. For example, `make install
|
||||
prefix=/alternate/directory' will choose an alternate location for all
|
||||
directory configuration variables that were expressed in terms of
|
||||
`${prefix}'. Any directories that were specified during `configure',
|
||||
but not in terms of `${prefix}', must each be overridden at install
|
||||
time for the entire installation to be relocated. The approach of
|
||||
makefile variable overrides for each directory variable is required by
|
||||
the GNU Coding Standards, and ideally causes no recompilation.
|
||||
However, some platforms have known limitations with the semantics of
|
||||
shared libraries that end up requiring recompilation when using this
|
||||
method, particularly noticeable in packages that use GNU Libtool.
|
||||
|
||||
The second method involves providing the `DESTDIR' variable. For
|
||||
example, `make install DESTDIR=/alternate/directory' will prepend
|
||||
`/alternate/directory' before all installation names. The approach of
|
||||
`DESTDIR' overrides is not required by the GNU Coding Standards, and
|
||||
does not work on platforms that have drive letters. On the other hand,
|
||||
it does better at avoiding recompilation issues, and works well even
|
||||
when some directory options were not specified in terms of `${prefix}'
|
||||
at `configure' time.
|
||||
|
||||
Optional Features
|
||||
=================
|
||||
|
||||
If the package supports it, you can cause programs to be installed
|
||||
with an extra prefix or suffix on their names by giving `configure' the
|
||||
option `--program-prefix=PREFIX' or `--program-suffix=SUFFIX'.
|
||||
|
||||
Some packages pay attention to `--enable-FEATURE' options to
|
||||
`configure', where FEATURE indicates an optional part of the package.
|
||||
They may also pay attention to `--with-PACKAGE' options, where PACKAGE
|
||||
is something like `gnu-as' or `x' (for the X Window System). The
|
||||
`README' should mention any `--enable-' and `--with-' options that the
|
||||
package recognizes.
|
||||
|
||||
For packages that use the X Window System, `configure' can usually
|
||||
find the X include and library files automatically, but if it doesn't,
|
||||
you can use the `configure' options `--x-includes=DIR' and
|
||||
`--x-libraries=DIR' to specify their locations.
|
||||
|
||||
Some packages offer the ability to configure how verbose the
|
||||
execution of `make' will be. For these packages, running `./configure
|
||||
--enable-silent-rules' sets the default to minimal output, which can be
|
||||
overridden with `make V=1'; while running `./configure
|
||||
--disable-silent-rules' sets the default to verbose, which can be
|
||||
overridden with `make V=0'.
|
||||
|
||||
Particular systems
|
||||
==================
|
||||
|
||||
On HP-UX, the default C compiler is not ANSI C compatible. If GNU
|
||||
CC is not installed, it is recommended to use the following options in
|
||||
order to use an ANSI C compiler:
|
||||
|
||||
./configure CC="cc -Ae -D_XOPEN_SOURCE=500"
|
||||
|
||||
and if that doesn't work, install pre-built binaries of GCC for HP-UX.
|
||||
|
||||
HP-UX `make' updates targets which have the same time stamps as
|
||||
their prerequisites, which makes it generally unusable when shipped
|
||||
generated files such as `configure' are involved. Use GNU `make'
|
||||
instead.
|
||||
|
||||
On OSF/1 a.k.a. Tru64, some versions of the default C compiler cannot
|
||||
parse its `<wchar.h>' header file. The option `-nodtk' can be used as
|
||||
a workaround. If GNU CC is not installed, it is therefore recommended
|
||||
to try
|
||||
|
||||
./configure CC="cc"
|
||||
|
||||
and if that doesn't work, try
|
||||
|
||||
./configure CC="cc -nodtk"
|
||||
|
||||
On Solaris, don't put `/usr/ucb' early in your `PATH'. This
|
||||
directory contains several dysfunctional programs; working variants of
|
||||
these programs are available in `/usr/bin'. So, if you need `/usr/ucb'
|
||||
in your `PATH', put it _after_ `/usr/bin'.
|
||||
|
||||
On Haiku, software installed for all users goes in `/boot/common',
|
||||
not `/usr/local'. It is recommended to use the following options:
|
||||
|
||||
./configure --prefix=/boot/common
|
||||
|
||||
Specifying the System Type
|
||||
==========================
|
||||
|
||||
There may be some features `configure' cannot figure out
|
||||
automatically, but needs to determine by the type of machine the package
|
||||
will run on. Usually, assuming the package is built to be run on the
|
||||
_same_ architectures, `configure' can figure that out, but if it prints
|
||||
a message saying it cannot guess the machine type, give it the
|
||||
`--build=TYPE' option. TYPE can either be a short name for the system
|
||||
type, such as `sun4', or a canonical name which has the form:
|
||||
|
||||
CPU-COMPANY-SYSTEM
|
||||
|
||||
where SYSTEM can have one of these forms:
|
||||
|
||||
OS
|
||||
KERNEL-OS
|
||||
|
||||
See the file `config.sub' for the possible values of each field. If
|
||||
`config.sub' isn't included in this package, then this package doesn't
|
||||
need to know the machine type.
|
||||
|
||||
If you are _building_ compiler tools for cross-compiling, you should
|
||||
use the option `--target=TYPE' to select the type of system they will
|
||||
produce code for.
|
||||
|
||||
If you want to _use_ a cross compiler, that generates code for a
|
||||
platform different from the build platform, you should specify the
|
||||
"host" platform (i.e., that on which the generated programs will
|
||||
eventually be run) with `--host=TYPE'.
|
||||
|
||||
Sharing Defaults
|
||||
================
|
||||
|
||||
If you want to set default values for `configure' scripts to share,
|
||||
you can create a site shell script called `config.site' that gives
|
||||
default values for variables like `CC', `cache_file', and `prefix'.
|
||||
`configure' looks for `PREFIX/share/config.site' if it exists, then
|
||||
`PREFIX/etc/config.site' if it exists. Or, you can set the
|
||||
`CONFIG_SITE' environment variable to the location of the site script.
|
||||
A warning: not all `configure' scripts look for a site script.
|
||||
|
||||
Defining Variables
|
||||
==================
|
||||
|
||||
Variables not defined in a site shell script can be set in the
|
||||
environment passed to `configure'. However, some packages may run
|
||||
configure again during the build, and the customized values of these
|
||||
variables may be lost. In order to avoid this problem, you should set
|
||||
them in the `configure' command line, using `VAR=value'. For example:
|
||||
|
||||
./configure CC=/usr/local2/bin/gcc
|
||||
|
||||
causes the specified `gcc' to be used as the C compiler (unless it is
|
||||
overridden in the site shell script).
|
||||
|
||||
Unfortunately, this technique does not work for `CONFIG_SHELL' due to
|
||||
an Autoconf bug. Until the bug is fixed you can use this workaround:
|
||||
|
||||
CONFIG_SHELL=/bin/bash /bin/bash ./configure CONFIG_SHELL=/bin/bash
|
||||
|
||||
`configure' Invocation
|
||||
======================
|
||||
|
||||
`configure' recognizes the following options to control how it
|
||||
operates.
|
||||
|
||||
`--help'
|
||||
`-h'
|
||||
Print a summary of all of the options to `configure', and exit.
|
||||
|
||||
`--help=short'
|
||||
`--help=recursive'
|
||||
Print a summary of the options unique to this package's
|
||||
`configure', and exit. The `short' variant lists options used
|
||||
only in the top level, while the `recursive' variant lists options
|
||||
also present in any nested packages.
|
||||
|
||||
`--version'
|
||||
`-V'
|
||||
Print the version of Autoconf used to generate the `configure'
|
||||
script, and exit.
|
||||
|
||||
`--cache-file=FILE'
|
||||
Enable the cache: use and save the results of the tests in FILE,
|
||||
traditionally `config.cache'. FILE defaults to `/dev/null' to
|
||||
disable caching.
|
||||
|
||||
`--config-cache'
|
||||
`-C'
|
||||
Alias for `--cache-file=config.cache'.
|
||||
|
||||
`--quiet'
|
||||
`--silent'
|
||||
`-q'
|
||||
Do not print messages saying which checks are being made. To
|
||||
suppress all normal output, redirect it to `/dev/null' (any error
|
||||
messages will still be shown).
|
||||
|
||||
`--srcdir=DIR'
|
||||
Look for the package's source code in directory DIR. Usually
|
||||
`configure' can determine that directory automatically.
|
||||
|
||||
`--prefix=DIR'
|
||||
Use DIR as the installation prefix. *note Installation Names::
|
||||
for more details, including other options available for fine-tuning
|
||||
the installation locations.
|
||||
|
||||
`--no-create'
|
||||
`-n'
|
||||
Run the configure checks, but stop before creating any output
|
||||
files.
|
||||
|
||||
`configure' also accepts some other, not widely useful, options. Run
|
||||
`configure --help' for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,20 +0,0 @@
|
||||
|
||||
AM_CFLAGS = @BUILD_CFLAGS@
|
||||
lib_LTLIBRARIES = libsqlite3.la
|
||||
libsqlite3_la_SOURCES = sqlite3.c
|
||||
libsqlite3_la_LDFLAGS = -no-undefined -version-info 8:6:8
|
||||
|
||||
bin_PROGRAMS = sqlite3
|
||||
sqlite3_SOURCES = shell.c sqlite3.h
|
||||
EXTRA_sqlite3_SOURCES = sqlite3.c
|
||||
sqlite3_LDADD = @EXTRA_SHELL_OBJ@ @READLINE_LIBS@
|
||||
sqlite3_DEPENDENCIES = @EXTRA_SHELL_OBJ@
|
||||
sqlite3_CFLAGS = $(AM_CFLAGS) -DSQLITE_ENABLE_EXPLAIN_COMMENTS -DSQLITE_ENABLE_DBPAGE_VTAB -DSQLITE_ENABLE_STMTVTAB -DSQLITE_ENABLE_DBSTAT_VTAB $(SHELL_CFLAGS)
|
||||
|
||||
include_HEADERS = sqlite3.h sqlite3ext.h
|
||||
|
||||
EXTRA_DIST = sqlite3.1 tea Makefile.msc sqlite3.rc sqlite3rc.h README.txt Replace.cs Makefile.fallback
|
||||
pkgconfigdir = ${libdir}/pkgconfig
|
||||
pkgconfig_DATA = sqlite3.pc
|
||||
|
||||
man_MANS = sqlite3.1
|
||||
@@ -1,19 +0,0 @@
|
||||
#!/usr/bin/make
|
||||
#
|
||||
# If the configure script does not work, then this Makefile is available
|
||||
# as a backup. Manually configure the variables below.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Note: This makefile works out-of-the-box on MacOS 10.2 (Jaguar)
|
||||
#
|
||||
CC = gcc
|
||||
CFLAGS = -O0 -I.
|
||||
LIBS = -lz
|
||||
COPTS += -D_BSD_SOURCE
|
||||
COPTS += -DSQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE=0
|
||||
COPTS += -DSQLITE_THREADSAFE=0
|
||||
COPTS += -DSQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION
|
||||
COPTS += -DSQLITE_WITHOUT_ZONEMALLOC
|
||||
COPTS += -DSQLITE_ENABLE_RTREE
|
||||
|
||||
sqlite3: shell.c sqlite3.c
|
||||
$(CC) $(CFLAGS) $(COPTS) -o sqlite3 shell.c sqlite3.c $(LIBS)
|
||||
@@ -1,11 +0,0 @@
|
||||
This directory contains components use to build an autoconf-ready package
|
||||
of the SQLite amalgamation: sqlite-autoconf-30XXXXXX.tar.gz
|
||||
|
||||
To build the autoconf amalgamation, run from the top-level:
|
||||
|
||||
./configure
|
||||
make amalgamation-tarball
|
||||
|
||||
The amalgamation-tarball target (also available in "main.mk") runs the
|
||||
script tool/mkautoconfamal.sh which does the work. Refer to that script
|
||||
for details.
|
||||
@@ -1,113 +0,0 @@
|
||||
This package contains:
|
||||
|
||||
* the SQLite library amalgamation source code file: sqlite3.c
|
||||
* the sqlite3.h and sqlite3ext.h header files that define the C-language
|
||||
interface to the sqlite3.c library file
|
||||
* the shell.c file used to build the sqlite3 command-line shell program
|
||||
* autoconf/automake installation infrastucture for building on POSIX
|
||||
compliant systems
|
||||
* a Makefile.msc, sqlite3.rc, and Replace.cs for building with Microsoft
|
||||
Visual C++ on Windows
|
||||
|
||||
SUMMARY OF HOW TO BUILD
|
||||
=======================
|
||||
|
||||
Unix: ./configure; make
|
||||
Windows: nmake /f Makefile.msc
|
||||
|
||||
BUILDING ON POSIX
|
||||
=================
|
||||
|
||||
The generic installation instructions for autoconf/automake are found
|
||||
in the INSTALL file.
|
||||
|
||||
The following SQLite specific boolean options are supported:
|
||||
|
||||
--enable-readline use readline in shell tool [default=yes]
|
||||
--enable-threadsafe build a thread-safe library [default=yes]
|
||||
--enable-dynamic-extensions support loadable extensions [default=yes]
|
||||
|
||||
The default value for the CFLAGS variable (options passed to the C
|
||||
compiler) includes debugging symbols in the build, resulting in larger
|
||||
binaries than are necessary. Override it on the configure command
|
||||
line like this:
|
||||
|
||||
$ CFLAGS="-Os" ./configure
|
||||
|
||||
to produce a smaller installation footprint.
|
||||
|
||||
Other SQLite compilation parameters can also be set using CFLAGS. For
|
||||
example:
|
||||
|
||||
$ CFLAGS="-Os -DSQLITE_THREADSAFE=0" ./configure
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
BUILDING WITH MICROSOFT VISUAL C++
|
||||
==================================
|
||||
|
||||
To compile for Windows using Microsoft Visual C++:
|
||||
|
||||
$ nmake /f Makefile.msc
|
||||
|
||||
Using Microsoft Visual C++ 2005 (or later) is recommended. Several Windows
|
||||
platform variants may be built by adding additional macros to the NMAKE
|
||||
command line.
|
||||
|
||||
Building for WinRT 8.0
|
||||
----------------------
|
||||
|
||||
FOR_WINRT=1
|
||||
|
||||
Using Microsoft Visual C++ 2012 (or later) is required. When using the
|
||||
above, something like the following macro will need to be added to the
|
||||
NMAKE command line as well:
|
||||
|
||||
"NSDKLIBPATH=%WindowsSdkDir%\..\8.0\lib\win8\um\x86"
|
||||
|
||||
Building for WinRT 8.1
|
||||
----------------------
|
||||
|
||||
FOR_WINRT=1
|
||||
|
||||
Using Microsoft Visual C++ 2013 (or later) is required. When using the
|
||||
above, something like the following macro will need to be added to the
|
||||
NMAKE command line as well:
|
||||
|
||||
"NSDKLIBPATH=%WindowsSdkDir%\..\8.1\lib\winv6.3\um\x86"
|
||||
|
||||
Building for UWP 10.0
|
||||
---------------------
|
||||
|
||||
FOR_WINRT=1 FOR_UWP=1
|
||||
|
||||
Using Microsoft Visual C++ 2015 (or later) is required. When using the
|
||||
above, something like the following macros will need to be added to the
|
||||
NMAKE command line as well:
|
||||
|
||||
"NSDKLIBPATH=%WindowsSdkDir%\..\10\lib\10.0.10586.0\um\x86"
|
||||
"PSDKLIBPATH=%WindowsSdkDir%\..\10\lib\10.0.10586.0\um\x86"
|
||||
"NUCRTLIBPATH=%UniversalCRTSdkDir%\..\10\lib\10.0.10586.0\ucrt\x86"
|
||||
|
||||
Building for the Windows 10 SDK
|
||||
-------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
FOR_WIN10=1
|
||||
|
||||
Using Microsoft Visual C++ 2015 (or later) is required. When using the
|
||||
above, no other macros should be needed on the NMAKE command line.
|
||||
|
||||
Other preprocessor defines
|
||||
--------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
Additionally, preprocessor defines may be specified by using the OPTS macro
|
||||
on the NMAKE command line. However, not all possible preprocessor defines
|
||||
may be specified in this manner as some require the amalgamation to be built
|
||||
with them enabled (see http://www.sqlite.org/compile.html). For example, the
|
||||
following will work:
|
||||
|
||||
"OPTS=-DSQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4=1 -DSQLITE_OMIT_JSON=1"
|
||||
|
||||
However, the following will not compile unless the amalgamation was built
|
||||
with it enabled:
|
||||
|
||||
"OPTS=-DSQLITE_ENABLE_UPDATE_DELETE_LIMIT=1"
|
||||
@@ -1,270 +0,0 @@
|
||||
|
||||
#-----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# Supports the following non-standard switches.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# --enable-threadsafe
|
||||
# --enable-readline
|
||||
# --enable-editline
|
||||
# --enable-static-shell
|
||||
# --enable-dynamic-extensions
|
||||
#
|
||||
|
||||
AC_PREREQ(2.61)
|
||||
AC_INIT(sqlite, --SQLITE-VERSION--, http://www.sqlite.org)
|
||||
AC_CONFIG_SRCDIR([sqlite3.c])
|
||||
AC_CONFIG_AUX_DIR([.])
|
||||
|
||||
# Use automake.
|
||||
AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE([foreign])
|
||||
|
||||
AC_SYS_LARGEFILE
|
||||
|
||||
# Check for required programs.
|
||||
AC_PROG_CC
|
||||
AC_PROG_LIBTOOL
|
||||
AC_PROG_MKDIR_P
|
||||
|
||||
# Check for library functions that SQLite can optionally use.
|
||||
AC_CHECK_FUNCS([fdatasync usleep fullfsync localtime_r gmtime_r])
|
||||
AC_FUNC_STRERROR_R
|
||||
|
||||
AC_CONFIG_FILES([Makefile sqlite3.pc])
|
||||
BUILD_CFLAGS=
|
||||
AC_SUBST(BUILD_CFLAGS)
|
||||
|
||||
#-------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# Two options to enable readline compatible libraries:
|
||||
#
|
||||
# --enable-editline
|
||||
# --enable-readline
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Both are enabled by default. If, after command line processing both are
|
||||
# still enabled, the script searches for editline first and automatically
|
||||
# disables readline if it is found. So, to use readline explicitly, the
|
||||
# user must pass "--disable-editline". To disable command line editing
|
||||
# support altogether, "--disable-editline --disable-readline".
|
||||
#
|
||||
# When searching for either library, check for headers before libraries
|
||||
# as some distros supply packages that contain libraries but not header
|
||||
# files, which come as a separate development package.
|
||||
#
|
||||
AC_ARG_ENABLE(editline, [AS_HELP_STRING([--enable-editline],[use BSD libedit])])
|
||||
AC_ARG_ENABLE(readline, [AS_HELP_STRING([--enable-readline],[use readline])])
|
||||
|
||||
AS_IF([ test x"$enable_editline" != xno ],[
|
||||
AC_CHECK_HEADERS([editline/readline.h],[
|
||||
sLIBS=$LIBS
|
||||
LIBS=""
|
||||
AC_SEARCH_LIBS([readline],[edit],[
|
||||
AC_DEFINE([HAVE_EDITLINE],1,Define to use BSD editline)
|
||||
READLINE_LIBS="$LIBS -ltinfo"
|
||||
enable_readline=no
|
||||
],[],[-ltinfo])
|
||||
AS_UNSET(ac_cv_search_readline)
|
||||
LIBS=$sLIBS
|
||||
])
|
||||
])
|
||||
|
||||
AS_IF([ test x"$enable_readline" != xno ],[
|
||||
AC_CHECK_HEADERS([readline/readline.h],[
|
||||
sLIBS=$LIBS
|
||||
LIBS=""
|
||||
AC_SEARCH_LIBS(tgetent, termcap curses ncurses ncursesw, [], [])
|
||||
AC_SEARCH_LIBS(readline,[readline edit], [
|
||||
AC_DEFINE([HAVE_READLINE],1,Define to use readline or wrapper)
|
||||
READLINE_LIBS=$LIBS
|
||||
])
|
||||
LIBS=$sLIBS
|
||||
])
|
||||
])
|
||||
|
||||
AC_SUBST(READLINE_LIBS)
|
||||
#-----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
#-----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# --enable-threadsafe
|
||||
#
|
||||
AC_ARG_ENABLE(threadsafe, [AS_HELP_STRING(
|
||||
[--enable-threadsafe], [build a thread-safe library [default=yes]])],
|
||||
[], [enable_threadsafe=yes])
|
||||
if test x"$enable_threadsafe" == "xno"; then
|
||||
BUILD_CFLAGS="$BUILD_CFLAGS -DSQLITE_THREADSAFE=0"
|
||||
else
|
||||
BUILD_CFLAGS="$BUILD_CFLAGS -D_REENTRANT=1 -DSQLITE_THREADSAFE=1"
|
||||
AC_SEARCH_LIBS(pthread_create, pthread)
|
||||
AC_SEARCH_LIBS(pthread_mutexattr_init, pthread)
|
||||
fi
|
||||
#-----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
#-----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# --enable-dynamic-extensions
|
||||
#
|
||||
AC_ARG_ENABLE(dynamic-extensions, [AS_HELP_STRING(
|
||||
[--enable-dynamic-extensions], [support loadable extensions [default=yes]])],
|
||||
[], [enable_dynamic_extensions=yes])
|
||||
if test x"$enable_dynamic_extensions" != "xno"; then
|
||||
AC_SEARCH_LIBS(dlopen, dl)
|
||||
else
|
||||
BUILD_CFLAGS="$BUILD_CFLAGS -DSQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION=1"
|
||||
fi
|
||||
AC_MSG_CHECKING([for whether to support dynamic extensions])
|
||||
AC_MSG_RESULT($enable_dynamic_extensions)
|
||||
#-----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
#-----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# --enable-math
|
||||
#
|
||||
AC_ARG_ENABLE(math, [AS_HELP_STRING(
|
||||
[--enable-math], [SQL math functions [default=yes]])],
|
||||
[], [enable_math=yes])
|
||||
AC_MSG_CHECKING([SQL math functions])
|
||||
if test x"$enable_math" = "xyes"; then
|
||||
BUILD_CFLAGS="$BUILD_CFLAGS -DSQLITE_ENABLE_MATH_FUNCTIONS"
|
||||
AC_MSG_RESULT([enabled])
|
||||
AC_SEARCH_LIBS(ceil, m)
|
||||
else
|
||||
AC_MSG_RESULT([disabled])
|
||||
fi
|
||||
#-----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
#-----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# --enable-fts4
|
||||
#
|
||||
AC_ARG_ENABLE(fts4, [AS_HELP_STRING(
|
||||
[--enable-fts4], [include fts4 support [default=yes]])],
|
||||
[], [enable_fts4=yes])
|
||||
AC_MSG_CHECKING([FTS4 extension])
|
||||
if test x"$enable_fts4" = "xyes"; then
|
||||
BUILD_CFLAGS="$BUILD_CFLAGS -DSQLITE_ENABLE_FTS4"
|
||||
AC_MSG_RESULT([enabled])
|
||||
else
|
||||
AC_MSG_RESULT([disabled])
|
||||
fi
|
||||
#-----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
#-----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# --enable-fts3
|
||||
#
|
||||
AC_ARG_ENABLE(fts3, [AS_HELP_STRING(
|
||||
[--enable-fts3], [include fts3 support [default=no]])],
|
||||
[], [])
|
||||
AC_MSG_CHECKING([FTS3 extension])
|
||||
if test x"$enable_fts3" = "xyes" -a x"$enable_fts4" = "xno"; then
|
||||
BUILD_CFLAGS="$BUILD_CFLAGS -DSQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3"
|
||||
AC_MSG_RESULT([enabled])
|
||||
else
|
||||
AC_MSG_RESULT([disabled])
|
||||
fi
|
||||
#-----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
#-----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# --enable-fts5
|
||||
#
|
||||
AC_ARG_ENABLE(fts5, [AS_HELP_STRING(
|
||||
[--enable-fts5], [include fts5 support [default=yes]])],
|
||||
[], [enable_fts5=yes])
|
||||
AC_MSG_CHECKING([FTS5 extension])
|
||||
if test x"$enable_fts5" = "xyes"; then
|
||||
AC_MSG_RESULT([enabled])
|
||||
AC_SEARCH_LIBS(log, m)
|
||||
BUILD_CFLAGS="$BUILD_CFLAGS -DSQLITE_ENABLE_FTS5"
|
||||
else
|
||||
AC_MSG_RESULT([disabled])
|
||||
fi
|
||||
#-----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
#-----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# --enable-rtree
|
||||
#
|
||||
AC_ARG_ENABLE(rtree, [AS_HELP_STRING(
|
||||
[--enable-rtree], [include rtree support [default=yes]])],
|
||||
[], [enable_rtree=yes])
|
||||
AC_MSG_CHECKING([RTREE extension])
|
||||
if test x"$enable_rtree" = "xyes"; then
|
||||
BUILD_CFLAGS="$BUILD_CFLAGS -DSQLITE_ENABLE_RTREE -DSQLITE_ENABLE_GEOPOLY"
|
||||
AC_MSG_RESULT([enabled])
|
||||
else
|
||||
AC_MSG_RESULT([disabled])
|
||||
fi
|
||||
#-----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
#-----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# --enable-session
|
||||
#
|
||||
AC_ARG_ENABLE(session, [AS_HELP_STRING(
|
||||
[--enable-session], [enable the session extension [default=no]])],
|
||||
[], [])
|
||||
AC_MSG_CHECKING([Session extension])
|
||||
if test x"$enable_session" = "xyes"; then
|
||||
BUILD_CFLAGS="$BUILD_CFLAGS -DSQLITE_ENABLE_SESSION -DSQLITE_ENABLE_PREUPDATE_HOOK"
|
||||
AC_MSG_RESULT([enabled])
|
||||
else
|
||||
AC_MSG_RESULT([disabled])
|
||||
fi
|
||||
#-----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
#-----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# --enable-debug
|
||||
#
|
||||
AC_ARG_ENABLE(debug, [AS_HELP_STRING(
|
||||
[--enable-debug], [build with debugging features enabled [default=no]])],
|
||||
[], [])
|
||||
AC_MSG_CHECKING([Build type])
|
||||
if test x"$enable_debug" = "xyes"; then
|
||||
BUILD_CFLAGS="$BUILD_CFLAGS -DSQLITE_DEBUG -DSQLITE_ENABLE_SELECTTRACE -DSQLITE_ENABLE_WHERETRACE"
|
||||
CFLAGS="-g -O0"
|
||||
AC_MSG_RESULT([debug])
|
||||
else
|
||||
AC_MSG_RESULT([release])
|
||||
fi
|
||||
#-----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
#-----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# --enable-static-shell
|
||||
#
|
||||
AC_ARG_ENABLE(static-shell, [AS_HELP_STRING(
|
||||
[--enable-static-shell],
|
||||
[statically link libsqlite3 into shell tool [default=yes]])],
|
||||
[], [enable_static_shell=yes])
|
||||
if test x"$enable_static_shell" = "xyes"; then
|
||||
EXTRA_SHELL_OBJ=sqlite3-sqlite3.$OBJEXT
|
||||
else
|
||||
EXTRA_SHELL_OBJ=libsqlite3.la
|
||||
fi
|
||||
AC_SUBST(EXTRA_SHELL_OBJ)
|
||||
#-----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
AC_CHECK_FUNCS(posix_fallocate)
|
||||
AC_CHECK_HEADERS(zlib.h,[
|
||||
AC_SEARCH_LIBS(deflate,z,[BUILD_CFLAGS="$BUILD_CFLAGS -DSQLITE_HAVE_ZLIB"])
|
||||
])
|
||||
|
||||
AC_SEARCH_LIBS(system,,,[SHELL_CFLAGS="-DSQLITE_NOHAVE_SYSTEM"])
|
||||
AC_SUBST(SHELL_CFLAGS)
|
||||
|
||||
#-----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# UPDATE: Maybe it's better if users just set CFLAGS before invoking
|
||||
# configure. This option doesn't really add much...
|
||||
#
|
||||
# --enable-tempstore
|
||||
#
|
||||
# AC_ARG_ENABLE(tempstore, [AS_HELP_STRING(
|
||||
# [--enable-tempstore],
|
||||
# [in-memory temporary tables (never, no, yes, always) [default=no]])],
|
||||
# [], [enable_tempstore=no])
|
||||
# AC_MSG_CHECKING([for whether or not to store temp tables in-memory])
|
||||
# case "$enable_tempstore" in
|
||||
# never ) TEMP_STORE=0 ;;
|
||||
# no ) TEMP_STORE=1 ;;
|
||||
# always ) TEMP_STORE=3 ;;
|
||||
# yes ) TEMP_STORE=3 ;;
|
||||
# * )
|
||||
# TEMP_STORE=1
|
||||
# enable_tempstore=yes
|
||||
# ;;
|
||||
# esac
|
||||
# AC_MSG_RESULT($enable_tempstore)
|
||||
# AC_SUBST(TEMP_STORE)
|
||||
#-----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
AC_OUTPUT
|
||||
@@ -1,475 +0,0 @@
|
||||
# Makefile.in --
|
||||
#
|
||||
# This file is a Makefile for Sample TEA Extension. If it has the name
|
||||
# "Makefile.in" then it is a template for a Makefile; to generate the
|
||||
# actual Makefile, run "./configure", which is a configuration script
|
||||
# generated by the "autoconf" program (constructs like "@foo@" will get
|
||||
# replaced in the actual Makefile.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Copyright (c) 1999 Scriptics Corporation.
|
||||
# Copyright (c) 2002-2005 ActiveState Corporation.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
|
||||
# of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
|
||||
|
||||
#========================================================================
|
||||
# Add additional lines to handle any additional AC_SUBST cases that
|
||||
# have been added in a customized configure script.
|
||||
#========================================================================
|
||||
|
||||
#SAMPLE_NEW_VAR = @SAMPLE_NEW_VAR@
|
||||
|
||||
#========================================================================
|
||||
# Nothing of the variables below this line should need to be changed.
|
||||
# Please check the TARGETS section below to make sure the make targets
|
||||
# are correct.
|
||||
#========================================================================
|
||||
|
||||
#========================================================================
|
||||
# The names of the source files is defined in the configure script.
|
||||
# The object files are used for linking into the final library.
|
||||
# This will be used when a dist target is added to the Makefile.
|
||||
# It is not important to specify the directory, as long as it is the
|
||||
# $(srcdir) or in the generic, win or unix subdirectory.
|
||||
#========================================================================
|
||||
|
||||
PKG_SOURCES = @PKG_SOURCES@
|
||||
PKG_OBJECTS = @PKG_OBJECTS@
|
||||
|
||||
PKG_STUB_SOURCES = @PKG_STUB_SOURCES@
|
||||
PKG_STUB_OBJECTS = @PKG_STUB_OBJECTS@
|
||||
|
||||
#========================================================================
|
||||
# PKG_TCL_SOURCES identifies Tcl runtime files that are associated with
|
||||
# this package that need to be installed, if any.
|
||||
#========================================================================
|
||||
|
||||
PKG_TCL_SOURCES = @PKG_TCL_SOURCES@
|
||||
|
||||
#========================================================================
|
||||
# This is a list of public header files to be installed, if any.
|
||||
#========================================================================
|
||||
|
||||
PKG_HEADERS = @PKG_HEADERS@
|
||||
|
||||
#========================================================================
|
||||
# "PKG_LIB_FILE" refers to the library (dynamic or static as per
|
||||
# configuration options) composed of the named objects.
|
||||
#========================================================================
|
||||
|
||||
PKG_LIB_FILE = @PKG_LIB_FILE@
|
||||
PKG_LIB_FILE8 = @PKG_LIB_FILE8@
|
||||
PKG_LIB_FILE9 = @PKG_LIB_FILE9@
|
||||
PKG_STUB_LIB_FILE = @PKG_STUB_LIB_FILE@
|
||||
|
||||
lib_BINARIES = $(PKG_LIB_FILE)
|
||||
BINARIES = $(lib_BINARIES)
|
||||
|
||||
SHELL = @SHELL@
|
||||
|
||||
srcdir = @srcdir@
|
||||
prefix = @prefix@
|
||||
exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@
|
||||
|
||||
bindir = @bindir@
|
||||
libdir = @libdir@
|
||||
includedir = @includedir@
|
||||
datarootdir = @datarootdir@
|
||||
runstatedir = @runstatedir@
|
||||
datadir = @datadir@
|
||||
mandir = @mandir@
|
||||
|
||||
DESTDIR =
|
||||
|
||||
PKG_DIR = $(PACKAGE_NAME)$(PACKAGE_VERSION)
|
||||
pkgdatadir = $(datadir)/$(PKG_DIR)
|
||||
pkglibdir = $(libdir)/$(PKG_DIR)
|
||||
pkgincludedir = $(includedir)/$(PKG_DIR)
|
||||
|
||||
top_builddir = @abs_top_builddir@
|
||||
|
||||
INSTALL_OPTIONS =
|
||||
INSTALL = @INSTALL@ $(INSTALL_OPTIONS)
|
||||
INSTALL_DATA_DIR = @INSTALL_DATA_DIR@
|
||||
INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@
|
||||
INSTALL_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_PROGRAM@
|
||||
INSTALL_SCRIPT = @INSTALL_SCRIPT@
|
||||
INSTALL_LIBRARY = @INSTALL_LIBRARY@
|
||||
|
||||
PACKAGE_NAME = @PACKAGE_NAME@
|
||||
PACKAGE_VERSION = @PACKAGE_VERSION@
|
||||
CC = @CC@
|
||||
CCLD = @CCLD@
|
||||
CFLAGS_DEFAULT = @CFLAGS_DEFAULT@
|
||||
CFLAGS_WARNING = @CFLAGS_WARNING@
|
||||
EXEEXT = @EXEEXT@
|
||||
LDFLAGS_DEFAULT = @LDFLAGS_DEFAULT@
|
||||
MAKE_LIB = @MAKE_LIB@
|
||||
MAKE_STUB_LIB = @MAKE_STUB_LIB@
|
||||
OBJEXT = @OBJEXT@
|
||||
RANLIB = @RANLIB@
|
||||
RANLIB_STUB = @RANLIB_STUB@
|
||||
SHLIB_CFLAGS = @SHLIB_CFLAGS@
|
||||
SHLIB_LD = @SHLIB_LD@
|
||||
SHLIB_LD_LIBS = @SHLIB_LD_LIBS@
|
||||
STLIB_LD = @STLIB_LD@
|
||||
#TCL_DEFS = @TCL_DEFS@
|
||||
TCL_BIN_DIR = @TCL_BIN_DIR@
|
||||
TCL_SRC_DIR = @TCL_SRC_DIR@
|
||||
#TK_BIN_DIR = @TK_BIN_DIR@
|
||||
#TK_SRC_DIR = @TK_SRC_DIR@
|
||||
|
||||
# Not used, but retained for reference of what libs Tcl required
|
||||
#TCL_LIBS = @TCL_LIBS@
|
||||
|
||||
#========================================================================
|
||||
# TCLLIBPATH seeds the auto_path in Tcl's init.tcl so we can test our
|
||||
# package without installing. The other environment variables allow us
|
||||
# to test against an uninstalled Tcl. Add special env vars that you
|
||||
# require for testing here (like TCLX_LIBRARY).
|
||||
#========================================================================
|
||||
|
||||
EXTRA_PATH = $(top_builddir):$(TCL_BIN_DIR)
|
||||
#EXTRA_PATH = $(top_builddir):$(TCL_BIN_DIR):$(TK_BIN_DIR)
|
||||
TCLLIBPATH = $(top_builddir)
|
||||
TCLSH_ENV = TCL_LIBRARY=`@CYGPATH@ $(TCL_SRC_DIR)/library`
|
||||
PKG_ENV = @LD_LIBRARY_PATH_VAR@="$(EXTRA_PATH):$(@LD_LIBRARY_PATH_VAR@)" \
|
||||
PATH="$(EXTRA_PATH):$(PATH)" \
|
||||
TCLLIBPATH="$(TCLLIBPATH)"
|
||||
|
||||
TCLSH_PROG = @TCLSH_PROG@
|
||||
TCLSH = $(TCLSH_ENV) $(PKG_ENV) $(TCLSH_PROG)
|
||||
|
||||
#WISH_ENV = TK_LIBRARY=`@CYGPATH@ $(TK_SRC_DIR)/library`
|
||||
#WISH_PROG = @WISH_PROG@
|
||||
#WISH = $(TCLSH_ENV) $(WISH_ENV) $(PKG_ENV) $(WISH_PROG)
|
||||
|
||||
SHARED_BUILD = @SHARED_BUILD@
|
||||
|
||||
INCLUDES = @PKG_INCLUDES@ @TCL_INCLUDES@ -I. -I$(srcdir)/..
|
||||
#INCLUDES = @PKG_INCLUDES@ @TCL_INCLUDES@ @TK_INCLUDES@ @TK_XINCLUDES@
|
||||
|
||||
PKG_CFLAGS = @PKG_CFLAGS@
|
||||
|
||||
# TCL_DEFS is not strictly need here, but if you remove it, then you
|
||||
# must make sure that configure.ac checks for the necessary components
|
||||
# that your library may use. TCL_DEFS can actually be a problem if
|
||||
# you do not compile with a similar machine setup as the Tcl core was
|
||||
# compiled with.
|
||||
#DEFS = $(TCL_DEFS) @DEFS@ $(PKG_CFLAGS)
|
||||
DEFS = @DEFS@ $(PKG_CFLAGS)
|
||||
|
||||
# Move pkgIndex.tcl to 'BINARIES' var if it is generated in the Makefile
|
||||
CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES = Makefile pkgIndex.tcl
|
||||
CLEANFILES = @CLEANFILES@
|
||||
|
||||
CPPFLAGS = @CPPFLAGS@
|
||||
LIBS = @PKG_LIBS@ @LIBS@
|
||||
AR = @AR@
|
||||
CFLAGS = @CFLAGS@
|
||||
LDFLAGS = @LDFLAGS@
|
||||
LDFLAGS_DEFAULT = @LDFLAGS_DEFAULT@
|
||||
COMPILE = $(CC) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) $(AM_CFLAGS) \
|
||||
$(CFLAGS_DEFAULT) $(CFLAGS_WARNING) $(SHLIB_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS)
|
||||
|
||||
GDB = gdb
|
||||
VALGRIND = valgrind
|
||||
VALGRINDARGS = --tool=memcheck --num-callers=8 --leak-resolution=high \
|
||||
--leak-check=yes --show-reachable=yes -v
|
||||
|
||||
.SUFFIXES: .c .$(OBJEXT)
|
||||
|
||||
#========================================================================
|
||||
# Start of user-definable TARGETS section
|
||||
#========================================================================
|
||||
|
||||
#========================================================================
|
||||
# TEA TARGETS. Please note that the "libraries:" target refers to platform
|
||||
# independent files, and the "binaries:" target includes executable programs and
|
||||
# platform-dependent libraries. Modify these targets so that they install
|
||||
# the various pieces of your package. The make and install rules
|
||||
# for the BINARIES that you specified above have already been done.
|
||||
#========================================================================
|
||||
|
||||
all: binaries libraries doc
|
||||
|
||||
#========================================================================
|
||||
# The binaries target builds executable programs, Windows .dll's, unix
|
||||
# shared/static libraries, and any other platform-dependent files.
|
||||
# The list of targets to build for "binaries:" is specified at the top
|
||||
# of the Makefile, in the "BINARIES" variable.
|
||||
#========================================================================
|
||||
|
||||
binaries: $(BINARIES)
|
||||
|
||||
libraries:
|
||||
|
||||
#========================================================================
|
||||
# Your doc target should differentiate from doc builds (by the developer)
|
||||
# and doc installs (see install-doc), which just install the docs on the
|
||||
# end user machine when building from source.
|
||||
#========================================================================
|
||||
|
||||
doc:
|
||||
@echo "If you have documentation to create, place the commands to"
|
||||
@echo "build the docs in the 'doc:' target. For example:"
|
||||
@echo " xml2nroff sample.xml > sample.n"
|
||||
@echo " xml2html sample.xml > sample.html"
|
||||
|
||||
install: all install-binaries install-libraries install-doc
|
||||
|
||||
install-binaries: binaries install-lib-binaries install-bin-binaries
|
||||
|
||||
#========================================================================
|
||||
# This rule installs platform-independent files, such as header files.
|
||||
# The list=...; for p in $$list handles the empty list case x-platform.
|
||||
#========================================================================
|
||||
|
||||
install-libraries: libraries
|
||||
@$(INSTALL_DATA_DIR) "$(DESTDIR)$(includedir)"
|
||||
@echo "Installing header files in $(DESTDIR)$(includedir)"
|
||||
@list='$(PKG_HEADERS)'; for i in $$list; do \
|
||||
echo "Installing $(srcdir)/$$i" ; \
|
||||
$(INSTALL_DATA) $(srcdir)/$$i "$(DESTDIR)$(includedir)" ; \
|
||||
done;
|
||||
|
||||
#========================================================================
|
||||
# Install documentation. Unix manpages should go in the $(mandir)
|
||||
# directory.
|
||||
#========================================================================
|
||||
|
||||
install-doc: doc
|
||||
@$(INSTALL_DATA_DIR) "$(DESTDIR)$(mandir)/mann"
|
||||
@echo "Installing documentation in $(DESTDIR)$(mandir)"
|
||||
@list='$(srcdir)/doc/*.n'; for i in $$list; do \
|
||||
echo "Installing $$i"; \
|
||||
$(INSTALL_DATA) $$i "$(DESTDIR)$(mandir)/mann" ; \
|
||||
done
|
||||
|
||||
test: binaries libraries
|
||||
@echo "SQLite TEA distribution does not include tests"
|
||||
|
||||
shell: binaries libraries
|
||||
@$(TCLSH) $(SCRIPT)
|
||||
|
||||
gdb:
|
||||
$(TCLSH_ENV) $(PKG_ENV) $(GDB) $(TCLSH_PROG) $(SCRIPT)
|
||||
|
||||
gdb-test: binaries libraries
|
||||
$(TCLSH_ENV) $(PKG_ENV) $(GDB) \
|
||||
--args $(TCLSH_PROG) `@CYGPATH@ $(srcdir)/tests/all.tcl` \
|
||||
$(TESTFLAGS) -singleproc 1 \
|
||||
-load "package ifneeded $(PACKAGE_NAME) $(PACKAGE_VERSION) \
|
||||
[list load `@CYGPATH@ $(PKG_LIB_FILE)` [string totitle $(PACKAGE_NAME)]]"
|
||||
|
||||
valgrind: binaries libraries
|
||||
$(TCLSH_ENV) $(PKG_ENV) $(VALGRIND) $(VALGRINDARGS) $(TCLSH_PROG) \
|
||||
`@CYGPATH@ $(srcdir)/tests/all.tcl` $(TESTFLAGS)
|
||||
|
||||
valgrindshell: binaries libraries
|
||||
$(TCLSH_ENV) $(PKG_ENV) $(VALGRIND) $(VALGRINDARGS) $(TCLSH_PROG) $(SCRIPT)
|
||||
|
||||
depend:
|
||||
|
||||
#========================================================================
|
||||
# $(PKG_LIB_FILE) should be listed as part of the BINARIES variable
|
||||
# mentioned above. That will ensure that this target is built when you
|
||||
# run "make binaries".
|
||||
#
|
||||
# The $(PKG_OBJECTS) objects are created and linked into the final
|
||||
# library. In most cases these object files will correspond to the
|
||||
# source files above.
|
||||
#========================================================================
|
||||
|
||||
$(PKG_LIB_FILE): $(PKG_OBJECTS)
|
||||
-rm -f $(PKG_LIB_FILE)
|
||||
${MAKE_LIB}
|
||||
$(RANLIB) $(PKG_LIB_FILE)
|
||||
|
||||
$(PKG_STUB_LIB_FILE): $(PKG_STUB_OBJECTS)
|
||||
-rm -f $(PKG_STUB_LIB_FILE)
|
||||
${MAKE_STUB_LIB}
|
||||
$(RANLIB_STUB) $(PKG_STUB_LIB_FILE)
|
||||
|
||||
#========================================================================
|
||||
# We need to enumerate the list of .c to .o lines here.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# In the following lines, $(srcdir) refers to the toplevel directory
|
||||
# containing your extension. If your sources are in a subdirectory,
|
||||
# you will have to modify the paths to reflect this:
|
||||
#
|
||||
# sample.$(OBJEXT): $(srcdir)/generic/sample.c
|
||||
# $(COMPILE) -c `@CYGPATH@ $(srcdir)/generic/sample.c` -o $@
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Setting the VPATH variable to a list of paths will cause the makefile
|
||||
# to look into these paths when resolving .c to .obj dependencies.
|
||||
# As necessary, add $(srcdir):$(srcdir)/compat:....
|
||||
#========================================================================
|
||||
|
||||
VPATH = $(srcdir):$(srcdir)/generic:$(srcdir)/unix:$(srcdir)/win:$(srcdir)/macosx
|
||||
|
||||
.c.@OBJEXT@:
|
||||
$(COMPILE) -c `@CYGPATH@ $<` -o $@
|
||||
|
||||
tclsample.@OBJEXT@: sampleUuid.h
|
||||
|
||||
$(srcdir)/manifest.uuid:
|
||||
printf "git-" >$(srcdir)/manifest.uuid
|
||||
(cd $(srcdir); git rev-parse HEAD >>$(srcdir)/manifest.uuid || \
|
||||
(printf "svn-r" >$(srcdir)/manifest.uuid ; \
|
||||
svn info --show-item last-changed-revision >>$(srcdir)/manifest.uuid) || \
|
||||
printf "unknown" >$(srcdir)/manifest.uuid)
|
||||
|
||||
sampleUuid.h: $(srcdir)/manifest.uuid
|
||||
echo "#define SAMPLE_VERSION_UUID \\" >$@
|
||||
cat $(srcdir)/manifest.uuid >>$@
|
||||
echo "" >>$@
|
||||
|
||||
#========================================================================
|
||||
# Distribution creation
|
||||
# You may need to tweak this target to make it work correctly.
|
||||
#========================================================================
|
||||
|
||||
#COMPRESS = tar cvf $(PKG_DIR).tar $(PKG_DIR); compress $(PKG_DIR).tar
|
||||
COMPRESS = tar zcvf $(PKG_DIR).tar.gz $(PKG_DIR)
|
||||
DIST_ROOT = /tmp/dist
|
||||
DIST_DIR = $(DIST_ROOT)/$(PKG_DIR)
|
||||
|
||||
DIST_INSTALL_DATA = CPPROG='cp -p' $(INSTALL) -m 644
|
||||
DIST_INSTALL_SCRIPT = CPPROG='cp -p' $(INSTALL) -m 755
|
||||
|
||||
dist-clean:
|
||||
rm -rf $(DIST_DIR) $(DIST_ROOT)/$(PKG_DIR).tar.*
|
||||
|
||||
dist: dist-clean $(srcdir)/manifest.uuid
|
||||
$(INSTALL_DATA_DIR) $(DIST_DIR)
|
||||
|
||||
# TEA files
|
||||
$(DIST_INSTALL_DATA) $(srcdir)/Makefile.in \
|
||||
$(srcdir)/aclocal.m4 $(srcdir)/configure.ac \
|
||||
$(DIST_DIR)/
|
||||
$(DIST_INSTALL_SCRIPT) $(srcdir)/configure $(DIST_DIR)/
|
||||
|
||||
$(INSTALL_DATA_DIR) $(DIST_DIR)/tclconfig
|
||||
$(DIST_INSTALL_DATA) $(srcdir)/tclconfig/README.txt \
|
||||
$(srcdir)/manifest.uuid \
|
||||
$(srcdir)/tclconfig/tcl.m4 $(srcdir)/tclconfig/install-sh \
|
||||
$(DIST_DIR)/tclconfig/
|
||||
|
||||
# Extension files
|
||||
$(DIST_INSTALL_DATA) \
|
||||
$(srcdir)/ChangeLog \
|
||||
$(srcdir)/README.sha \
|
||||
$(srcdir)/license.terms \
|
||||
$(srcdir)/README \
|
||||
$(srcdir)/pkgIndex.tcl.in \
|
||||
$(DIST_DIR)/
|
||||
|
||||
list='demos doc generic library macosx tests unix win'; \
|
||||
for p in $$list; do \
|
||||
if test -d $(srcdir)/$$p ; then \
|
||||
$(INSTALL_DATA_DIR) $(DIST_DIR)/$$p; \
|
||||
$(DIST_INSTALL_DATA) $(srcdir)/$$p/* $(DIST_DIR)/$$p/; \
|
||||
fi; \
|
||||
done
|
||||
|
||||
(cd $(DIST_ROOT); $(COMPRESS);)
|
||||
|
||||
#========================================================================
|
||||
# End of user-definable section
|
||||
#========================================================================
|
||||
|
||||
#========================================================================
|
||||
# Don't modify the file to clean here. Instead, set the "CLEANFILES"
|
||||
# variable in configure.ac
|
||||
#========================================================================
|
||||
|
||||
clean:
|
||||
-test -z "$(BINARIES)" || rm -f $(BINARIES)
|
||||
-rm -f *.$(OBJEXT) core *.core
|
||||
-test -z "$(CLEANFILES)" || rm -f $(CLEANFILES)
|
||||
|
||||
distclean: clean
|
||||
-rm -f *.tab.c
|
||||
-rm -f $(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES)
|
||||
-rm -f config.cache config.log config.status
|
||||
|
||||
#========================================================================
|
||||
# Install binary object libraries. On Windows this includes both .dll and
|
||||
# .lib files. Because the .lib files are not explicitly listed anywhere,
|
||||
# we need to deduce their existence from the .dll file of the same name.
|
||||
# Library files go into the lib directory.
|
||||
# In addition, this will generate the pkgIndex.tcl
|
||||
# file in the install location (assuming it can find a usable tclsh shell)
|
||||
#
|
||||
# You should not have to modify this target.
|
||||
#========================================================================
|
||||
|
||||
install-lib-binaries: binaries
|
||||
@$(INSTALL_DATA_DIR) "$(DESTDIR)$(pkglibdir)"
|
||||
@list='$(lib_BINARIES)'; for p in $$list; do \
|
||||
if test -f $$p; then \
|
||||
echo " $(INSTALL_LIBRARY) $$p $(DESTDIR)$(pkglibdir)/$$p"; \
|
||||
$(INSTALL_LIBRARY) $$p "$(DESTDIR)$(pkglibdir)/$$p"; \
|
||||
ext=`echo $$p|sed -e "s/.*\.//"`; \
|
||||
if test "x$$ext" = "xdll"; then \
|
||||
lib=`basename $$p|sed -e 's/.[^.]*$$//'`.lib; \
|
||||
if test -f $$lib; then \
|
||||
echo " $(INSTALL_DATA) $$lib $(DESTDIR)$(pkglibdir)/$$lib"; \
|
||||
$(INSTALL_DATA) $$lib "$(DESTDIR)$(pkglibdir)/$$lib"; \
|
||||
fi; \
|
||||
fi; \
|
||||
fi; \
|
||||
done
|
||||
@list='$(PKG_TCL_SOURCES)'; for p in $$list; do \
|
||||
if test -f $(srcdir)/$$p; then \
|
||||
destp=`basename $$p`; \
|
||||
echo " Install $$destp $(DESTDIR)$(pkglibdir)/$$destp"; \
|
||||
$(INSTALL_DATA) $(srcdir)/$$p "$(DESTDIR)$(pkglibdir)/$$destp"; \
|
||||
fi; \
|
||||
done
|
||||
@if test "x$(SHARED_BUILD)" = "x1"; then \
|
||||
echo " Install pkgIndex.tcl $(DESTDIR)$(pkglibdir)"; \
|
||||
$(INSTALL_DATA) pkgIndex.tcl "$(DESTDIR)$(pkglibdir)"; \
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
#========================================================================
|
||||
# Install binary executables (e.g. .exe files and dependent .dll files)
|
||||
# This is for files that must go in the bin directory (located next to
|
||||
# wish and tclsh), like dependent .dll files on Windows.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# You should not have to modify this target, except to define bin_BINARIES
|
||||
# above if necessary.
|
||||
#========================================================================
|
||||
|
||||
install-bin-binaries: binaries
|
||||
@$(INSTALL_DATA_DIR) "$(DESTDIR)$(bindir)"
|
||||
@list='$(bin_BINARIES)'; for p in $$list; do \
|
||||
if test -f $$p; then \
|
||||
echo " $(INSTALL_PROGRAM) $$p $(DESTDIR)$(bindir)/$$p"; \
|
||||
$(INSTALL_PROGRAM) $$p "$(DESTDIR)$(bindir)/$$p"; \
|
||||
fi; \
|
||||
done
|
||||
|
||||
Makefile: $(srcdir)/Makefile.in $(top_builddir)/config.status
|
||||
cd $(top_builddir) \
|
||||
&& CONFIG_FILES=$@ CONFIG_HEADERS= $(SHELL) ./config.status
|
||||
|
||||
uninstall-binaries:
|
||||
list='$(lib_BINARIES)'; for p in $$list; do \
|
||||
rm -f "$(DESTDIR)$(pkglibdir)/$$p"; \
|
||||
done
|
||||
list='$(PKG_TCL_SOURCES)'; for p in $$list; do \
|
||||
p=`basename $$p`; \
|
||||
rm -f "$(DESTDIR)$(pkglibdir)/$$p"; \
|
||||
done
|
||||
list='$(bin_BINARIES)'; for p in $$list; do \
|
||||
rm -f "$(DESTDIR)$(bindir)/$$p"; \
|
||||
done
|
||||
|
||||
.PHONY: all binaries clean depend distclean doc install libraries test
|
||||
.PHONY: gdb gdb-test valgrind valgrindshell
|
||||
|
||||
# Tell versions [3.59,3.63) of GNU make to not export all variables.
|
||||
# Otherwise a system limit (for SysV at least) may be exceeded.
|
||||
.NOEXPORT:
|
||||
@@ -1,36 +0,0 @@
|
||||
This is the SQLite extension for Tcl using the Tcl Extension
|
||||
Architecture (TEA). For additional information on SQLite see
|
||||
|
||||
http://www.sqlite.org/
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
UNIX BUILD
|
||||
==========
|
||||
|
||||
Building under most UNIX systems is easy, just run the configure script
|
||||
and then run make. For more information about the build process, see
|
||||
the tcl/unix/README file in the Tcl src dist. The following minimal
|
||||
example will install the extension in the /opt/tcl directory.
|
||||
|
||||
$ cd sqlite-*-tea
|
||||
$ ./configure --prefix=/opt/tcl
|
||||
$ make
|
||||
$ make install
|
||||
|
||||
WINDOWS BUILD
|
||||
=============
|
||||
|
||||
The recommended method to build extensions under windows is to use the
|
||||
Msys + Mingw build process. This provides a Unix-style build while
|
||||
generating native Windows binaries. Using the Msys + Mingw build tools
|
||||
means that you can use the same configure script as per the Unix build
|
||||
to create a Makefile. See the tcl/win/README file for the URL of
|
||||
the Msys + Mingw download.
|
||||
|
||||
If you have VC++ then you may wish to use the files in the win
|
||||
subdirectory and build the extension using just VC++. These files have
|
||||
been designed to be as generic as possible but will require some
|
||||
additional maintenance by the project developer to synchronise with
|
||||
the TEA configure.in and Makefile.in files. Instructions for using the
|
||||
VC++ makefile are written in the first part of the Makefile.vc
|
||||
file.
|
||||
@@ -1,9 +0,0 @@
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Include the TEA standard macro set
|
||||
#
|
||||
|
||||
builtin(include,tclconfig/tcl.m4)
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Add here whatever m4 macros you want to define for your package
|
||||
#
|
||||
@@ -1,227 +0,0 @@
|
||||
#!/bin/bash -norc
|
||||
dnl This file is an input file used by the GNU "autoconf" program to
|
||||
dnl generate the file "configure", which is run during Tcl installation
|
||||
dnl to configure the system for the local environment.
|
||||
|
||||
#-----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# Sample configure.ac for Tcl Extensions. The only places you should
|
||||
# need to modify this file are marked by the string __CHANGE__
|
||||
#-----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
#-----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# __CHANGE__
|
||||
# Set your package name and version numbers here.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# This initializes the environment with PACKAGE_NAME and PACKAGE_VERSION
|
||||
# set as provided. These will also be added as -D defs in your Makefile
|
||||
# so you can encode the package version directly into the source files.
|
||||
# This will also define a special symbol for Windows (BUILD_<PACKAGE_NAME>
|
||||
# so that we create the export library with the dll.
|
||||
#-----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
AC_INIT([sqlite],[3.40.0])
|
||||
|
||||
#--------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# Call TEA_INIT as the first TEA_ macro to set up initial vars.
|
||||
# This will define a ${TEA_PLATFORM} variable == "unix" or "windows"
|
||||
# as well as PKG_LIB_FILE and PKG_STUB_LIB_FILE.
|
||||
#--------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
TEA_INIT()
|
||||
|
||||
AC_CONFIG_AUX_DIR(tclconfig)
|
||||
|
||||
#--------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# Load the tclConfig.sh file
|
||||
#--------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
TEA_PATH_TCLCONFIG
|
||||
TEA_LOAD_TCLCONFIG
|
||||
|
||||
#--------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# Load the tkConfig.sh file if necessary (Tk extension)
|
||||
#--------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
#TEA_PATH_TKCONFIG
|
||||
#TEA_LOAD_TKCONFIG
|
||||
|
||||
#-----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# Handle the --prefix=... option by defaulting to what Tcl gave.
|
||||
# Must be called after TEA_LOAD_TCLCONFIG and before TEA_SETUP_COMPILER.
|
||||
#-----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
TEA_PREFIX
|
||||
|
||||
#-----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# Standard compiler checks.
|
||||
# This sets up CC by using the CC env var, or looks for gcc otherwise.
|
||||
# This also calls AC_PROG_CC and a few others to create the basic setup
|
||||
# necessary to compile executables.
|
||||
#-----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
TEA_SETUP_COMPILER
|
||||
|
||||
#-----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# __CHANGE__
|
||||
# Specify the C source files to compile in TEA_ADD_SOURCES,
|
||||
# public headers that need to be installed in TEA_ADD_HEADERS,
|
||||
# stub library C source files to compile in TEA_ADD_STUB_SOURCES,
|
||||
# and runtime Tcl library files in TEA_ADD_TCL_SOURCES.
|
||||
# This defines PKG(_STUB)_SOURCES, PKG(_STUB)_OBJECTS, PKG_HEADERS
|
||||
# and PKG_TCL_SOURCES.
|
||||
#-----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
TEA_ADD_SOURCES([tclsqlite3.c])
|
||||
TEA_ADD_HEADERS([])
|
||||
TEA_ADD_INCLUDES([])
|
||||
TEA_ADD_LIBS([])
|
||||
TEA_ADD_CFLAGS([-DSQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3=1])
|
||||
TEA_ADD_CFLAGS([-DSQLITE_ENABLE_FTS4=1])
|
||||
TEA_ADD_CFLAGS([-DSQLITE_ENABLE_FTS5=1])
|
||||
TEA_ADD_CFLAGS([-DSQLITE_3_SUFFIX_ONLY=1])
|
||||
TEA_ADD_CFLAGS([-DSQLITE_ENABLE_RTREE=1])
|
||||
TEA_ADD_CFLAGS([-DSQLITE_ENABLE_GEOPOLY=1])
|
||||
TEA_ADD_CFLAGS([-DSQLITE_ENABLE_MATH_FUNCTIONS=1])
|
||||
TEA_ADD_CFLAGS([-DSQLITE_ENABLE_DESERIALIZE=1])
|
||||
TEA_ADD_CFLAGS([-DSQLITE_ENABLE_DBPAGE_VTAB=1])
|
||||
TEA_ADD_CFLAGS([-DSQLITE_ENABLE_BYTECODE_VTAB=1])
|
||||
TEA_ADD_CFLAGS([-DSQLITE_ENABLE_DBSTAT_VTAB=1])
|
||||
TEA_ADD_STUB_SOURCES([])
|
||||
TEA_ADD_TCL_SOURCES([])
|
||||
|
||||
#--------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# The --with-system-sqlite causes the TCL bindings to SQLite to use
|
||||
# the system shared library for SQLite rather than statically linking
|
||||
# against its own private copy. This is dangerous and leads to
|
||||
# undersirable dependences and is not recommended.
|
||||
# Patchs from rmax.
|
||||
#--------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
AC_ARG_WITH([system-sqlite],
|
||||
[AC_HELP_STRING([--with-system-sqlite],
|
||||
[use a system-supplied libsqlite3 instead of the bundled one])],
|
||||
[], [with_system_sqlite=no])
|
||||
if test x$with_system_sqlite != xno; then
|
||||
AC_CHECK_HEADER([sqlite3.h],
|
||||
[AC_CHECK_LIB([sqlite3],[sqlite3_initialize],
|
||||
[AC_DEFINE(USE_SYSTEM_SQLITE)
|
||||
LIBS="$LIBS -lsqlite3"])])
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
#--------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# __CHANGE__
|
||||
#
|
||||
# You can add more files to clean if your extension creates any extra
|
||||
# files by extending CLEANFILES.
|
||||
# Add pkgIndex.tcl if it is generated in the Makefile instead of ./configure
|
||||
# and change Makefile.in to move it from CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES to BINARIES var.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# A few miscellaneous platform-specific items:
|
||||
# TEA_ADD_* any platform specific compiler/build info here.
|
||||
#--------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
#CLEANFILES="$CLEANFILES pkgIndex.tcl"
|
||||
if test "${TEA_PLATFORM}" = "windows" ; then
|
||||
# Ensure no empty if clauses
|
||||
:
|
||||
#TEA_ADD_SOURCES([win/winFile.c])
|
||||
#TEA_ADD_INCLUDES([-I\"$(${CYGPATH} ${srcdir}/win)\"])
|
||||
else
|
||||
# Ensure no empty else clauses
|
||||
:
|
||||
#TEA_ADD_SOURCES([unix/unixFile.c])
|
||||
#TEA_ADD_LIBS([-lsuperfly])
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
#--------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# __CHANGE__
|
||||
# Choose which headers you need. Extension authors should try very
|
||||
# hard to only rely on the Tcl public header files. Internal headers
|
||||
# contain private data structures and are subject to change without
|
||||
# notice.
|
||||
# This MUST be called after TEA_LOAD_TCLCONFIG / TEA_LOAD_TKCONFIG
|
||||
#--------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
TEA_PUBLIC_TCL_HEADERS
|
||||
#TEA_PRIVATE_TCL_HEADERS
|
||||
|
||||
#TEA_PUBLIC_TK_HEADERS
|
||||
#TEA_PRIVATE_TK_HEADERS
|
||||
#TEA_PATH_X
|
||||
|
||||
#--------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# Check whether --enable-threads or --disable-threads was given.
|
||||
# This auto-enables if Tcl was compiled threaded.
|
||||
#--------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
TEA_ENABLE_THREADS
|
||||
if test "${TCL_THREADS}" = "1" ; then
|
||||
AC_DEFINE(SQLITE_THREADSAFE, 1, [Trigger sqlite threadsafe build])
|
||||
# Not automatically added by Tcl because its assumed Tcl links to them,
|
||||
# but it may not if it isn't really a threaded build.
|
||||
TEA_ADD_LIBS([$THREADS_LIBS])
|
||||
else
|
||||
AC_DEFINE(SQLITE_THREADSAFE, 0, [Trigger sqlite non-threadsafe build])
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
#--------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# The statement below defines a collection of symbols related to
|
||||
# building as a shared library instead of a static library.
|
||||
#--------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
TEA_ENABLE_SHARED
|
||||
|
||||
#--------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# This macro figures out what flags to use with the compiler/linker
|
||||
# when building shared/static debug/optimized objects. This information
|
||||
# can be taken from the tclConfig.sh file, but this figures it all out.
|
||||
#--------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
TEA_CONFIG_CFLAGS
|
||||
|
||||
#--------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# Set the default compiler switches based on the --enable-symbols option.
|
||||
#--------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
TEA_ENABLE_SYMBOLS
|
||||
|
||||
#--------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# This macro generates a line to use when building a library. It
|
||||
# depends on values set by the TEA_ENABLE_SHARED, TEA_ENABLE_SYMBOLS,
|
||||
# and TEA_LOAD_TCLCONFIG macros above.
|
||||
#--------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
TEA_MAKE_LIB
|
||||
|
||||
#--------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# Determine the name of the tclsh and/or wish executables in the
|
||||
# Tcl and Tk build directories or the location they were installed
|
||||
# into. These paths are used to support running test cases only,
|
||||
# the Makefile should not be making use of these paths to generate
|
||||
# a pkgIndex.tcl file or anything else at extension build time.
|
||||
#--------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
TEA_PROG_TCLSH
|
||||
#TEA_PROG_WISH
|
||||
|
||||
#--------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# Setup a *Config.sh.in configuration file.
|
||||
#--------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
#TEA_EXPORT_CONFIG([sample])
|
||||
#AC_SUBST(SAMPLE_VAR)
|
||||
|
||||
#--------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# Specify files to substitute AC variables in. You may alternatively
|
||||
# have a special pkgIndex.tcl.in or other files which require
|
||||
# substituting the AC variables in. Include these here.
|
||||
#--------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
AC_CONFIG_FILES([Makefile pkgIndex.tcl])
|
||||
#AC_CONFIG_FILES([sampleConfig.sh])
|
||||
|
||||
#--------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# Finally, substitute all of the various values into the files
|
||||
# specified with AC_CONFIG_FILES.
|
||||
#--------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
AC_OUTPUT
|
||||
@@ -1,15 +0,0 @@
|
||||
.TH sqlite3 n 4.1 "Tcl-Extensions"
|
||||
.HS sqlite3 tcl
|
||||
.BS
|
||||
.SH NAME
|
||||
sqlite3 \- an interface to the SQLite3 database engine
|
||||
.SH SYNOPSIS
|
||||
\fBsqlite3\fI command_name ?filename?\fR
|
||||
.br
|
||||
.SH DESCRIPTION
|
||||
SQLite3 is a self-contains, zero-configuration, transactional SQL database
|
||||
engine. This extension provides an easy to use interface for accessing
|
||||
SQLite database files from Tcl.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
For full documentation see \fIhttp://www.sqlite.org/\fR and
|
||||
in particular \fIhttp://www.sqlite.org/tclsqlite.html\fR.
|
||||
@@ -1,6 +0,0 @@
|
||||
The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
|
||||
a legal notice, here is a blessing:
|
||||
|
||||
May you do good and not evil.
|
||||
May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
|
||||
May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
|
||||
@@ -1,10 +0,0 @@
|
||||
# -*- tcl -*-
|
||||
# Tcl package index file, version 1.1
|
||||
#
|
||||
if {[package vsatisfies [package provide Tcl] 9.0-]} {
|
||||
package ifneeded sqlite3 @PACKAGE_VERSION@ \
|
||||
[list load [file join $dir @PKG_LIB_FILE9@] sqlite3]
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
package ifneeded sqlite3 @PACKAGE_VERSION@ \
|
||||
[list load [file join $dir @PKG_LIB_FILE8@] sqlite3]
|
||||
}
|
||||
@@ -1,528 +0,0 @@
|
||||
#!/bin/sh
|
||||
# install - install a program, script, or datafile
|
||||
|
||||
scriptversion=2011-04-20.01; # UTC
|
||||
|
||||
# This originates from X11R5 (mit/util/scripts/install.sh), which was
|
||||
# later released in X11R6 (xc/config/util/install.sh) with the
|
||||
# following copyright and license.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Copyright (C) 1994 X Consortium
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
|
||||
# of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to
|
||||
# deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the
|
||||
# rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or
|
||||
# sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is
|
||||
# furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
|
||||
#
|
||||
# The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
|
||||
# all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
|
||||
# IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
|
||||
# FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
|
||||
# X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
|
||||
# AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNEC-
|
||||
# TION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium shall not
|
||||
# be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other deal-
|
||||
# ings in this Software without prior written authorization from the X Consor-
|
||||
# tium.
|
||||
#
|
||||
#
|
||||
# FSF changes to this file are in the public domain.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Calling this script install-sh is preferred over install.sh, to prevent
|
||||
# `make' implicit rules from creating a file called install from it
|
||||
# when there is no Makefile.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# This script is compatible with the BSD install script, but was written
|
||||
# from scratch.
|
||||
|
||||
nl='
|
||||
'
|
||||
IFS=" "" $nl"
|
||||
|
||||
# set DOITPROG to echo to test this script
|
||||
|
||||
# Don't use :- since 4.3BSD and earlier shells don't like it.
|
||||
doit=${DOITPROG-}
|
||||
if test -z "$doit"; then
|
||||
doit_exec=exec
|
||||
else
|
||||
doit_exec=$doit
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
# Put in absolute file names if you don't have them in your path;
|
||||
# or use environment vars.
|
||||
|
||||
chgrpprog=${CHGRPPROG-chgrp}
|
||||
chmodprog=${CHMODPROG-chmod}
|
||||
chownprog=${CHOWNPROG-chown}
|
||||
cmpprog=${CMPPROG-cmp}
|
||||
cpprog=${CPPROG-cp}
|
||||
mkdirprog=${MKDIRPROG-mkdir}
|
||||
mvprog=${MVPROG-mv}
|
||||
rmprog=${RMPROG-rm}
|
||||
stripprog=${STRIPPROG-strip}
|
||||
|
||||
posix_glob='?'
|
||||
initialize_posix_glob='
|
||||
test "$posix_glob" != "?" || {
|
||||
if (set -f) 2>/dev/null; then
|
||||
posix_glob=
|
||||
else
|
||||
posix_glob=:
|
||||
fi
|
||||
}
|
||||
'
|
||||
|
||||
posix_mkdir=
|
||||
|
||||
# Desired mode of installed file.
|
||||
mode=0755
|
||||
|
||||
chgrpcmd=
|
||||
chmodcmd=$chmodprog
|
||||
chowncmd=
|
||||
mvcmd=$mvprog
|
||||
rmcmd="$rmprog -f"
|
||||
stripcmd=
|
||||
|
||||
src=
|
||||
dst=
|
||||
dir_arg=
|
||||
dst_arg=
|
||||
|
||||
copy_on_change=false
|
||||
no_target_directory=
|
||||
|
||||
usage="\
|
||||
Usage: $0 [OPTION]... [-T] SRCFILE DSTFILE
|
||||
or: $0 [OPTION]... SRCFILES... DIRECTORY
|
||||
or: $0 [OPTION]... -t DIRECTORY SRCFILES...
|
||||
or: $0 [OPTION]... -d DIRECTORIES...
|
||||
|
||||
In the 1st form, copy SRCFILE to DSTFILE.
|
||||
In the 2nd and 3rd, copy all SRCFILES to DIRECTORY.
|
||||
In the 4th, create DIRECTORIES.
|
||||
|
||||
Options:
|
||||
--help display this help and exit.
|
||||
--version display version info and exit.
|
||||
|
||||
-c (ignored)
|
||||
-C install only if different (preserve the last data modification time)
|
||||
-d create directories instead of installing files.
|
||||
-g GROUP $chgrpprog installed files to GROUP.
|
||||
-m MODE $chmodprog installed files to MODE.
|
||||
-o USER $chownprog installed files to USER.
|
||||
-s $stripprog installed files.
|
||||
-S $stripprog installed files.
|
||||
-t DIRECTORY install into DIRECTORY.
|
||||
-T report an error if DSTFILE is a directory.
|
||||
|
||||
Environment variables override the default commands:
|
||||
CHGRPPROG CHMODPROG CHOWNPROG CMPPROG CPPROG MKDIRPROG MVPROG
|
||||
RMPROG STRIPPROG
|
||||
"
|
||||
|
||||
while test $# -ne 0; do
|
||||
case $1 in
|
||||
-c) ;;
|
||||
|
||||
-C) copy_on_change=true;;
|
||||
|
||||
-d) dir_arg=true;;
|
||||
|
||||
-g) chgrpcmd="$chgrpprog $2"
|
||||
shift;;
|
||||
|
||||
--help) echo "$usage"; exit $?;;
|
||||
|
||||
-m) mode=$2
|
||||
case $mode in
|
||||
*' '* | *' '* | *'
|
||||
'* | *'*'* | *'?'* | *'['*)
|
||||
echo "$0: invalid mode: $mode" >&2
|
||||
exit 1;;
|
||||
esac
|
||||
shift;;
|
||||
|
||||
-o) chowncmd="$chownprog $2"
|
||||
shift;;
|
||||
|
||||
-s) stripcmd=$stripprog;;
|
||||
|
||||
-S) stripcmd="$stripprog $2"
|
||||
shift;;
|
||||
|
||||
-t) dst_arg=$2
|
||||
shift;;
|
||||
|
||||
-T) no_target_directory=true;;
|
||||
|
||||
--version) echo "$0 $scriptversion"; exit $?;;
|
||||
|
||||
--) shift
|
||||
break;;
|
||||
|
||||
-*) echo "$0: invalid option: $1" >&2
|
||||
exit 1;;
|
||||
|
||||
*) break;;
|
||||
esac
|
||||
shift
|
||||
done
|
||||
|
||||
if test $# -ne 0 && test -z "$dir_arg$dst_arg"; then
|
||||
# When -d is used, all remaining arguments are directories to create.
|
||||
# When -t is used, the destination is already specified.
|
||||
# Otherwise, the last argument is the destination. Remove it from $@.
|
||||
for arg
|
||||
do
|
||||
if test -n "$dst_arg"; then
|
||||
# $@ is not empty: it contains at least $arg.
|
||||
set fnord "$@" "$dst_arg"
|
||||
shift # fnord
|
||||
fi
|
||||
shift # arg
|
||||
dst_arg=$arg
|
||||
done
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
if test $# -eq 0; then
|
||||
if test -z "$dir_arg"; then
|
||||
echo "$0: no input file specified." >&2
|
||||
exit 1
|
||||
fi
|
||||
# It's OK to call `install-sh -d' without argument.
|
||||
# This can happen when creating conditional directories.
|
||||
exit 0
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
if test -z "$dir_arg"; then
|
||||
do_exit='(exit $ret); exit $ret'
|
||||
trap "ret=129; $do_exit" 1
|
||||
trap "ret=130; $do_exit" 2
|
||||
trap "ret=141; $do_exit" 13
|
||||
trap "ret=143; $do_exit" 15
|
||||
|
||||
# Set umask so as not to create temps with too-generous modes.
|
||||
# However, 'strip' requires both read and write access to temps.
|
||||
case $mode in
|
||||
# Optimize common cases.
|
||||
*644) cp_umask=133;;
|
||||
*755) cp_umask=22;;
|
||||
|
||||
*[0-7])
|
||||
if test -z "$stripcmd"; then
|
||||
u_plus_rw=
|
||||
else
|
||||
u_plus_rw='% 200'
|
||||
fi
|
||||
cp_umask=`expr '(' 777 - $mode % 1000 ')' $u_plus_rw`;;
|
||||
*)
|
||||
if test -z "$stripcmd"; then
|
||||
u_plus_rw=
|
||||
else
|
||||
u_plus_rw=,u+rw
|
||||
fi
|
||||
cp_umask=$mode$u_plus_rw;;
|
||||
esac
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
for src
|
||||
do
|
||||
# Protect names starting with `-'.
|
||||
case $src in
|
||||
-*) src=./$src;;
|
||||
esac
|
||||
|
||||
if test -n "$dir_arg"; then
|
||||
dst=$src
|
||||
dstdir=$dst
|
||||
test -d "$dstdir"
|
||||
dstdir_status=$?
|
||||
else
|
||||
|
||||
# Waiting for this to be detected by the "$cpprog $src $dsttmp" command
|
||||
# might cause directories to be created, which would be especially bad
|
||||
# if $src (and thus $dsttmp) contains '*'.
|
||||
if test ! -f "$src" && test ! -d "$src"; then
|
||||
echo "$0: $src does not exist." >&2
|
||||
exit 1
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
if test -z "$dst_arg"; then
|
||||
echo "$0: no destination specified." >&2
|
||||
exit 1
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
dst=$dst_arg
|
||||
# Protect names starting with `-'.
|
||||
case $dst in
|
||||
-*) dst=./$dst;;
|
||||
esac
|
||||
|
||||
# If destination is a directory, append the input filename; won't work
|
||||
# if double slashes aren't ignored.
|
||||
if test -d "$dst"; then
|
||||
if test -n "$no_target_directory"; then
|
||||
echo "$0: $dst_arg: Is a directory" >&2
|
||||
exit 1
|
||||
fi
|
||||
dstdir=$dst
|
||||
dst=$dstdir/`basename "$src"`
|
||||
dstdir_status=0
|
||||
else
|
||||
# Prefer dirname, but fall back on a substitute if dirname fails.
|
||||
dstdir=`
|
||||
(dirname "$dst") 2>/dev/null ||
|
||||
expr X"$dst" : 'X\(.*[^/]\)//*[^/][^/]*/*$' \| \
|
||||
X"$dst" : 'X\(//\)[^/]' \| \
|
||||
X"$dst" : 'X\(//\)$' \| \
|
||||
X"$dst" : 'X\(/\)' \| . 2>/dev/null ||
|
||||
echo X"$dst" |
|
||||
sed '/^X\(.*[^/]\)\/\/*[^/][^/]*\/*$/{
|
||||
s//\1/
|
||||
q
|
||||
}
|
||||
/^X\(\/\/\)[^/].*/{
|
||||
s//\1/
|
||||
q
|
||||
}
|
||||
/^X\(\/\/\)$/{
|
||||
s//\1/
|
||||
q
|
||||
}
|
||||
/^X\(\/\).*/{
|
||||
s//\1/
|
||||
q
|
||||
}
|
||||
s/.*/./; q'
|
||||
`
|
||||
|
||||
test -d "$dstdir"
|
||||
dstdir_status=$?
|
||||
fi
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
obsolete_mkdir_used=false
|
||||
|
||||
if test $dstdir_status != 0; then
|
||||
case $posix_mkdir in
|
||||
'')
|
||||
# Create intermediate dirs using mode 755 as modified by the umask.
|
||||
# This is like FreeBSD 'install' as of 1997-10-28.
|
||||
umask=`umask`
|
||||
case $stripcmd.$umask in
|
||||
# Optimize common cases.
|
||||
*[2367][2367]) mkdir_umask=$umask;;
|
||||
.*0[02][02] | .[02][02] | .[02]) mkdir_umask=22;;
|
||||
|
||||
*[0-7])
|
||||
mkdir_umask=`expr $umask + 22 \
|
||||
- $umask % 100 % 40 + $umask % 20 \
|
||||
- $umask % 10 % 4 + $umask % 2
|
||||
`;;
|
||||
*) mkdir_umask=$umask,go-w;;
|
||||
esac
|
||||
|
||||
# With -d, create the new directory with the user-specified mode.
|
||||
# Otherwise, rely on $mkdir_umask.
|
||||
if test -n "$dir_arg"; then
|
||||
mkdir_mode=-m$mode
|
||||
else
|
||||
mkdir_mode=
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
posix_mkdir=false
|
||||
case $umask in
|
||||
*[123567][0-7][0-7])
|
||||
# POSIX mkdir -p sets u+wx bits regardless of umask, which
|
||||
# is incompatible with FreeBSD 'install' when (umask & 300) != 0.
|
||||
;;
|
||||
*)
|
||||
tmpdir=${TMPDIR-/tmp}/ins$RANDOM-$$
|
||||
trap 'ret=$?; rmdir "$tmpdir/d" "$tmpdir" 2>/dev/null; exit $ret' 0
|
||||
|
||||
if (umask $mkdir_umask &&
|
||||
exec $mkdirprog $mkdir_mode -p -- "$tmpdir/d") >/dev/null 2>&1
|
||||
then
|
||||
if test -z "$dir_arg" || {
|
||||
# Check for POSIX incompatibilities with -m.
|
||||
# HP-UX 11.23 and IRIX 6.5 mkdir -m -p sets group- or
|
||||
# other-writeable bit of parent directory when it shouldn't.
|
||||
# FreeBSD 6.1 mkdir -m -p sets mode of existing directory.
|
||||
ls_ld_tmpdir=`ls -ld "$tmpdir"`
|
||||
case $ls_ld_tmpdir in
|
||||
d????-?r-*) different_mode=700;;
|
||||
d????-?--*) different_mode=755;;
|
||||
*) false;;
|
||||
esac &&
|
||||
$mkdirprog -m$different_mode -p -- "$tmpdir" && {
|
||||
ls_ld_tmpdir_1=`ls -ld "$tmpdir"`
|
||||
test "$ls_ld_tmpdir" = "$ls_ld_tmpdir_1"
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
then posix_mkdir=:
|
||||
fi
|
||||
rmdir "$tmpdir/d" "$tmpdir"
|
||||
else
|
||||
# Remove any dirs left behind by ancient mkdir implementations.
|
||||
rmdir ./$mkdir_mode ./-p ./-- 2>/dev/null
|
||||
fi
|
||||
trap '' 0;;
|
||||
esac;;
|
||||
esac
|
||||
|
||||
if
|
||||
$posix_mkdir && (
|
||||
umask $mkdir_umask &&
|
||||
$doit_exec $mkdirprog $mkdir_mode -p -- "$dstdir"
|
||||
)
|
||||
then :
|
||||
else
|
||||
|
||||
# The umask is ridiculous, or mkdir does not conform to POSIX,
|
||||
# or it failed possibly due to a race condition. Create the
|
||||
# directory the slow way, step by step, checking for races as we go.
|
||||
|
||||
case $dstdir in
|
||||
/*) prefix='/';;
|
||||
-*) prefix='./';;
|
||||
*) prefix='';;
|
||||
esac
|
||||
|
||||
eval "$initialize_posix_glob"
|
||||
|
||||
oIFS=$IFS
|
||||
IFS=/
|
||||
$posix_glob set -f
|
||||
set fnord $dstdir
|
||||
shift
|
||||
$posix_glob set +f
|
||||
IFS=$oIFS
|
||||
|
||||
prefixes=
|
||||
|
||||
for d
|
||||
do
|
||||
test -z "$d" && continue
|
||||
|
||||
prefix=$prefix$d
|
||||
if test -d "$prefix"; then
|
||||
prefixes=
|
||||
else
|
||||
if $posix_mkdir; then
|
||||
(umask=$mkdir_umask &&
|
||||
$doit_exec $mkdirprog $mkdir_mode -p -- "$dstdir") && break
|
||||
# Don't fail if two instances are running concurrently.
|
||||
test -d "$prefix" || exit 1
|
||||
else
|
||||
case $prefix in
|
||||
*\'*) qprefix=`echo "$prefix" | sed "s/'/'\\\\\\\\''/g"`;;
|
||||
*) qprefix=$prefix;;
|
||||
esac
|
||||
prefixes="$prefixes '$qprefix'"
|
||||
fi
|
||||
fi
|
||||
prefix=$prefix/
|
||||
done
|
||||
|
||||
if test -n "$prefixes"; then
|
||||
# Don't fail if two instances are running concurrently.
|
||||
(umask $mkdir_umask &&
|
||||
eval "\$doit_exec \$mkdirprog $prefixes") ||
|
||||
test -d "$dstdir" || exit 1
|
||||
obsolete_mkdir_used=true
|
||||
fi
|
||||
fi
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
if test -n "$dir_arg"; then
|
||||
{ test -z "$chowncmd" || $doit $chowncmd "$dst"; } &&
|
||||
{ test -z "$chgrpcmd" || $doit $chgrpcmd "$dst"; } &&
|
||||
{ test "$obsolete_mkdir_used$chowncmd$chgrpcmd" = false ||
|
||||
test -z "$chmodcmd" || $doit $chmodcmd $mode "$dst"; } || exit 1
|
||||
else
|
||||
|
||||
# Make a couple of temp file names in the proper directory.
|
||||
dsttmp=$dstdir/_inst.$$_
|
||||
rmtmp=$dstdir/_rm.$$_
|
||||
|
||||
# Trap to clean up those temp files at exit.
|
||||
trap 'ret=$?; rm -f "$dsttmp" "$rmtmp" && exit $ret' 0
|
||||
|
||||
# Copy the file name to the temp name.
|
||||
(umask $cp_umask && $doit_exec $cpprog "$src" "$dsttmp") &&
|
||||
|
||||
# and set any options; do chmod last to preserve setuid bits.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# If any of these fail, we abort the whole thing. If we want to
|
||||
# ignore errors from any of these, just make sure not to ignore
|
||||
# errors from the above "$doit $cpprog $src $dsttmp" command.
|
||||
#
|
||||
{ test -z "$chowncmd" || $doit $chowncmd "$dsttmp"; } &&
|
||||
{ test -z "$chgrpcmd" || $doit $chgrpcmd "$dsttmp"; } &&
|
||||
{ test -z "$stripcmd" || $doit $stripcmd "$dsttmp"; } &&
|
||||
{ test -z "$chmodcmd" || $doit $chmodcmd $mode "$dsttmp"; } &&
|
||||
|
||||
# If -C, don't bother to copy if it wouldn't change the file.
|
||||
if $copy_on_change &&
|
||||
old=`LC_ALL=C ls -dlL "$dst" 2>/dev/null` &&
|
||||
new=`LC_ALL=C ls -dlL "$dsttmp" 2>/dev/null` &&
|
||||
|
||||
eval "$initialize_posix_glob" &&
|
||||
$posix_glob set -f &&
|
||||
set X $old && old=:$2:$4:$5:$6 &&
|
||||
set X $new && new=:$2:$4:$5:$6 &&
|
||||
$posix_glob set +f &&
|
||||
|
||||
test "$old" = "$new" &&
|
||||
$cmpprog "$dst" "$dsttmp" >/dev/null 2>&1
|
||||
then
|
||||
rm -f "$dsttmp"
|
||||
else
|
||||
# Rename the file to the real destination.
|
||||
$doit $mvcmd -f "$dsttmp" "$dst" 2>/dev/null ||
|
||||
|
||||
# The rename failed, perhaps because mv can't rename something else
|
||||
# to itself, or perhaps because mv is so ancient that it does not
|
||||
# support -f.
|
||||
{
|
||||
# Now remove or move aside any old file at destination location.
|
||||
# We try this two ways since rm can't unlink itself on some
|
||||
# systems and the destination file might be busy for other
|
||||
# reasons. In this case, the final cleanup might fail but the new
|
||||
# file should still install successfully.
|
||||
{
|
||||
test ! -f "$dst" ||
|
||||
$doit $rmcmd -f "$dst" 2>/dev/null ||
|
||||
{ $doit $mvcmd -f "$dst" "$rmtmp" 2>/dev/null &&
|
||||
{ $doit $rmcmd -f "$rmtmp" 2>/dev/null; :; }
|
||||
} ||
|
||||
{ echo "$0: cannot unlink or rename $dst" >&2
|
||||
(exit 1); exit 1
|
||||
}
|
||||
} &&
|
||||
|
||||
# Now rename the file to the real destination.
|
||||
$doit $mvcmd "$dsttmp" "$dst"
|
||||
}
|
||||
fi || exit 1
|
||||
|
||||
trap '' 0
|
||||
fi
|
||||
done
|
||||
|
||||
# Local variables:
|
||||
# eval: (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp)
|
||||
# time-stamp-start: "scriptversion="
|
||||
# time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H"
|
||||
# time-stamp-time-zone: "UTC"
|
||||
# time-stamp-end: "; # UTC"
|
||||
# End:
|
||||
@@ -1,430 +0,0 @@
|
||||
# makefile.vc -- -*- Makefile -*-
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Microsoft Visual C++ makefile for use with nmake.exe v1.62+ (VC++ 5.0+)
|
||||
#
|
||||
# This makefile is based upon the Tcl 8.4 Makefile.vc and modified to
|
||||
# make it suitable as a general package makefile. Look for the word EDIT
|
||||
# which marks sections that may need modification. As a minumum you will
|
||||
# need to change the PROJECT, DOTVERSION and DLLOBJS variables to values
|
||||
# relevant to your package.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
|
||||
# of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Copyright (c) 1995-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
|
||||
# Copyright (c) 1998-2000 Ajuba Solutions.
|
||||
# Copyright (c) 2001 ActiveState Corporation.
|
||||
# Copyright (c) 2001-2002 David Gravereaux.
|
||||
# Copyright (c) 2003 Pat Thoyts
|
||||
#
|
||||
#-------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# RCS: @(#)$Id: makefile.vc,v 1.4 2004/07/26 08:22:05 patthoyts Exp $
|
||||
#-------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
!if !defined(MSDEVDIR) && !defined(MSVCDIR) && !defined(VCINSTALLDIR) && !defined(MSSDK) && !defined(WINDOWSSDKDIR)
|
||||
MSG = ^
|
||||
You will need to run vcvars32.bat from Developer Studio, first, to setup^
|
||||
the environment. Jump to this line to read the new instructions.
|
||||
!error $(MSG)
|
||||
!endif
|
||||
|
||||
#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# HOW TO USE this makefile:
|
||||
#
|
||||
# 1) It is now necessary to have %MSVCDir% set in the environment. This is
|
||||
# used as a check to see if vcvars32.bat had been run prior to running
|
||||
# nmake or during the installation of Microsoft Visual C++, MSVCDir had
|
||||
# been set globally and the PATH adjusted. Either way is valid.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# You'll need to run vcvars32.bat contained in the MsDev's vc(98)/bin
|
||||
# directory to setup the proper environment, if needed, for your current
|
||||
# setup. This is a needed bootstrap requirement and allows the swapping of
|
||||
# different environments to be easier.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# 2) To use the Platform SDK (not expressly needed), run setenv.bat after
|
||||
# vcvars32.bat according to the instructions for it. This can also turn on
|
||||
# the 64-bit compiler, if your SDK has it.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# 3) Targets are:
|
||||
# all -- Builds everything.
|
||||
# <project> -- Builds the project (eg: nmake sample)
|
||||
# test -- Builds and runs the test suite.
|
||||
# install -- Installs the built binaries and libraries to $(INSTALLDIR)
|
||||
# in an appropriate subdirectory.
|
||||
# clean/realclean/distclean -- varying levels of cleaning.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# 4) Macros usable on the commandline:
|
||||
# INSTALLDIR=<path>
|
||||
# Sets where to install Tcl from the built binaries.
|
||||
# C:\Progra~1\Tcl is assumed when not specified.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# OPTS=static,msvcrt,staticpkg,threads,symbols,profile,loimpact,none
|
||||
# Sets special options for the core. The default is for none.
|
||||
# Any combination of the above may be used (comma separated).
|
||||
# 'none' will over-ride everything to nothing.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# static = Builds a static library of the core instead of a
|
||||
# dll. The shell will be static (and large), as well.
|
||||
# msvcrt = Effects the static option only to switch it from
|
||||
# using libcmt(d) as the C runtime [by default] to
|
||||
# msvcrt(d). This is useful for static embedding
|
||||
# support.
|
||||
# staticpkg = Effects the static option only to switch
|
||||
# tclshXX.exe to have the dde and reg extension linked
|
||||
# inside it.
|
||||
# threads = Turns on full multithreading support.
|
||||
# thrdalloc = Use the thread allocator (shared global free pool).
|
||||
# symbols = Adds symbols for step debugging.
|
||||
# profile = Adds profiling hooks. Map file is assumed.
|
||||
# loimpact = Adds a flag for how NT treats the heap to keep memory
|
||||
# in use, low. This is said to impact alloc performance.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# STATS=memdbg,compdbg,none
|
||||
# Sets optional memory and bytecode compiler debugging code added
|
||||
# to the core. The default is for none. Any combination of the
|
||||
# above may be used (comma separated). 'none' will over-ride
|
||||
# everything to nothing.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# memdbg = Enables the debugging memory allocator.
|
||||
# compdbg = Enables byte compilation logging.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# MACHINE=(IX86|IA64|ALPHA)
|
||||
# Set the machine type used for the compiler, linker, and
|
||||
# resource compiler. This hook is needed to tell the tools
|
||||
# when alternate platforms are requested. IX86 is the default
|
||||
# when not specified.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# TMP_DIR=<path>
|
||||
# OUT_DIR=<path>
|
||||
# Hooks to allow the intermediate and output directories to be
|
||||
# changed. $(OUT_DIR) is assumed to be
|
||||
# $(BINROOT)\(Release|Debug) based on if symbols are requested.
|
||||
# $(TMP_DIR) will de $(OUT_DIR)\<buildtype> by default.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# TESTPAT=<file>
|
||||
# Reads the tests requested to be run from this file.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# CFG_ENCODING=encoding
|
||||
# name of encoding for configuration information. Defaults
|
||||
# to cp1252
|
||||
#
|
||||
# 5) Examples:
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Basic syntax of calling nmake looks like this:
|
||||
# nmake [-nologo] -f makefile.vc [target|macrodef [target|macrodef] [...]]
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Standard (no frills)
|
||||
# c:\tcl_src\win\>c:\progra~1\micros~1\vc98\bin\vcvars32.bat
|
||||
# Setting environment for using Microsoft Visual C++ tools.
|
||||
# c:\tcl_src\win\>nmake -f makefile.vc all
|
||||
# c:\tcl_src\win\>nmake -f makefile.vc install INSTALLDIR=c:\progra~1\tcl
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Building for Win64
|
||||
# c:\tcl_src\win\>c:\progra~1\micros~1\vc98\bin\vcvars32.bat
|
||||
# Setting environment for using Microsoft Visual C++ tools.
|
||||
# c:\tcl_src\win\>c:\progra~1\platfo~1\setenv.bat /pre64 /RETAIL
|
||||
# Targeting Windows pre64 RETAIL
|
||||
# c:\tcl_src\win\>nmake -f makefile.vc MACHINE=IA64
|
||||
#
|
||||
#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
#==============================================================================
|
||||
###############################################################################
|
||||
#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
!if !exist("makefile.vc")
|
||||
MSG = ^
|
||||
You must run this makefile only from the directory it is in.^
|
||||
Please `cd` to its location first.
|
||||
!error $(MSG)
|
||||
!endif
|
||||
|
||||
#-------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# Project specific information (EDIT)
|
||||
#
|
||||
# You should edit this with the name and version of your project. This
|
||||
# information is used to generate the name of the package library and
|
||||
# it's install location.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# For example, the sample extension is going to build sample04.dll and
|
||||
# would install it into $(INSTALLDIR)\lib\sample04
|
||||
#
|
||||
# You need to specify the object files that need to be linked into your
|
||||
# binary here.
|
||||
#
|
||||
#-------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
PROJECT = sqlite3
|
||||
!include "rules.vc"
|
||||
|
||||
# nmakehelp -V <file> <tag> will search the file for tag, skips until a
|
||||
# number and returns all character until a character not in [0-9.ab]
|
||||
# is read.
|
||||
|
||||
!if [echo REM = This file is generated from Makefile.vc > versions.vc]
|
||||
!endif
|
||||
# get project version from row "AC_INIT([sqlite], [3.x.y])"
|
||||
!if [echo DOTVERSION = \>> versions.vc] \
|
||||
&& [nmakehlp -V ..\configure.ac AC_INIT >> versions.vc]
|
||||
!endif
|
||||
!include "versions.vc"
|
||||
|
||||
VERSION = $(DOTVERSION:.=)
|
||||
STUBPREFIX = $(PROJECT)stub
|
||||
|
||||
#-------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# Target names and paths ( shouldn't need changing )
|
||||
#-------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
BINROOT = .
|
||||
ROOT = ..
|
||||
|
||||
PRJIMPLIB = $(OUT_DIR)\$(PROJECT)$(VERSION)$(SUFX).lib
|
||||
PRJLIBNAME = $(PROJECT).$(EXT)
|
||||
PRJLIB = $(OUT_DIR)\$(PRJLIBNAME)
|
||||
|
||||
PRJSTUBLIBNAME = $(STUBPREFIX)$(VERSION).lib
|
||||
PRJSTUBLIB = $(OUT_DIR)\$(PRJSTUBLIBNAME)
|
||||
|
||||
### Make sure we use backslash only.
|
||||
PRJ_INSTALL_DIR = $(_INSTALLDIR)\$(PROJECT)$(DOTVERSION)
|
||||
LIB_INSTALL_DIR = $(PRJ_INSTALL_DIR)
|
||||
BIN_INSTALL_DIR = $(PRJ_INSTALL_DIR)
|
||||
DOC_INSTALL_DIR = $(PRJ_INSTALL_DIR)
|
||||
SCRIPT_INSTALL_DIR = $(PRJ_INSTALL_DIR)
|
||||
INCLUDE_INSTALL_DIR = $(_TCLDIR)\include
|
||||
|
||||
### The following paths CANNOT have spaces in them.
|
||||
GENERICDIR = $(ROOT)\generic
|
||||
WINDIR = $(ROOT)\win
|
||||
LIBDIR = $(ROOT)\library
|
||||
DOCDIR = $(ROOT)\doc
|
||||
TOOLSDIR = $(ROOT)\tools
|
||||
COMPATDIR = $(ROOT)\compat
|
||||
|
||||
### Figure out where the primary source code file(s) is/are.
|
||||
!if exist("$(ROOT)\..\..\sqlite3.c") && exist("$(ROOT)\..\..\src\tclsqlite.c")
|
||||
SQL_INCLUDES = -I"$(ROOT)\..\.."
|
||||
SQLITE_SRCDIR = $(ROOT)\..\..
|
||||
TCLSQLITE_SRCDIR = $(ROOT)\..\..\src
|
||||
DLLOBJS = $(TMP_DIR)\sqlite3.obj $(TMP_DIR)\tclsqlite.obj
|
||||
!else
|
||||
TCLSQLITE_SRCDIR = $(ROOT)\generic
|
||||
DLLOBJS = $(TMP_DIR)\tclsqlite3.obj
|
||||
!endif
|
||||
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# Compile flags
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
!if !$(DEBUG)
|
||||
!if $(OPTIMIZING)
|
||||
### This cranks the optimization level to maximize speed
|
||||
cdebug = -O2 -Op -Gs
|
||||
!else
|
||||
cdebug =
|
||||
!endif
|
||||
!else if "$(MACHINE)" == "IA64"
|
||||
### Warnings are too many, can't support warnings into errors.
|
||||
cdebug = -Z7 -Od -GZ
|
||||
!else
|
||||
cdebug = -Z7 -WX -Od -GZ
|
||||
!endif
|
||||
|
||||
### Declarations common to all compiler options
|
||||
cflags = -nologo -c -W3 -D_CRT_SECURE_NO_WARNINGS -YX -Fp$(TMP_DIR)^\
|
||||
|
||||
!if $(MSVCRT)
|
||||
!if $(DEBUG)
|
||||
crt = -MDd
|
||||
!else
|
||||
crt = -MD
|
||||
!endif
|
||||
!else
|
||||
!if $(DEBUG)
|
||||
crt = -MTd
|
||||
!else
|
||||
crt = -MT
|
||||
!endif
|
||||
!endif
|
||||
|
||||
INCLUDES = $(SQL_INCLUDES) $(TCL_INCLUDES) -I"$(WINDIR)" \
|
||||
-I"$(GENERICDIR)" -I"$(ROOT)\.."
|
||||
BASE_CLFAGS = $(cflags) $(cdebug) $(crt) $(INCLUDES) \
|
||||
-DSQLITE_3_SUFFIX_ONLY=1 -DSQLITE_ENABLE_RTREE=1 \
|
||||
-DSQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3=1 -DSQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED=1 \
|
||||
-DSQLITE_ENABLE_FTS4=1 \
|
||||
-DSQLITE_ENABLE_FTS5=1 \
|
||||
-DSQLITE_3_SUFFIX_ONLY=1 \
|
||||
-DSQLITE_ENABLE_RTREE=1 \
|
||||
-DSQLITE_ENABLE_GEOPOLY=1 \
|
||||
-DSQLITE_ENABLE_MATH_FUNCTIONS=1 \
|
||||
-DSQLITE_ENABLE_DESERIALIZE=1 \
|
||||
-DSQLITE_ENABLE_DBPAGE_VTAB=1 \
|
||||
-DSQLITE_ENABLE_BYTECODE_VTAB=1 \
|
||||
-DSQLITE_ENABLE_DBSTAT_VTAB=1
|
||||
|
||||
CON_CFLAGS = $(cflags) $(cdebug) $(crt) -DCONSOLE -DSQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3=1
|
||||
TCL_CFLAGS = -DBUILD_sqlite -DUSE_TCL_STUBS \
|
||||
-DPACKAGE_VERSION="\"$(DOTVERSION)\"" $(BASE_CLFAGS) \
|
||||
$(OPTDEFINES)
|
||||
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# Link flags
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
!if $(DEBUG)
|
||||
ldebug = -debug:full -debugtype:cv
|
||||
!else
|
||||
ldebug = -release -opt:ref -opt:icf,3
|
||||
!endif
|
||||
|
||||
### Declarations common to all linker options
|
||||
lflags = -nologo -machine:$(MACHINE) $(ldebug)
|
||||
|
||||
!if $(PROFILE)
|
||||
lflags = $(lflags) -profile
|
||||
!endif
|
||||
|
||||
!if $(ALIGN98_HACK) && !$(STATIC_BUILD)
|
||||
### Align sections for PE size savings.
|
||||
lflags = $(lflags) -opt:nowin98
|
||||
!else if !$(ALIGN98_HACK) && $(STATIC_BUILD)
|
||||
### Align sections for speed in loading by choosing the virtual page size.
|
||||
lflags = $(lflags) -align:4096
|
||||
!endif
|
||||
|
||||
!if $(LOIMPACT)
|
||||
lflags = $(lflags) -ws:aggressive
|
||||
!endif
|
||||
|
||||
dlllflags = $(lflags) -dll
|
||||
conlflags = $(lflags) -subsystem:console
|
||||
guilflags = $(lflags) -subsystem:windows
|
||||
baselibs = $(TCLSTUBLIB)
|
||||
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# TclTest flags
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
!IF "$(TESTPAT)" != ""
|
||||
TESTFLAGS = $(TESTFLAGS) -file $(TESTPAT)
|
||||
!ENDIF
|
||||
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# Project specific targets (EDIT)
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
all: setup $(PROJECT)
|
||||
$(PROJECT): setup $(PRJLIB)
|
||||
install: install-binaries install-libraries install-docs
|
||||
|
||||
# Tests need to ensure we load the right dll file we
|
||||
# have to handle the output differently on Win9x.
|
||||
#
|
||||
!if "$(OS)" == "Windows_NT" || "$(MSVCDIR)" == "IDE"
|
||||
test: setup $(PROJECT)
|
||||
set TCL_LIBRARY=$(ROOT)/library
|
||||
$(TCLSH) <<
|
||||
load $(PRJLIB:\=/)
|
||||
cd "$(ROOT)/tests"
|
||||
set argv "$(TESTFLAGS)"
|
||||
source all.tcl
|
||||
<<
|
||||
!else
|
||||
test: setup $(PROJECT)
|
||||
echo Please wait while the test results are collected
|
||||
set TCL_LIBRARY=$(ROOT)/library
|
||||
$(TCLSH) << >tests.log
|
||||
load $(PRJLIB:\=/)
|
||||
cd "$(ROOT)/tests"
|
||||
set argv "$(TESTFLAGS)"
|
||||
source all.tcl
|
||||
<<
|
||||
type tests.log | more
|
||||
!endif
|
||||
|
||||
setup:
|
||||
@if not exist $(OUT_DIR)\nul mkdir $(OUT_DIR)
|
||||
@if not exist $(TMP_DIR)\nul mkdir $(TMP_DIR)
|
||||
|
||||
$(PRJLIB): $(DLLOBJS)
|
||||
$(link32) $(dlllflags) -out:$@ $(baselibs) @<<
|
||||
$**
|
||||
<<
|
||||
-@del $*.exp
|
||||
|
||||
$(PRJSTUBLIB): $(PRJSTUBOBJS)
|
||||
$(lib32) -nologo -out:$@ $(PRJSTUBOBJS)
|
||||
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# Implicit rules
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
$(TMP_DIR)\sqlite3.obj: $(SQLITE_SRCDIR)\sqlite3.c
|
||||
$(cc32) $(TCL_CFLAGS) -DBUILD_$(PROJECT) -Fo$(TMP_DIR)\ \
|
||||
-c $(SQLITE_SRCDIR)\sqlite3.c
|
||||
|
||||
$(TMP_DIR)\tclsqlite.obj: $(TCLSQLITE_SRCDIR)\tclsqlite.c
|
||||
$(cc32) $(TCL_CFLAGS) -DBUILD_$(PROJECT) -Fo$(TMP_DIR)\ \
|
||||
-c $(TCLSQLITE_SRCDIR)\tclsqlite.c
|
||||
|
||||
$(TMP_DIR)\tclsqlite3.obj: $(TCLSQLITE_SRCDIR)\tclsqlite3.c
|
||||
$(cc32) $(TCL_CFLAGS) -DBUILD_$(PROJECT) -Fo$(TMP_DIR)\ \
|
||||
-c $(TCLSQLITE_SRCDIR)\tclsqlite3.c
|
||||
|
||||
{$(WINDIR)}.rc{$(TMP_DIR)}.res:
|
||||
$(rc32) -fo $@ -r -i "$(GENERICDIR)" -D__WIN32__ \
|
||||
!if $(DEBUG)
|
||||
-d DEBUG \
|
||||
!endif
|
||||
!if $(TCL_THREADS)
|
||||
-d TCL_THREADS \
|
||||
!endif
|
||||
!if $(STATIC_BUILD)
|
||||
-d STATIC_BUILD \
|
||||
!endif
|
||||
$<
|
||||
|
||||
.SUFFIXES:
|
||||
.SUFFIXES:.c .rc
|
||||
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# Installation. (EDIT)
|
||||
#
|
||||
# You may need to modify this section to reflect the final distribution
|
||||
# of your files and possibly to generate documentation.
|
||||
#
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
install-binaries:
|
||||
@echo Installing binaries to '$(SCRIPT_INSTALL_DIR)'
|
||||
@if not exist "$(SCRIPT_INSTALL_DIR)" mkdir "$(SCRIPT_INSTALL_DIR)"
|
||||
@$(CPY) $(PRJLIB) "$(SCRIPT_INSTALL_DIR)" >NUL
|
||||
|
||||
install-libraries:
|
||||
@echo Installing libraries to '$(SCRIPT_INSTALL_DIR)'
|
||||
@if exist $(LIBDIR) $(CPY) $(LIBDIR)\*.tcl "$(SCRIPT_INSTALL_DIR)"
|
||||
@echo Installing package index in '$(SCRIPT_INSTALL_DIR)'
|
||||
@type << >"$(SCRIPT_INSTALL_DIR)\pkgIndex.tcl"
|
||||
package ifneeded $(PROJECT) $(DOTVERSION) \
|
||||
[list load [file join $$dir $(PRJLIBNAME)] sqlite3]
|
||||
<<
|
||||
|
||||
install-docs:
|
||||
@echo Installing documentation files to '$(DOC_INSTALL_DIR)'
|
||||
@if exist $(DOCDIR) $(CPY) $(DOCDIR)\*.n "$(DOC_INSTALL_DIR)"
|
||||
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# Clean up
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
clean:
|
||||
@if exist $(TMP_DIR)\nul $(RMDIR) $(TMP_DIR)
|
||||
@if exist $(WINDIR)\version.vc del $(WINDIR)\version.vc
|
||||
|
||||
realclean: clean
|
||||
@if exist $(OUT_DIR)\nul $(RMDIR) $(OUT_DIR)
|
||||
|
||||
distclean: realclean
|
||||
@if exist $(WINDIR)\nmakehlp.exe del $(WINDIR)\nmakehlp.exe
|
||||
@if exist $(WINDIR)\nmakehlp.obj del $(WINDIR)\nmakehlp.obj
|
||||
@@ -1,815 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* nmakehlp.c --
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This is used to fix limitations within nmake and the environment.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2002 by David Gravereaux.
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2006 by Pat Thoyts
|
||||
*
|
||||
* See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
|
||||
* this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
|
||||
* ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#define _CRT_SECURE_NO_DEPRECATE
|
||||
#include <windows.h>
|
||||
#ifdef _MSC_VER
|
||||
#pragma comment (lib, "user32.lib")
|
||||
#pragma comment (lib, "kernel32.lib")
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#include <stdio.h>
|
||||
#include <math.h>
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* This library is required for x64 builds with _some_ versions of MSVC
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#if defined(_M_IA64) || defined(_M_AMD64)
|
||||
#if _MSC_VER >= 1400 && _MSC_VER < 1500
|
||||
#pragma comment(lib, "bufferoverflowU")
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* ISO hack for dumb VC++ */
|
||||
#ifdef _MSC_VER
|
||||
#define snprintf _snprintf
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* protos */
|
||||
|
||||
static int CheckForCompilerFeature(const char *option);
|
||||
static int CheckForLinkerFeature(char **options, int count);
|
||||
static int IsIn(const char *string, const char *substring);
|
||||
static int SubstituteFile(const char *substs, const char *filename);
|
||||
static int QualifyPath(const char *path);
|
||||
static int LocateDependency(const char *keyfile);
|
||||
static const char *GetVersionFromFile(const char *filename, const char *match, int numdots);
|
||||
static DWORD WINAPI ReadFromPipe(LPVOID args);
|
||||
|
||||
/* globals */
|
||||
|
||||
#define CHUNK 25
|
||||
#define STATICBUFFERSIZE 1000
|
||||
typedef struct {
|
||||
HANDLE pipe;
|
||||
char buffer[STATICBUFFERSIZE];
|
||||
} pipeinfo;
|
||||
|
||||
pipeinfo Out = {INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE, ""};
|
||||
pipeinfo Err = {INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE, ""};
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* exitcodes: 0 == no, 1 == yes, 2 == error
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
int
|
||||
main(
|
||||
int argc,
|
||||
char *argv[])
|
||||
{
|
||||
char msg[300];
|
||||
DWORD dwWritten;
|
||||
int chars;
|
||||
const char *s;
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Make sure children (cl.exe and link.exe) are kept quiet.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
SetErrorMode(SEM_FAILCRITICALERRORS | SEM_NOOPENFILEERRORBOX);
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Make sure the compiler and linker aren't effected by the outside world.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
SetEnvironmentVariable("CL", "");
|
||||
SetEnvironmentVariable("LINK", "");
|
||||
|
||||
if (argc > 1 && *argv[1] == '-') {
|
||||
switch (*(argv[1]+1)) {
|
||||
case 'c':
|
||||
if (argc != 3) {
|
||||
chars = snprintf(msg, sizeof(msg) - 1,
|
||||
"usage: %s -c <compiler option>\n"
|
||||
"Tests for whether cl.exe supports an option\n"
|
||||
"exitcodes: 0 == no, 1 == yes, 2 == error\n", argv[0]);
|
||||
WriteFile(GetStdHandle(STD_ERROR_HANDLE), msg, chars,
|
||||
&dwWritten, NULL);
|
||||
return 2;
|
||||
}
|
||||
return CheckForCompilerFeature(argv[2]);
|
||||
case 'l':
|
||||
if (argc < 3) {
|
||||
chars = snprintf(msg, sizeof(msg) - 1,
|
||||
"usage: %s -l <linker option> ?<mandatory option> ...?\n"
|
||||
"Tests for whether link.exe supports an option\n"
|
||||
"exitcodes: 0 == no, 1 == yes, 2 == error\n", argv[0]);
|
||||
WriteFile(GetStdHandle(STD_ERROR_HANDLE), msg, chars,
|
||||
&dwWritten, NULL);
|
||||
return 2;
|
||||
}
|
||||
return CheckForLinkerFeature(&argv[2], argc-2);
|
||||
case 'f':
|
||||
if (argc == 2) {
|
||||
chars = snprintf(msg, sizeof(msg) - 1,
|
||||
"usage: %s -f <string> <substring>\n"
|
||||
"Find a substring within another\n"
|
||||
"exitcodes: 0 == no, 1 == yes, 2 == error\n", argv[0]);
|
||||
WriteFile(GetStdHandle(STD_ERROR_HANDLE), msg, chars,
|
||||
&dwWritten, NULL);
|
||||
return 2;
|
||||
} else if (argc == 3) {
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* If the string is blank, there is no match.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
return IsIn(argv[2], argv[3]);
|
||||
}
|
||||
case 's':
|
||||
if (argc == 2) {
|
||||
chars = snprintf(msg, sizeof(msg) - 1,
|
||||
"usage: %s -s <substitutions file> <file>\n"
|
||||
"Perform a set of string map type substutitions on a file\n"
|
||||
"exitcodes: 0\n",
|
||||
argv[0]);
|
||||
WriteFile(GetStdHandle(STD_ERROR_HANDLE), msg, chars,
|
||||
&dwWritten, NULL);
|
||||
return 2;
|
||||
}
|
||||
return SubstituteFile(argv[2], argv[3]);
|
||||
case 'V':
|
||||
if (argc != 4) {
|
||||
chars = snprintf(msg, sizeof(msg) - 1,
|
||||
"usage: %s -V filename matchstring\n"
|
||||
"Extract a version from a file:\n"
|
||||
"eg: pkgIndex.tcl \"package ifneeded http\"",
|
||||
argv[0]);
|
||||
WriteFile(GetStdHandle(STD_ERROR_HANDLE), msg, chars,
|
||||
&dwWritten, NULL);
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
s = GetVersionFromFile(argv[2], argv[3], *(argv[1]+2) - '0');
|
||||
if (s && *s) {
|
||||
printf("%s\n", s);
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
} else
|
||||
return 1; /* Version not found. Return non-0 exit code */
|
||||
|
||||
case 'Q':
|
||||
if (argc != 3) {
|
||||
chars = snprintf(msg, sizeof(msg) - 1,
|
||||
"usage: %s -Q path\n"
|
||||
"Emit the fully qualified path\n"
|
||||
"exitcodes: 0 == no, 1 == yes, 2 == error\n", argv[0]);
|
||||
WriteFile(GetStdHandle(STD_ERROR_HANDLE), msg, chars,
|
||||
&dwWritten, NULL);
|
||||
return 2;
|
||||
}
|
||||
return QualifyPath(argv[2]);
|
||||
|
||||
case 'L':
|
||||
if (argc != 3) {
|
||||
chars = snprintf(msg, sizeof(msg) - 1,
|
||||
"usage: %s -L keypath\n"
|
||||
"Emit the fully qualified path of directory containing keypath\n"
|
||||
"exitcodes: 0 == success, 1 == not found, 2 == error\n", argv[0]);
|
||||
WriteFile(GetStdHandle(STD_ERROR_HANDLE), msg, chars,
|
||||
&dwWritten, NULL);
|
||||
return 2;
|
||||
}
|
||||
return LocateDependency(argv[2]);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
chars = snprintf(msg, sizeof(msg) - 1,
|
||||
"usage: %s -c|-f|-l|-Q|-s|-V ...\n"
|
||||
"This is a little helper app to equalize shell differences between WinNT and\n"
|
||||
"Win9x and get nmake.exe to accomplish its job.\n",
|
||||
argv[0]);
|
||||
WriteFile(GetStdHandle(STD_ERROR_HANDLE), msg, chars, &dwWritten, NULL);
|
||||
return 2;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static int
|
||||
CheckForCompilerFeature(
|
||||
const char *option)
|
||||
{
|
||||
STARTUPINFO si;
|
||||
PROCESS_INFORMATION pi;
|
||||
SECURITY_ATTRIBUTES sa;
|
||||
DWORD threadID;
|
||||
char msg[300];
|
||||
BOOL ok;
|
||||
HANDLE hProcess, h, pipeThreads[2];
|
||||
char cmdline[100];
|
||||
|
||||
hProcess = GetCurrentProcess();
|
||||
|
||||
ZeroMemory(&pi, sizeof(PROCESS_INFORMATION));
|
||||
ZeroMemory(&si, sizeof(STARTUPINFO));
|
||||
si.cb = sizeof(STARTUPINFO);
|
||||
si.dwFlags = STARTF_USESTDHANDLES;
|
||||
si.hStdInput = INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE;
|
||||
|
||||
ZeroMemory(&sa, sizeof(SECURITY_ATTRIBUTES));
|
||||
sa.nLength = sizeof(SECURITY_ATTRIBUTES);
|
||||
sa.lpSecurityDescriptor = NULL;
|
||||
sa.bInheritHandle = FALSE;
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Create a non-inheritible pipe.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
CreatePipe(&Out.pipe, &h, &sa, 0);
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Dupe the write side, make it inheritible, and close the original.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
DuplicateHandle(hProcess, h, hProcess, &si.hStdOutput, 0, TRUE,
|
||||
DUPLICATE_SAME_ACCESS | DUPLICATE_CLOSE_SOURCE);
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Same as above, but for the error side.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
CreatePipe(&Err.pipe, &h, &sa, 0);
|
||||
DuplicateHandle(hProcess, h, hProcess, &si.hStdError, 0, TRUE,
|
||||
DUPLICATE_SAME_ACCESS | DUPLICATE_CLOSE_SOURCE);
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Base command line.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
lstrcpy(cmdline, "cl.exe -nologo -c -TC -Zs -X -Fp.\\_junk.pch ");
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Append our option for testing
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
lstrcat(cmdline, option);
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Filename to compile, which exists, but is nothing and empty.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
lstrcat(cmdline, " .\\nul");
|
||||
|
||||
ok = CreateProcess(
|
||||
NULL, /* Module name. */
|
||||
cmdline, /* Command line. */
|
||||
NULL, /* Process handle not inheritable. */
|
||||
NULL, /* Thread handle not inheritable. */
|
||||
TRUE, /* yes, inherit handles. */
|
||||
DETACHED_PROCESS, /* No console for you. */
|
||||
NULL, /* Use parent's environment block. */
|
||||
NULL, /* Use parent's starting directory. */
|
||||
&si, /* Pointer to STARTUPINFO structure. */
|
||||
&pi); /* Pointer to PROCESS_INFORMATION structure. */
|
||||
|
||||
if (!ok) {
|
||||
DWORD err = GetLastError();
|
||||
int chars = snprintf(msg, sizeof(msg) - 1,
|
||||
"Tried to launch: \"%s\", but got error [%u]: ", cmdline, err);
|
||||
|
||||
FormatMessage(FORMAT_MESSAGE_FROM_SYSTEM|FORMAT_MESSAGE_IGNORE_INSERTS|
|
||||
FORMAT_MESSAGE_MAX_WIDTH_MASK, 0L, err, 0, (LPSTR)&msg[chars],
|
||||
(300-chars), 0);
|
||||
WriteFile(GetStdHandle(STD_ERROR_HANDLE), msg, lstrlen(msg), &err,NULL);
|
||||
return 2;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Close our references to the write handles that have now been inherited.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
CloseHandle(si.hStdOutput);
|
||||
CloseHandle(si.hStdError);
|
||||
|
||||
WaitForInputIdle(pi.hProcess, 5000);
|
||||
CloseHandle(pi.hThread);
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Start the pipe reader threads.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
pipeThreads[0] = CreateThread(NULL, 0, ReadFromPipe, &Out, 0, &threadID);
|
||||
pipeThreads[1] = CreateThread(NULL, 0, ReadFromPipe, &Err, 0, &threadID);
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Block waiting for the process to end.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
WaitForSingleObject(pi.hProcess, INFINITE);
|
||||
CloseHandle(pi.hProcess);
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Wait for our pipe to get done reading, should it be a little slow.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
WaitForMultipleObjects(2, pipeThreads, TRUE, 500);
|
||||
CloseHandle(pipeThreads[0]);
|
||||
CloseHandle(pipeThreads[1]);
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Look for the commandline warning code in both streams.
|
||||
* - in MSVC 6 & 7 we get D4002, in MSVC 8 we get D9002.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
return !(strstr(Out.buffer, "D4002") != NULL
|
||||
|| strstr(Err.buffer, "D4002") != NULL
|
||||
|| strstr(Out.buffer, "D9002") != NULL
|
||||
|| strstr(Err.buffer, "D9002") != NULL
|
||||
|| strstr(Out.buffer, "D2021") != NULL
|
||||
|| strstr(Err.buffer, "D2021") != NULL);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static int
|
||||
CheckForLinkerFeature(
|
||||
char **options,
|
||||
int count)
|
||||
{
|
||||
STARTUPINFO si;
|
||||
PROCESS_INFORMATION pi;
|
||||
SECURITY_ATTRIBUTES sa;
|
||||
DWORD threadID;
|
||||
char msg[300];
|
||||
BOOL ok;
|
||||
HANDLE hProcess, h, pipeThreads[2];
|
||||
int i;
|
||||
char cmdline[255];
|
||||
|
||||
hProcess = GetCurrentProcess();
|
||||
|
||||
ZeroMemory(&pi, sizeof(PROCESS_INFORMATION));
|
||||
ZeroMemory(&si, sizeof(STARTUPINFO));
|
||||
si.cb = sizeof(STARTUPINFO);
|
||||
si.dwFlags = STARTF_USESTDHANDLES;
|
||||
si.hStdInput = INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE;
|
||||
|
||||
ZeroMemory(&sa, sizeof(SECURITY_ATTRIBUTES));
|
||||
sa.nLength = sizeof(SECURITY_ATTRIBUTES);
|
||||
sa.lpSecurityDescriptor = NULL;
|
||||
sa.bInheritHandle = TRUE;
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Create a non-inheritible pipe.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
CreatePipe(&Out.pipe, &h, &sa, 0);
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Dupe the write side, make it inheritible, and close the original.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
DuplicateHandle(hProcess, h, hProcess, &si.hStdOutput, 0, TRUE,
|
||||
DUPLICATE_SAME_ACCESS | DUPLICATE_CLOSE_SOURCE);
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Same as above, but for the error side.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
CreatePipe(&Err.pipe, &h, &sa, 0);
|
||||
DuplicateHandle(hProcess, h, hProcess, &si.hStdError, 0, TRUE,
|
||||
DUPLICATE_SAME_ACCESS | DUPLICATE_CLOSE_SOURCE);
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Base command line.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
lstrcpy(cmdline, "link.exe -nologo ");
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Append our option for testing.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
for (i = 0; i < count; i++) {
|
||||
lstrcat(cmdline, " \"");
|
||||
lstrcat(cmdline, options[i]);
|
||||
lstrcat(cmdline, "\"");
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
ok = CreateProcess(
|
||||
NULL, /* Module name. */
|
||||
cmdline, /* Command line. */
|
||||
NULL, /* Process handle not inheritable. */
|
||||
NULL, /* Thread handle not inheritable. */
|
||||
TRUE, /* yes, inherit handles. */
|
||||
DETACHED_PROCESS, /* No console for you. */
|
||||
NULL, /* Use parent's environment block. */
|
||||
NULL, /* Use parent's starting directory. */
|
||||
&si, /* Pointer to STARTUPINFO structure. */
|
||||
&pi); /* Pointer to PROCESS_INFORMATION structure. */
|
||||
|
||||
if (!ok) {
|
||||
DWORD err = GetLastError();
|
||||
int chars = snprintf(msg, sizeof(msg) - 1,
|
||||
"Tried to launch: \"%s\", but got error [%u]: ", cmdline, err);
|
||||
|
||||
FormatMessage(FORMAT_MESSAGE_FROM_SYSTEM|FORMAT_MESSAGE_IGNORE_INSERTS|
|
||||
FORMAT_MESSAGE_MAX_WIDTH_MASK, 0L, err, 0, (LPSTR)&msg[chars],
|
||||
(300-chars), 0);
|
||||
WriteFile(GetStdHandle(STD_ERROR_HANDLE), msg, lstrlen(msg), &err,NULL);
|
||||
return 2;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Close our references to the write handles that have now been inherited.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
CloseHandle(si.hStdOutput);
|
||||
CloseHandle(si.hStdError);
|
||||
|
||||
WaitForInputIdle(pi.hProcess, 5000);
|
||||
CloseHandle(pi.hThread);
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Start the pipe reader threads.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
pipeThreads[0] = CreateThread(NULL, 0, ReadFromPipe, &Out, 0, &threadID);
|
||||
pipeThreads[1] = CreateThread(NULL, 0, ReadFromPipe, &Err, 0, &threadID);
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Block waiting for the process to end.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
WaitForSingleObject(pi.hProcess, INFINITE);
|
||||
CloseHandle(pi.hProcess);
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Wait for our pipe to get done reading, should it be a little slow.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
WaitForMultipleObjects(2, pipeThreads, TRUE, 500);
|
||||
CloseHandle(pipeThreads[0]);
|
||||
CloseHandle(pipeThreads[1]);
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Look for the commandline warning code in the stderr stream.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
return !(strstr(Out.buffer, "LNK1117") != NULL ||
|
||||
strstr(Err.buffer, "LNK1117") != NULL ||
|
||||
strstr(Out.buffer, "LNK4044") != NULL ||
|
||||
strstr(Err.buffer, "LNK4044") != NULL ||
|
||||
strstr(Out.buffer, "LNK4224") != NULL ||
|
||||
strstr(Err.buffer, "LNK4224") != NULL);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static DWORD WINAPI
|
||||
ReadFromPipe(
|
||||
LPVOID args)
|
||||
{
|
||||
pipeinfo *pi = (pipeinfo *) args;
|
||||
char *lastBuf = pi->buffer;
|
||||
DWORD dwRead;
|
||||
BOOL ok;
|
||||
|
||||
again:
|
||||
if (lastBuf - pi->buffer + CHUNK > STATICBUFFERSIZE) {
|
||||
CloseHandle(pi->pipe);
|
||||
return (DWORD)-1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
ok = ReadFile(pi->pipe, lastBuf, CHUNK, &dwRead, 0L);
|
||||
if (!ok || dwRead == 0) {
|
||||
CloseHandle(pi->pipe);
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
lastBuf += dwRead;
|
||||
goto again;
|
||||
|
||||
return 0; /* makes the compiler happy */
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static int
|
||||
IsIn(
|
||||
const char *string,
|
||||
const char *substring)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return (strstr(string, substring) != NULL);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* GetVersionFromFile --
|
||||
* Looks for a match string in a file and then returns the version
|
||||
* following the match where a version is anything acceptable to
|
||||
* package provide or package ifneeded.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
static const char *
|
||||
GetVersionFromFile(
|
||||
const char *filename,
|
||||
const char *match,
|
||||
int numdots)
|
||||
{
|
||||
static char szBuffer[100];
|
||||
char *szResult = NULL;
|
||||
FILE *fp = fopen(filename, "rt");
|
||||
|
||||
if (fp != NULL) {
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Read data until we see our match string.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
while (fgets(szBuffer, sizeof(szBuffer), fp) != NULL) {
|
||||
LPSTR p, q;
|
||||
|
||||
p = strstr(szBuffer, match);
|
||||
if (p != NULL) {
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Skip to first digit after the match.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
p += strlen(match);
|
||||
while (*p && !isdigit((unsigned char)*p)) {
|
||||
++p;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Find ending whitespace.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
q = p;
|
||||
while (*q && (strchr("0123456789.ab", *q)) && (((!strchr(".ab", *q)
|
||||
&& !strchr("ab", q[-1])) || --numdots))) {
|
||||
++q;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
*q = 0;
|
||||
szResult = p;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
fclose(fp);
|
||||
}
|
||||
return szResult;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* List helpers for the SubstituteFile function
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
typedef struct list_item_t {
|
||||
struct list_item_t *nextPtr;
|
||||
char * key;
|
||||
char * value;
|
||||
} list_item_t;
|
||||
|
||||
/* insert a list item into the list (list may be null) */
|
||||
static list_item_t *
|
||||
list_insert(list_item_t **listPtrPtr, const char *key, const char *value)
|
||||
{
|
||||
list_item_t *itemPtr = (list_item_t *)malloc(sizeof(list_item_t));
|
||||
if (itemPtr) {
|
||||
itemPtr->key = strdup(key);
|
||||
itemPtr->value = strdup(value);
|
||||
itemPtr->nextPtr = NULL;
|
||||
|
||||
while(*listPtrPtr) {
|
||||
listPtrPtr = &(*listPtrPtr)->nextPtr;
|
||||
}
|
||||
*listPtrPtr = itemPtr;
|
||||
}
|
||||
return itemPtr;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static void
|
||||
list_free(list_item_t **listPtrPtr)
|
||||
{
|
||||
list_item_t *tmpPtr, *listPtr = *listPtrPtr;
|
||||
while (listPtr) {
|
||||
tmpPtr = listPtr;
|
||||
listPtr = listPtr->nextPtr;
|
||||
free(tmpPtr->key);
|
||||
free(tmpPtr->value);
|
||||
free(tmpPtr);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* SubstituteFile --
|
||||
* As windows doesn't provide anything useful like sed and it's unreliable
|
||||
* to use the tclsh you are building against (consider x-platform builds -
|
||||
* eg compiling AMD64 target from IX86) we provide a simple substitution
|
||||
* option here to handle autoconf style substitutions.
|
||||
* The substitution file is whitespace and line delimited. The file should
|
||||
* consist of lines matching the regular expression:
|
||||
* \s*\S+\s+\S*$
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Usage is something like:
|
||||
* nmakehlp -S << $** > $@
|
||||
* @PACKAGE_NAME@ $(PACKAGE_NAME)
|
||||
* @PACKAGE_VERSION@ $(PACKAGE_VERSION)
|
||||
* <<
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
static int
|
||||
SubstituteFile(
|
||||
const char *substitutions,
|
||||
const char *filename)
|
||||
{
|
||||
static char szBuffer[1024], szCopy[1024];
|
||||
list_item_t *substPtr = NULL;
|
||||
FILE *fp, *sp;
|
||||
|
||||
fp = fopen(filename, "rt");
|
||||
if (fp != NULL) {
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Build a list of substutitions from the first filename
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
sp = fopen(substitutions, "rt");
|
||||
if (sp != NULL) {
|
||||
while (fgets(szBuffer, sizeof(szBuffer), sp) != NULL) {
|
||||
unsigned char *ks, *ke, *vs, *ve;
|
||||
ks = (unsigned char*)szBuffer;
|
||||
while (ks && *ks && isspace(*ks)) ++ks;
|
||||
ke = ks;
|
||||
while (ke && *ke && !isspace(*ke)) ++ke;
|
||||
vs = ke;
|
||||
while (vs && *vs && isspace(*vs)) ++vs;
|
||||
ve = vs;
|
||||
while (ve && *ve && !(*ve == '\r' || *ve == '\n')) ++ve;
|
||||
*ke = 0, *ve = 0;
|
||||
list_insert(&substPtr, (char*)ks, (char*)vs);
|
||||
}
|
||||
fclose(sp);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* debug: dump the list */
|
||||
#ifndef NDEBUG
|
||||
{
|
||||
int n = 0;
|
||||
list_item_t *p = NULL;
|
||||
for (p = substPtr; p != NULL; p = p->nextPtr, ++n) {
|
||||
fprintf(stderr, "% 3d '%s' => '%s'\n", n, p->key, p->value);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Run the substitutions over each line of the input
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
while (fgets(szBuffer, sizeof(szBuffer), fp) != NULL) {
|
||||
list_item_t *p = NULL;
|
||||
for (p = substPtr; p != NULL; p = p->nextPtr) {
|
||||
char *m = strstr(szBuffer, p->key);
|
||||
if (m) {
|
||||
char *cp, *op, *sp;
|
||||
cp = szCopy;
|
||||
op = szBuffer;
|
||||
while (op != m) *cp++ = *op++;
|
||||
sp = p->value;
|
||||
while (sp && *sp) *cp++ = *sp++;
|
||||
op += strlen(p->key);
|
||||
while (*op) *cp++ = *op++;
|
||||
*cp = 0;
|
||||
memcpy(szBuffer, szCopy, sizeof(szCopy));
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
printf("%s", szBuffer);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
list_free(&substPtr);
|
||||
}
|
||||
fclose(fp);
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
BOOL FileExists(LPCTSTR szPath)
|
||||
{
|
||||
#ifndef INVALID_FILE_ATTRIBUTES
|
||||
#define INVALID_FILE_ATTRIBUTES ((DWORD)-1)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
DWORD pathAttr = GetFileAttributes(szPath);
|
||||
return (pathAttr != INVALID_FILE_ATTRIBUTES &&
|
||||
!(pathAttr & FILE_ATTRIBUTE_DIRECTORY));
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* QualifyPath --
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This composes the current working directory with a provided path
|
||||
* and returns the fully qualified and normalized path.
|
||||
* Mostly needed to setup paths for testing.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
static int
|
||||
QualifyPath(
|
||||
const char *szPath)
|
||||
{
|
||||
char szCwd[MAX_PATH + 1];
|
||||
|
||||
GetFullPathName(szPath, sizeof(szCwd)-1, szCwd, NULL);
|
||||
printf("%s\n", szCwd);
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Implements LocateDependency for a single directory. See that command
|
||||
* for an explanation.
|
||||
* Returns 0 if found after printing the directory.
|
||||
* Returns 1 if not found but no errors.
|
||||
* Returns 2 on any kind of error
|
||||
* Basically, these are used as exit codes for the process.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static int LocateDependencyHelper(const char *dir, const char *keypath)
|
||||
{
|
||||
HANDLE hSearch;
|
||||
char path[MAX_PATH+1];
|
||||
size_t dirlen;
|
||||
int keylen, ret;
|
||||
WIN32_FIND_DATA finfo;
|
||||
|
||||
if (dir == NULL || keypath == NULL)
|
||||
return 2; /* Have no real error reporting mechanism into nmake */
|
||||
dirlen = strlen(dir);
|
||||
if ((dirlen + 3) > sizeof(path))
|
||||
return 2;
|
||||
strncpy(path, dir, dirlen);
|
||||
strncpy(path+dirlen, "\\*", 3); /* Including terminating \0 */
|
||||
keylen = strlen(keypath);
|
||||
|
||||
#if 0 /* This function is not available in Visual C++ 6 */
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Use numerics 0 -> FindExInfoStandard,
|
||||
* 1 -> FindExSearchLimitToDirectories,
|
||||
* as these are not defined in Visual C++ 6
|
||||
*/
|
||||
hSearch = FindFirstFileEx(path, 0, &finfo, 1, NULL, 0);
|
||||
#else
|
||||
hSearch = FindFirstFile(path, &finfo);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
if (hSearch == INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE)
|
||||
return 1; /* Not found */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Loop through all subdirs checking if the keypath is under there */
|
||||
ret = 1; /* Assume not found */
|
||||
do {
|
||||
int sublen;
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* We need to check it is a directory despite the
|
||||
* FindExSearchLimitToDirectories in the above call. See SDK docs
|
||||
*/
|
||||
if ((finfo.dwFileAttributes & FILE_ATTRIBUTE_DIRECTORY) == 0)
|
||||
continue;
|
||||
sublen = strlen(finfo.cFileName);
|
||||
if ((dirlen+1+sublen+1+keylen+1) > sizeof(path))
|
||||
continue; /* Path does not fit, assume not matched */
|
||||
strncpy(path+dirlen+1, finfo.cFileName, sublen);
|
||||
path[dirlen+1+sublen] = '\\';
|
||||
strncpy(path+dirlen+1+sublen+1, keypath, keylen+1);
|
||||
if (FileExists(path)) {
|
||||
/* Found a match, print to stdout */
|
||||
path[dirlen+1+sublen] = '\0';
|
||||
QualifyPath(path);
|
||||
ret = 0;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
} while (FindNextFile(hSearch, &finfo));
|
||||
FindClose(hSearch);
|
||||
return ret;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* LocateDependency --
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Locates a dependency for a package.
|
||||
* keypath - a relative path within the package directory
|
||||
* that is used to confirm it is the correct directory.
|
||||
* The search path for the package directory is currently only
|
||||
* the parent and grandparent of the current working directory.
|
||||
* If found, the command prints
|
||||
* name_DIRPATH=<full path of located directory>
|
||||
* and returns 0. If not found, does not print anything and returns 1.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static int LocateDependency(const char *keypath)
|
||||
{
|
||||
size_t i;
|
||||
int ret;
|
||||
static const char *paths[] = {"..", "..\\..", "..\\..\\.."};
|
||||
|
||||
for (i = 0; i < (sizeof(paths)/sizeof(paths[0])); ++i) {
|
||||
ret = LocateDependencyHelper(paths[i], keypath);
|
||||
if (ret == 0)
|
||||
return ret;
|
||||
}
|
||||
return ret;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Local variables:
|
||||
* mode: c
|
||||
* c-basic-offset: 4
|
||||
* fill-column: 78
|
||||
* indent-tabs-mode: t
|
||||
* tab-width: 8
|
||||
* End:
|
||||
*/
|
||||
@@ -1,711 +0,0 @@
|
||||
#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# rules.vc --
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Microsoft Visual C++ makefile include for decoding the commandline
|
||||
# macros. This file does not need editing to build Tcl.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
|
||||
# of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Copyright (c) 2001-2003 David Gravereaux.
|
||||
# Copyright (c) 2003-2008 Patrick Thoyts
|
||||
#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
!ifndef _RULES_VC
|
||||
_RULES_VC = 1
|
||||
|
||||
cc32 = $(CC) # built-in default.
|
||||
link32 = link
|
||||
lib32 = lib
|
||||
rc32 = $(RC) # built-in default.
|
||||
|
||||
!ifndef INSTALLDIR
|
||||
### Assume the normal default.
|
||||
_INSTALLDIR = C:\Program Files\Tcl
|
||||
!else
|
||||
### Fix the path separators.
|
||||
_INSTALLDIR = $(INSTALLDIR:/=\)
|
||||
!endif
|
||||
|
||||
#----------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# Set the proper copy method to avoid overwrite questions
|
||||
# to the user when copying files and selecting the right
|
||||
# "delete all" method.
|
||||
#----------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
!if "$(OS)" == "Windows_NT"
|
||||
RMDIR = rmdir /S /Q
|
||||
ERRNULL = 2>NUL
|
||||
!if ![ver | find "4.0" > nul]
|
||||
CPY = echo y | xcopy /i >NUL
|
||||
COPY = copy >NUL
|
||||
!else
|
||||
CPY = xcopy /i /y >NUL
|
||||
COPY = copy /y >NUL
|
||||
!endif
|
||||
!else # "$(OS)" != "Windows_NT"
|
||||
CPY = xcopy /i >_JUNK.OUT # On Win98 NUL does not work here.
|
||||
COPY = copy >_JUNK.OUT # On Win98 NUL does not work here.
|
||||
RMDIR = deltree /Y
|
||||
NULL = \NUL # Used in testing directory existence
|
||||
ERRNULL = >NUL # Win9x shell cannot redirect stderr
|
||||
!endif
|
||||
MKDIR = mkdir
|
||||
|
||||
#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# Determine the host and target architectures and compiler version.
|
||||
#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
_HASH=^#
|
||||
_VC_MANIFEST_EMBED_EXE=
|
||||
_VC_MANIFEST_EMBED_DLL=
|
||||
VCVER=0
|
||||
!if ![echo VCVERSION=_MSC_VER > vercl.x] \
|
||||
&& ![echo $(_HASH)if defined(_M_IX86) >> vercl.x] \
|
||||
&& ![echo ARCH=IX86 >> vercl.x] \
|
||||
&& ![echo $(_HASH)elif defined(_M_AMD64) >> vercl.x] \
|
||||
&& ![echo ARCH=AMD64 >> vercl.x] \
|
||||
&& ![echo $(_HASH)endif >> vercl.x] \
|
||||
&& ![cl -nologo -TC -P vercl.x $(ERRNULL)]
|
||||
!include vercl.i
|
||||
!if ![echo VCVER= ^\> vercl.vc] \
|
||||
&& ![set /a $(VCVERSION) / 100 - 6 >> vercl.vc]
|
||||
!include vercl.vc
|
||||
!endif
|
||||
!endif
|
||||
!if ![del $(ERRNUL) /q/f vercl.x vercl.i vercl.vc]
|
||||
!endif
|
||||
|
||||
!if ![reg query HKLM\Hardware\Description\System\CentralProcessor\0 /v Identifier | findstr /i x86]
|
||||
NATIVE_ARCH=IX86
|
||||
!else
|
||||
NATIVE_ARCH=AMD64
|
||||
!endif
|
||||
|
||||
# Since MSVC8 we must deal with manifest resources.
|
||||
!if $(VCVERSION) >= 1400
|
||||
_VC_MANIFEST_EMBED_EXE=if exist $@.manifest mt -nologo -manifest $@.manifest -outputresource:$@;1
|
||||
_VC_MANIFEST_EMBED_DLL=if exist $@.manifest mt -nologo -manifest $@.manifest -outputresource:$@;2
|
||||
!endif
|
||||
|
||||
!ifndef MACHINE
|
||||
MACHINE=$(ARCH)
|
||||
!endif
|
||||
|
||||
!ifndef CFG_ENCODING
|
||||
CFG_ENCODING = \"cp1252\"
|
||||
!endif
|
||||
|
||||
!message ===============================================================================
|
||||
|
||||
#----------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# build the helper app we need to overcome nmake's limiting
|
||||
# environment.
|
||||
#----------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
!if !exist(nmakehlp.exe)
|
||||
!if [$(cc32) -nologo nmakehlp.c -link -subsystem:console > nul]
|
||||
!endif
|
||||
!endif
|
||||
|
||||
#----------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# Test for compiler features
|
||||
#----------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
### test for optimizations
|
||||
!if [nmakehlp -c -Ot]
|
||||
!message *** Compiler has 'Optimizations'
|
||||
OPTIMIZING = 1
|
||||
!else
|
||||
!message *** Compiler does not have 'Optimizations'
|
||||
OPTIMIZING = 0
|
||||
!endif
|
||||
|
||||
OPTIMIZATIONS =
|
||||
|
||||
!if [nmakehlp -c -Ot]
|
||||
OPTIMIZATIONS = $(OPTIMIZATIONS) -Ot
|
||||
!endif
|
||||
|
||||
!if [nmakehlp -c -Oi]
|
||||
OPTIMIZATIONS = $(OPTIMIZATIONS) -Oi
|
||||
!endif
|
||||
|
||||
!if [nmakehlp -c -Op]
|
||||
OPTIMIZATIONS = $(OPTIMIZATIONS) -Op
|
||||
!endif
|
||||
|
||||
!if [nmakehlp -c -fp:strict]
|
||||
OPTIMIZATIONS = $(OPTIMIZATIONS) -fp:strict
|
||||
!endif
|
||||
|
||||
!if [nmakehlp -c -Gs]
|
||||
OPTIMIZATIONS = $(OPTIMIZATIONS) -Gs
|
||||
!endif
|
||||
|
||||
!if [nmakehlp -c -GS]
|
||||
OPTIMIZATIONS = $(OPTIMIZATIONS) -GS
|
||||
!endif
|
||||
|
||||
!if [nmakehlp -c -GL]
|
||||
OPTIMIZATIONS = $(OPTIMIZATIONS) -GL
|
||||
!endif
|
||||
|
||||
DEBUGFLAGS =
|
||||
|
||||
!if [nmakehlp -c -RTC1]
|
||||
DEBUGFLAGS = $(DEBUGFLAGS) -RTC1
|
||||
!elseif [nmakehlp -c -GZ]
|
||||
DEBUGFLAGS = $(DEBUGFLAGS) -GZ
|
||||
!endif
|
||||
|
||||
COMPILERFLAGS =-W3 -DUNICODE -D_UNICODE
|
||||
|
||||
# In v13 -GL and -YX are incompatible.
|
||||
!if [nmakehlp -c -YX]
|
||||
!if ![nmakehlp -c -GL]
|
||||
OPTIMIZATIONS = $(OPTIMIZATIONS) -YX
|
||||
!endif
|
||||
!endif
|
||||
|
||||
!if "$(MACHINE)" == "IX86"
|
||||
### test for pentium errata
|
||||
!if [nmakehlp -c -QI0f]
|
||||
!message *** Compiler has 'Pentium 0x0f fix'
|
||||
COMPILERFLAGS = $(COMPILERFLAGS) -QI0f
|
||||
!else
|
||||
!message *** Compiler does not have 'Pentium 0x0f fix'
|
||||
!endif
|
||||
!endif
|
||||
|
||||
!if "$(MACHINE)" == "IA64"
|
||||
### test for Itanium errata
|
||||
!if [nmakehlp -c -QIA64_Bx]
|
||||
!message *** Compiler has 'B-stepping errata workarounds'
|
||||
COMPILERFLAGS = $(COMPILERFLAGS) -QIA64_Bx
|
||||
!else
|
||||
!message *** Compiler does not have 'B-stepping errata workarounds'
|
||||
!endif
|
||||
!endif
|
||||
|
||||
!if "$(MACHINE)" == "IX86"
|
||||
### test for -align:4096, when align:512 will do.
|
||||
!if [nmakehlp -l -opt:nowin98]
|
||||
!message *** Linker has 'Win98 alignment problem'
|
||||
ALIGN98_HACK = 1
|
||||
!else
|
||||
!message *** Linker does not have 'Win98 alignment problem'
|
||||
ALIGN98_HACK = 0
|
||||
!endif
|
||||
!else
|
||||
ALIGN98_HACK = 0
|
||||
!endif
|
||||
|
||||
LINKERFLAGS =
|
||||
|
||||
!if [nmakehlp -l -ltcg]
|
||||
LINKERFLAGS =-ltcg
|
||||
!endif
|
||||
|
||||
#----------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# Decode the options requested.
|
||||
#----------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
!if "$(OPTS)" == "" || [nmakehlp -f "$(OPTS)" "none"]
|
||||
STATIC_BUILD = 0
|
||||
TCL_THREADS = 1
|
||||
DEBUG = 0
|
||||
SYMBOLS = 0
|
||||
PROFILE = 0
|
||||
PGO = 0
|
||||
MSVCRT = 0
|
||||
LOIMPACT = 0
|
||||
TCL_USE_STATIC_PACKAGES = 0
|
||||
USE_THREAD_ALLOC = 1
|
||||
UNCHECKED = 0
|
||||
!else
|
||||
!if [nmakehlp -f $(OPTS) "static"]
|
||||
!message *** Doing static
|
||||
STATIC_BUILD = 1
|
||||
!else
|
||||
STATIC_BUILD = 0
|
||||
!endif
|
||||
!if [nmakehlp -f $(OPTS) "msvcrt"]
|
||||
!message *** Doing msvcrt
|
||||
MSVCRT = 1
|
||||
!else
|
||||
MSVCRT = 0
|
||||
!endif
|
||||
!if [nmakehlp -f $(OPTS) "staticpkg"]
|
||||
!message *** Doing staticpkg
|
||||
TCL_USE_STATIC_PACKAGES = 1
|
||||
!else
|
||||
TCL_USE_STATIC_PACKAGES = 0
|
||||
!endif
|
||||
!if [nmakehlp -f $(OPTS) "nothreads"]
|
||||
!message *** Compile explicitly for non-threaded tcl
|
||||
TCL_THREADS = 0
|
||||
!else
|
||||
TCL_THREADS = 1
|
||||
USE_THREAD_ALLOC= 1
|
||||
!endif
|
||||
!if [nmakehlp -f $(OPTS) "symbols"]
|
||||
!message *** Doing symbols
|
||||
DEBUG = 1
|
||||
!else
|
||||
DEBUG = 0
|
||||
!endif
|
||||
!if [nmakehlp -f $(OPTS) "pdbs"]
|
||||
!message *** Doing pdbs
|
||||
SYMBOLS = 1
|
||||
!else
|
||||
SYMBOLS = 0
|
||||
!endif
|
||||
!if [nmakehlp -f $(OPTS) "profile"]
|
||||
!message *** Doing profile
|
||||
PROFILE = 1
|
||||
!else
|
||||
PROFILE = 0
|
||||
!endif
|
||||
!if [nmakehlp -f $(OPTS) "pgi"]
|
||||
!message *** Doing profile guided optimization instrumentation
|
||||
PGO = 1
|
||||
!elseif [nmakehlp -f $(OPTS) "pgo"]
|
||||
!message *** Doing profile guided optimization
|
||||
PGO = 2
|
||||
!else
|
||||
PGO = 0
|
||||
!endif
|
||||
!if [nmakehlp -f $(OPTS) "loimpact"]
|
||||
!message *** Doing loimpact
|
||||
LOIMPACT = 1
|
||||
!else
|
||||
LOIMPACT = 0
|
||||
!endif
|
||||
!if [nmakehlp -f $(OPTS) "thrdalloc"]
|
||||
!message *** Doing thrdalloc
|
||||
USE_THREAD_ALLOC = 1
|
||||
!endif
|
||||
!if [nmakehlp -f $(OPTS) "tclalloc"]
|
||||
!message *** Doing tclalloc
|
||||
USE_THREAD_ALLOC = 0
|
||||
!endif
|
||||
!if [nmakehlp -f $(OPTS) "unchecked"]
|
||||
!message *** Doing unchecked
|
||||
UNCHECKED = 1
|
||||
!else
|
||||
UNCHECKED = 0
|
||||
!endif
|
||||
!endif
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
!if !$(STATIC_BUILD)
|
||||
# Make sure we don't build overly fat DLLs.
|
||||
MSVCRT = 1
|
||||
# We shouldn't statically put the extensions inside the shell when dynamic.
|
||||
TCL_USE_STATIC_PACKAGES = 0
|
||||
!endif
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#----------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# Figure-out how to name our intermediate and output directories.
|
||||
# We wouldn't want different builds to use the same .obj files
|
||||
# by accident.
|
||||
#----------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
#----------------------------------------
|
||||
# Naming convention:
|
||||
# t = full thread support.
|
||||
# s = static library (as opposed to an
|
||||
# import library)
|
||||
# g = linked to the debug enabled C
|
||||
# run-time.
|
||||
# x = special static build when it
|
||||
# links to the dynamic C run-time.
|
||||
#----------------------------------------
|
||||
SUFX = tsgx
|
||||
|
||||
!if $(DEBUG)
|
||||
BUILDDIRTOP = Debug
|
||||
!else
|
||||
BUILDDIRTOP = Release
|
||||
!endif
|
||||
|
||||
!if "$(MACHINE)" != "IX86"
|
||||
BUILDDIRTOP =$(BUILDDIRTOP)_$(MACHINE)
|
||||
!endif
|
||||
!if $(VCVER) > 6
|
||||
BUILDDIRTOP =$(BUILDDIRTOP)_VC$(VCVER)
|
||||
!endif
|
||||
|
||||
!if !$(DEBUG) || $(DEBUG) && $(UNCHECKED)
|
||||
SUFX = $(SUFX:g=)
|
||||
!endif
|
||||
|
||||
TMP_DIRFULL = .\$(BUILDDIRTOP)\$(PROJECT)_ThreadedDynamicStaticX
|
||||
|
||||
!if !$(STATIC_BUILD)
|
||||
TMP_DIRFULL = $(TMP_DIRFULL:Static=)
|
||||
SUFX = $(SUFX:s=)
|
||||
EXT = dll
|
||||
!if $(MSVCRT)
|
||||
TMP_DIRFULL = $(TMP_DIRFULL:X=)
|
||||
SUFX = $(SUFX:x=)
|
||||
!endif
|
||||
!else
|
||||
TMP_DIRFULL = $(TMP_DIRFULL:Dynamic=)
|
||||
EXT = lib
|
||||
!if !$(MSVCRT)
|
||||
TMP_DIRFULL = $(TMP_DIRFULL:X=)
|
||||
SUFX = $(SUFX:x=)
|
||||
!endif
|
||||
!endif
|
||||
|
||||
!if !$(TCL_THREADS)
|
||||
TMP_DIRFULL = $(TMP_DIRFULL:Threaded=)
|
||||
SUFX = $(SUFX:t=)
|
||||
!endif
|
||||
|
||||
!ifndef TMP_DIR
|
||||
TMP_DIR = $(TMP_DIRFULL)
|
||||
!ifndef OUT_DIR
|
||||
OUT_DIR = .\$(BUILDDIRTOP)
|
||||
!endif
|
||||
!else
|
||||
!ifndef OUT_DIR
|
||||
OUT_DIR = $(TMP_DIR)
|
||||
!endif
|
||||
!endif
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#----------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# Decode the statistics requested.
|
||||
#----------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
!if "$(STATS)" == "" || [nmakehlp -f "$(STATS)" "none"]
|
||||
TCL_MEM_DEBUG = 0
|
||||
TCL_COMPILE_DEBUG = 0
|
||||
!else
|
||||
!if [nmakehlp -f $(STATS) "memdbg"]
|
||||
!message *** Doing memdbg
|
||||
TCL_MEM_DEBUG = 1
|
||||
!else
|
||||
TCL_MEM_DEBUG = 0
|
||||
!endif
|
||||
!if [nmakehlp -f $(STATS) "compdbg"]
|
||||
!message *** Doing compdbg
|
||||
TCL_COMPILE_DEBUG = 1
|
||||
!else
|
||||
TCL_COMPILE_DEBUG = 0
|
||||
!endif
|
||||
!endif
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#----------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# Decode the checks requested.
|
||||
#----------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
!if "$(CHECKS)" == "" || [nmakehlp -f "$(CHECKS)" "none"]
|
||||
TCL_NO_DEPRECATED = 0
|
||||
WARNINGS = -W3
|
||||
!else
|
||||
!if [nmakehlp -f $(CHECKS) "nodep"]
|
||||
!message *** Doing nodep check
|
||||
TCL_NO_DEPRECATED = 1
|
||||
!else
|
||||
TCL_NO_DEPRECATED = 0
|
||||
!endif
|
||||
!if [nmakehlp -f $(CHECKS) "fullwarn"]
|
||||
!message *** Doing full warnings check
|
||||
WARNINGS = -W4
|
||||
!if [nmakehlp -l -warn:3]
|
||||
LINKERFLAGS = $(LINKERFLAGS) -warn:3
|
||||
!endif
|
||||
!else
|
||||
WARNINGS = -W3
|
||||
!endif
|
||||
!if [nmakehlp -f $(CHECKS) "64bit"] && [nmakehlp -c -Wp64]
|
||||
!message *** Doing 64bit portability warnings
|
||||
WARNINGS = $(WARNINGS) -Wp64
|
||||
!endif
|
||||
!endif
|
||||
|
||||
!if $(PGO) > 1
|
||||
!if [nmakehlp -l -ltcg:pgoptimize]
|
||||
LINKERFLAGS = $(LINKERFLAGS:-ltcg=) -ltcg:pgoptimize
|
||||
!else
|
||||
MSG=^
|
||||
This compiler does not support profile guided optimization.
|
||||
!error $(MSG)
|
||||
!endif
|
||||
!elseif $(PGO) > 0
|
||||
!if [nmakehlp -l -ltcg:pginstrument]
|
||||
LINKERFLAGS = $(LINKERFLAGS:-ltcg=) -ltcg:pginstrument
|
||||
!else
|
||||
MSG=^
|
||||
This compiler does not support profile guided optimization.
|
||||
!error $(MSG)
|
||||
!endif
|
||||
!endif
|
||||
|
||||
#----------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# Set our defines now armed with our options.
|
||||
#----------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
OPTDEFINES = -DTCL_CFGVAL_ENCODING=$(CFG_ENCODING) -DSTDC_HEADERS
|
||||
|
||||
!if $(TCL_MEM_DEBUG)
|
||||
OPTDEFINES = $(OPTDEFINES) -DTCL_MEM_DEBUG
|
||||
!endif
|
||||
!if $(TCL_COMPILE_DEBUG)
|
||||
OPTDEFINES = $(OPTDEFINES) -DTCL_COMPILE_DEBUG -DTCL_COMPILE_STATS
|
||||
!endif
|
||||
!if $(TCL_THREADS)
|
||||
OPTDEFINES = $(OPTDEFINES) -DTCL_THREADS=1
|
||||
!if $(USE_THREAD_ALLOC)
|
||||
OPTDEFINES = $(OPTDEFINES) -DUSE_THREAD_ALLOC=1
|
||||
!endif
|
||||
!endif
|
||||
!if $(STATIC_BUILD)
|
||||
OPTDEFINES = $(OPTDEFINES) -DSTATIC_BUILD
|
||||
!endif
|
||||
!if $(TCL_NO_DEPRECATED)
|
||||
OPTDEFINES = $(OPTDEFINES) -DTCL_NO_DEPRECATED
|
||||
!endif
|
||||
|
||||
!if !$(DEBUG)
|
||||
OPTDEFINES = $(OPTDEFINES) -DNDEBUG
|
||||
!if $(OPTIMIZING)
|
||||
OPTDEFINES = $(OPTDEFINES) -DTCL_CFG_OPTIMIZED
|
||||
!endif
|
||||
!endif
|
||||
!if $(PROFILE)
|
||||
OPTDEFINES = $(OPTDEFINES) -DTCL_CFG_PROFILED
|
||||
!endif
|
||||
!if "$(MACHINE)" == "IA64" || "$(MACHINE)" == "AMD64"
|
||||
OPTDEFINES = $(OPTDEFINES) -DTCL_CFG_DO64BIT
|
||||
!endif
|
||||
!if $(VCVERSION) < 1300
|
||||
OPTDEFINES = $(OPTDEFINES) -DNO_STRTOI64
|
||||
!endif
|
||||
|
||||
#----------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# Locate the Tcl headers to build against
|
||||
#----------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
!if "$(PROJECT)" == "tcl"
|
||||
|
||||
_TCL_H = ..\generic\tcl.h
|
||||
|
||||
!else
|
||||
|
||||
# If INSTALLDIR set to tcl root dir then reset to the lib dir.
|
||||
!if exist("$(_INSTALLDIR)\include\tcl.h")
|
||||
_INSTALLDIR=$(_INSTALLDIR)\lib
|
||||
!endif
|
||||
|
||||
!if !defined(TCLDIR)
|
||||
!if exist("$(_INSTALLDIR)\..\include\tcl.h")
|
||||
TCLINSTALL = 1
|
||||
_TCLDIR = $(_INSTALLDIR)\..
|
||||
_TCL_H = $(_INSTALLDIR)\..\include\tcl.h
|
||||
TCLDIR = $(_INSTALLDIR)\..
|
||||
!else
|
||||
MSG=^
|
||||
Failed to find tcl.h. Set the TCLDIR macro.
|
||||
!error $(MSG)
|
||||
!endif
|
||||
!else
|
||||
_TCLDIR = $(TCLDIR:/=\)
|
||||
!if exist("$(_TCLDIR)\include\tcl.h")
|
||||
TCLINSTALL = 1
|
||||
_TCL_H = $(_TCLDIR)\include\tcl.h
|
||||
!elseif exist("$(_TCLDIR)\generic\tcl.h")
|
||||
TCLINSTALL = 0
|
||||
_TCL_H = $(_TCLDIR)\generic\tcl.h
|
||||
!else
|
||||
MSG =^
|
||||
Failed to find tcl.h. The TCLDIR macro does not appear correct.
|
||||
!error $(MSG)
|
||||
!endif
|
||||
!endif
|
||||
!endif
|
||||
|
||||
#--------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# Extract various version numbers from tcl headers
|
||||
# The generated file is then included in the makefile.
|
||||
#--------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
!if [echo REM = This file is generated from rules.vc > versions.vc]
|
||||
!endif
|
||||
!if [echo TCL_MAJOR_VERSION = \>> versions.vc] \
|
||||
&& [nmakehlp -V "$(_TCL_H)" TCL_MAJOR_VERSION >> versions.vc]
|
||||
!endif
|
||||
!if [echo TCL_MINOR_VERSION = \>> versions.vc] \
|
||||
&& [nmakehlp -V "$(_TCL_H)" TCL_MINOR_VERSION >> versions.vc]
|
||||
!endif
|
||||
!if [echo TCL_PATCH_LEVEL = \>> versions.vc] \
|
||||
&& [nmakehlp -V "$(_TCL_H)" TCL_PATCH_LEVEL >> versions.vc]
|
||||
!endif
|
||||
|
||||
# If building the tcl core then we need additional package versions
|
||||
!if "$(PROJECT)" == "tcl"
|
||||
!if [echo PKG_HTTP_VER = \>> versions.vc] \
|
||||
&& [nmakehlp -V ..\library\http\pkgIndex.tcl http >> versions.vc]
|
||||
!endif
|
||||
!if [echo PKG_TCLTEST_VER = \>> versions.vc] \
|
||||
&& [nmakehlp -V ..\library\tcltest\pkgIndex.tcl tcltest >> versions.vc]
|
||||
!endif
|
||||
!if [echo PKG_MSGCAT_VER = \>> versions.vc] \
|
||||
&& [nmakehlp -V ..\library\msgcat\pkgIndex.tcl msgcat >> versions.vc]
|
||||
!endif
|
||||
!if [echo PKG_PLATFORM_VER = \>> versions.vc] \
|
||||
&& [nmakehlp -V ..\library\platform\pkgIndex.tcl "platform " >> versions.vc]
|
||||
!endif
|
||||
!if [echo PKG_SHELL_VER = \>> versions.vc] \
|
||||
&& [nmakehlp -V ..\library\platform\pkgIndex.tcl "platform::shell" >> versions.vc]
|
||||
!endif
|
||||
!if [echo PKG_DDE_VER = \>> versions.vc] \
|
||||
&& [nmakehlp -V ..\library\dde\pkgIndex.tcl "dde " >> versions.vc]
|
||||
!endif
|
||||
!if [echo PKG_REG_VER =\>> versions.vc] \
|
||||
&& [nmakehlp -V ..\library\reg\pkgIndex.tcl registry >> versions.vc]
|
||||
!endif
|
||||
!endif
|
||||
|
||||
!include versions.vc
|
||||
|
||||
#--------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# Setup tcl version dependent stuff headers
|
||||
#--------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
!if "$(PROJECT)" != "tcl"
|
||||
|
||||
TCL_VERSION = $(TCL_MAJOR_VERSION)$(TCL_MINOR_VERSION)
|
||||
|
||||
!if $(TCL_VERSION) < 81
|
||||
TCL_DOES_STUBS = 0
|
||||
!else
|
||||
TCL_DOES_STUBS = 1
|
||||
!endif
|
||||
|
||||
!if $(TCLINSTALL)
|
||||
TCLSH = "$(_TCLDIR)\bin\tclsh$(TCL_VERSION)$(SUFX).exe"
|
||||
!if !exist($(TCLSH)) && $(TCL_THREADS)
|
||||
TCLSH = "$(_TCLDIR)\bin\tclsh$(TCL_VERSION)t$(SUFX).exe"
|
||||
!endif
|
||||
TCLSTUBLIB = "$(_TCLDIR)\lib\tclstub$(TCL_VERSION).lib"
|
||||
TCLIMPLIB = "$(_TCLDIR)\lib\tcl$(TCL_VERSION)$(SUFX).lib"
|
||||
TCL_LIBRARY = $(_TCLDIR)\lib
|
||||
TCLREGLIB = "$(_TCLDIR)\lib\tclreg13$(SUFX:t=).lib"
|
||||
TCLDDELIB = "$(_TCLDIR)\lib\tcldde14$(SUFX:t=).lib"
|
||||
COFFBASE = \must\have\tcl\sources\to\build\this\target
|
||||
TCLTOOLSDIR = \must\have\tcl\sources\to\build\this\target
|
||||
TCL_INCLUDES = -I"$(_TCLDIR)\include"
|
||||
!else
|
||||
TCLSH = "$(_TCLDIR)\win\$(BUILDDIRTOP)\tclsh$(TCL_VERSION)$(SUFX).exe"
|
||||
!if !exist($(TCLSH)) && $(TCL_THREADS)
|
||||
TCLSH = "$(_TCLDIR)\win\$(BUILDDIRTOP)\tclsh$(TCL_VERSION)t$(SUFX).exe"
|
||||
!endif
|
||||
TCLSTUBLIB = "$(_TCLDIR)\win\$(BUILDDIRTOP)\tclstub$(TCL_VERSION).lib"
|
||||
TCLIMPLIB = "$(_TCLDIR)\win\$(BUILDDIRTOP)\tcl$(TCL_VERSION)$(SUFX).lib"
|
||||
TCL_LIBRARY = $(_TCLDIR)\library
|
||||
TCLREGLIB = "$(_TCLDIR)\win\$(BUILDDIRTOP)\tclreg13$(SUFX:t=).lib"
|
||||
TCLDDELIB = "$(_TCLDIR)\win\$(BUILDDIRTOP)\tcldde14$(SUFX:t=).lib"
|
||||
COFFBASE = "$(_TCLDIR)\win\coffbase.txt"
|
||||
TCLTOOLSDIR = $(_TCLDIR)\tools
|
||||
TCL_INCLUDES = -I"$(_TCLDIR)\generic" -I"$(_TCLDIR)\win"
|
||||
!endif
|
||||
|
||||
!endif
|
||||
|
||||
#-------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# Locate the Tk headers to build against
|
||||
#-------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
!if "$(PROJECT)" == "tk"
|
||||
_TK_H = ..\generic\tk.h
|
||||
_INSTALLDIR = $(_INSTALLDIR)\..
|
||||
!endif
|
||||
|
||||
!ifdef PROJECT_REQUIRES_TK
|
||||
!if !defined(TKDIR)
|
||||
!if exist("$(_INSTALLDIR)\..\include\tk.h")
|
||||
TKINSTALL = 1
|
||||
_TKDIR = $(_INSTALLDIR)\..
|
||||
_TK_H = $(_TKDIR)\include\tk.h
|
||||
TKDIR = $(_TKDIR)
|
||||
!elseif exist("$(_TCLDIR)\include\tk.h")
|
||||
TKINSTALL = 1
|
||||
_TKDIR = $(_TCLDIR)
|
||||
_TK_H = $(_TKDIR)\include\tk.h
|
||||
TKDIR = $(_TKDIR)
|
||||
!endif
|
||||
!else
|
||||
_TKDIR = $(TKDIR:/=\)
|
||||
!if exist("$(_TKDIR)\include\tk.h")
|
||||
TKINSTALL = 1
|
||||
_TK_H = $(_TKDIR)\include\tk.h
|
||||
!elseif exist("$(_TKDIR)\generic\tk.h")
|
||||
TKINSTALL = 0
|
||||
_TK_H = $(_TKDIR)\generic\tk.h
|
||||
!else
|
||||
MSG =^
|
||||
Failed to find tk.h. The TKDIR macro does not appear correct.
|
||||
!error $(MSG)
|
||||
!endif
|
||||
!endif
|
||||
!endif
|
||||
|
||||
#-------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# Extract Tk version numbers
|
||||
#-------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
!if defined(PROJECT_REQUIRES_TK) || "$(PROJECT)" == "tk"
|
||||
|
||||
!if [echo TK_MAJOR_VERSION = \>> versions.vc] \
|
||||
&& [nmakehlp -V $(_TK_H) TK_MAJOR_VERSION >> versions.vc]
|
||||
!endif
|
||||
!if [echo TK_MINOR_VERSION = \>> versions.vc] \
|
||||
&& [nmakehlp -V $(_TK_H) TK_MINOR_VERSION >> versions.vc]
|
||||
!endif
|
||||
!if [echo TK_PATCH_LEVEL = \>> versions.vc] \
|
||||
&& [nmakehlp -V $(_TK_H) TK_PATCH_LEVEL >> versions.vc]
|
||||
!endif
|
||||
|
||||
!include versions.vc
|
||||
|
||||
TK_DOTVERSION = $(TK_MAJOR_VERSION).$(TK_MINOR_VERSION)
|
||||
TK_VERSION = $(TK_MAJOR_VERSION)$(TK_MINOR_VERSION)
|
||||
|
||||
!if "$(PROJECT)" != "tk"
|
||||
!if $(TKINSTALL)
|
||||
WISH = "$(_TKDIR)\bin\wish$(TK_VERSION)$(SUFX).exe"
|
||||
TKSTUBLIB = "$(_TKDIR)\lib\tkstub$(TK_VERSION).lib"
|
||||
TKIMPLIB = "$(_TKDIR)\lib\tk$(TK_VERSION)$(SUFX).lib"
|
||||
TK_INCLUDES = -I"$(_TKDIR)\include"
|
||||
!else
|
||||
WISH = "$(_TKDIR)\win\$(BUILDDIRTOP)\wish$(TCL_VERSION)$(SUFX).exe"
|
||||
TKSTUBLIB = "$(_TKDIR)\win\$(BUILDDIRTOP)\tkstub$(TCL_VERSION).lib"
|
||||
TKIMPLIB = "$(_TKDIR)\win\$(BUILDDIRTOP)\tk$(TCL_VERSION)$(SUFX).lib"
|
||||
TK_INCLUDES = -I"$(_TKDIR)\generic" -I"$(_TKDIR)\win" -I"$(_TKDIR)\xlib"
|
||||
!endif
|
||||
!endif
|
||||
|
||||
!endif
|
||||
|
||||
#----------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# Display stats being used.
|
||||
#----------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
!message *** Intermediate directory will be '$(TMP_DIR)'
|
||||
!message *** Output directory will be '$(OUT_DIR)'
|
||||
!message *** Suffix for binaries will be '$(SUFX)'
|
||||
!message *** Optional defines are '$(OPTDEFINES)'
|
||||
!message *** Compiler version $(VCVER). Target machine is $(MACHINE)
|
||||
!message *** Host architecture is $(NATIVE_ARCH)
|
||||
!message *** Compiler options '$(COMPILERFLAGS) $(OPTIMIZATIONS) $(DEBUGFLAGS) $(WARNINGS)'
|
||||
!message *** Link options '$(LINKERFLAGS)'
|
||||
|
||||
!endif
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
|
||||
/* sqlite_cfg.h.in. Generated from configure.ac by autoheader. */
|
||||
/* config.h.in. Generated from configure.ac by autoheader. */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if you have the <dlfcn.h> header file. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_DLFCN_H
|
||||
@@ -27,45 +27,21 @@
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if you have the <inttypes.h> header file. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_INTTYPES_H
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if you have the `isnan' function. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_ISNAN
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if you have the `localtime_r' function. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_LOCALTIME_R
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if you have the `localtime_s' function. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_LOCALTIME_S
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if you have the <malloc.h> header file. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_MALLOC_H
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if you have the `malloc_usable_size' function. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_MALLOC_USABLE_SIZE
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if you have the <memory.h> header file. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_MEMORY_H
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if you have the `pread' function. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_PREAD
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if you have the `pread64' function. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_PREAD64
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if you have the `pwrite' function. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_PWRITE
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if you have the `pwrite64' function. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_PWRITE64
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if you have the <stdint.h> header file. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_STDINT_H
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if you have the <stdlib.h> header file. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_STDLIB_H
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if you have the `strchrnul' function. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_STRCHRNUL
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if you have the <strings.h> header file. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_STRINGS_H
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -99,12 +75,6 @@
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if you have the `usleep' function. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_USLEEP
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if you have the `utime' function. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_UTIME
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if you have the <zlib.h> header file. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_ZLIB_H
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to the sub-directory in which libtool stores uninstalled libraries.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#undef LT_OBJDIR
|
||||
@@ -121,20 +91,12 @@
|
||||
/* Define to the one symbol short name of this package. */
|
||||
#undef PACKAGE_TARNAME
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to the home page for this package. */
|
||||
#undef PACKAGE_URL
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to the version of this package. */
|
||||
#undef PACKAGE_VERSION
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if you have the ANSI C header files. */
|
||||
#undef STDC_HEADERS
|
||||
|
||||
/* Enable large inode numbers on Mac OS X 10.5. */
|
||||
#ifndef _DARWIN_USE_64_BIT_INODE
|
||||
# define _DARWIN_USE_64_BIT_INODE 1
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Number of bits in a file offset, on hosts where this is settable. */
|
||||
#undef _FILE_OFFSET_BITS
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -69,6 +69,19 @@
|
||||
# The filename extension for executables on the
|
||||
# target platform. "" for Unix and ".exe" for windows.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# The generated configure script will make an attempt to guess
|
||||
# at all of the above parameters. You can override any of
|
||||
# the guesses by setting the environment variable named
|
||||
# "config_AAAA" where "AAAA" is the name of the parameter
|
||||
# described above. (Exception: srcdir cannot be set this way.)
|
||||
# If you have a file that sets one or more of these environment
|
||||
# variables, you can invoke configure as follows:
|
||||
#
|
||||
# configure --with-hints=FILE
|
||||
#
|
||||
# where FILE is the name of the file that sets the environment
|
||||
# variables. FILE should be an absolute pathname.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# This configure.in file is easy to reuse on other projects. Just
|
||||
# change the argument to AC_INIT(). And disable any features that
|
||||
# you don't need (for example BLT) by erasing or commenting out
|
||||
@@ -85,11 +98,17 @@ AC_MSG_ERROR([configure script is out of date:
|
||||
please regen with autoconf])
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
dnl Put the RCS revision string after AC_INIT so that it will also
|
||||
dnl show in in configure.
|
||||
# The following RCS revision string applies to configure.in
|
||||
# $Revision: 1.56 $
|
||||
|
||||
#########
|
||||
# Programs needed
|
||||
#
|
||||
AC_PROG_LIBTOOL
|
||||
AC_PROG_INSTALL
|
||||
AC_PROG_AWK
|
||||
|
||||
#########
|
||||
# Enable large file support (if special flags are necessary)
|
||||
@@ -103,12 +122,12 @@ AC_CHECK_TYPES([int8_t, int16_t, int32_t, int64_t, intptr_t, uint8_t,
|
||||
|
||||
#########
|
||||
# Check for needed/wanted headers
|
||||
AC_CHECK_HEADERS([sys/types.h stdlib.h stdint.h inttypes.h malloc.h])
|
||||
AC_CHECK_HEADERS([sys/types.h stdlib.h stdint.h inttypes.h])
|
||||
|
||||
#########
|
||||
# Figure out whether or not we have these functions
|
||||
#
|
||||
AC_CHECK_FUNCS([fdatasync gmtime_r isnan localtime_r localtime_s malloc_usable_size strchrnul usleep utime pread pread64 pwrite pwrite64])
|
||||
AC_CHECK_FUNCS([usleep fdatasync localtime_r gmtime_r localtime_s])
|
||||
|
||||
#########
|
||||
# By default, we use the amalgamation (this may be changed below...)
|
||||
@@ -120,7 +139,7 @@ USE_AMALGAMATION=1
|
||||
# if not, then we fall back to plain tclsh.
|
||||
# TODO: try other versions before falling back?
|
||||
#
|
||||
AC_CHECK_PROGS(TCLSH_CMD, [tclsh8.7 tclsh8.6 tclsh8.5 tclsh], none)
|
||||
AC_CHECK_PROGS(TCLSH_CMD, [tclsh8.4 tclsh], none)
|
||||
if test "$TCLSH_CMD" = "none"; then
|
||||
# If we can't find a local tclsh, then building the amalgamation will fail.
|
||||
# We act as though --disable-amalgamation has been used.
|
||||
@@ -134,10 +153,8 @@ AC_ARG_VAR([TCLLIBDIR], [Where to install tcl plugin])
|
||||
if test "x${TCLLIBDIR+set}" != "xset" ; then
|
||||
TCLLIBDIR='$(libdir)'
|
||||
for i in `echo 'puts stdout $auto_path' | ${TCLSH_CMD}` ; do
|
||||
if test -d $i ; then
|
||||
TCLLIBDIR=$i
|
||||
break
|
||||
fi
|
||||
TCLLIBDIR=$i
|
||||
break
|
||||
done
|
||||
TCLLIBDIR="${TCLLIBDIR}/sqlite3"
|
||||
fi
|
||||
@@ -157,6 +174,46 @@ AC_SUBST(VERSION)
|
||||
RELEASE=`cat $srcdir/VERSION`
|
||||
AC_MSG_NOTICE(Release set to $RELEASE)
|
||||
AC_SUBST(RELEASE)
|
||||
VERSION_NUMBER=[`cat $srcdir/VERSION \
|
||||
| sed 's/[^0-9]/ /g' \
|
||||
| awk '{printf "%d%03d%03d",$1,$2,$3}'`]
|
||||
AC_MSG_NOTICE(Version number set to $VERSION_NUMBER)
|
||||
AC_SUBST(VERSION_NUMBER)
|
||||
|
||||
#########
|
||||
# Check to see if the --with-hints=FILE option is used. If there is none,
|
||||
# then check for a files named "$host.hints" and ../$hosts.hints where
|
||||
# $host is the hostname of the build system. If still no hints are
|
||||
# found, try looking in $system.hints and ../$system.hints where
|
||||
# $system is the result of uname -s.
|
||||
#
|
||||
AC_ARG_WITH(hints,
|
||||
AC_HELP_STRING([--with-hints=FILE],[Read configuration options from FILE]),
|
||||
hints=$withval)
|
||||
if test "$hints" = ""; then
|
||||
host=`hostname | sed 's/\..*//'`
|
||||
if test -r $host.hints; then
|
||||
hints=$host.hints
|
||||
else
|
||||
if test -r ../$host.hints; then
|
||||
hints=../$host.hints
|
||||
fi
|
||||
fi
|
||||
fi
|
||||
if test "$hints" = ""; then
|
||||
sys=`uname -s`
|
||||
if test -r $sys.hints; then
|
||||
hints=$sys.hints
|
||||
else
|
||||
if test -r ../$sys.hints; then
|
||||
hints=../$sys.hints
|
||||
fi
|
||||
fi
|
||||
fi
|
||||
if test "$hints" != ""; then
|
||||
AC_MSG_RESULT(reading hints from $hints)
|
||||
. $hints
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
#########
|
||||
# Locate a compiler for the build machine. This compiler should
|
||||
@@ -179,7 +236,7 @@ AC_SUBST(BUILD_CC)
|
||||
# Do we want to support multithreaded use of sqlite
|
||||
#
|
||||
AC_ARG_ENABLE(threadsafe,
|
||||
AC_HELP_STRING([--disable-threadsafe],[Disable mutexing]))
|
||||
AC_HELP_STRING([--enable-threadsafe],[Support threadsafe operation]),,enable_threadsafe=yes)
|
||||
AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether to support threadsafe operation])
|
||||
if test "$enable_threadsafe" = "no"; then
|
||||
SQLITE_THREADSAFE=0
|
||||
@@ -192,9 +249,43 @@ AC_SUBST(SQLITE_THREADSAFE)
|
||||
|
||||
if test "$SQLITE_THREADSAFE" = "1"; then
|
||||
AC_SEARCH_LIBS(pthread_create, pthread)
|
||||
AC_SEARCH_LIBS(pthread_mutexattr_init, pthread)
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
##########
|
||||
# Do we want to allow a connection created in one thread to be used
|
||||
# in another thread. This does not work on many Linux systems (ex: RedHat 9)
|
||||
# due to bugs in the threading implementations. This is thus off by default.
|
||||
#
|
||||
AC_ARG_ENABLE(cross-thread-connections,
|
||||
AC_HELP_STRING([--enable-cross-thread-connections],[Allow connection sharing across threads]),,enable_xthreadconnect=no)
|
||||
AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether to allow connections to be shared across threads])
|
||||
if test "$enable_xthreadconnect" = "no"; then
|
||||
XTHREADCONNECT=''
|
||||
AC_MSG_RESULT([no])
|
||||
else
|
||||
XTHREADCONNECT='-DSQLITE_ALLOW_XTHREAD_CONNECT=1'
|
||||
AC_MSG_RESULT([yes])
|
||||
fi
|
||||
AC_SUBST(XTHREADCONNECT)
|
||||
|
||||
##########
|
||||
# Do we want to set threadsOverrideEachOthersLocks variable to be 1 (true) by
|
||||
# default. Normally, a test at runtime is performed to determine the
|
||||
# appropriate value of this variable. Use this option only if you're sure that
|
||||
# threads can safely override each others locks in all runtime situations.
|
||||
#
|
||||
AC_ARG_ENABLE(threads-override-locks,
|
||||
AC_HELP_STRING([--enable-threads-override-locks],[Threads can override each others locks]),,enable_threads_override_locks=no)
|
||||
AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether threads can override each others locks])
|
||||
if test "$enable_threads_override_locks" = "no"; then
|
||||
THREADSOVERRIDELOCKS='-1'
|
||||
AC_MSG_RESULT([no])
|
||||
else
|
||||
THREADSOVERRIDELOCKS='1'
|
||||
AC_MSG_RESULT([yes])
|
||||
fi
|
||||
AC_SUBST(THREADSOVERRIDELOCKS)
|
||||
|
||||
##########
|
||||
# Do we want to support release
|
||||
#
|
||||
@@ -267,18 +358,28 @@ else
|
||||
TARGET_EXEEXT=$config_TARGET_EXEEXT
|
||||
fi
|
||||
if test "$TARGET_EXEEXT" = ".exe"; then
|
||||
SQLITE_OS_UNIX=0
|
||||
SQLITE_OS_WIN=1
|
||||
CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -DSQLITE_OS_WIN=1"
|
||||
if test $OS2_SHELL ; then
|
||||
SQLITE_OS_UNIX=0
|
||||
SQLITE_OS_WIN=0
|
||||
SQLITE_OS_OS2=1
|
||||
CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -DSQLITE_OS_OS2=1"
|
||||
else
|
||||
SQLITE_OS_UNIX=0
|
||||
SQLITE_OS_WIN=1
|
||||
SQLITE_OS_OS2=0
|
||||
CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -DSQLITE_OS_WIN=1"
|
||||
fi
|
||||
else
|
||||
SQLITE_OS_UNIX=1
|
||||
SQLITE_OS_WIN=0
|
||||
SQLITE_OS_OS2=0
|
||||
CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -DSQLITE_OS_UNIX=1"
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
AC_SUBST(BUILD_EXEEXT)
|
||||
AC_SUBST(SQLITE_OS_UNIX)
|
||||
AC_SUBST(SQLITE_OS_WIN)
|
||||
AC_SUBST(SQLITE_OS_OS2)
|
||||
AC_SUBST(TARGET_EXEEXT)
|
||||
|
||||
##########
|
||||
@@ -305,44 +406,14 @@ if test "${use_tcl}" = "yes" ; then
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
# Start autosearch by asking tclsh
|
||||
if test x"${ac_cv_c_tclconfig}" = x ; then
|
||||
if test x"$cross_compiling" = xno; then
|
||||
for i in `echo 'puts stdout $auto_path' | ${TCLSH_CMD}`
|
||||
do
|
||||
if test -f "$i/tclConfig.sh" ; then
|
||||
ac_cv_c_tclconfig="$i"
|
||||
break
|
||||
fi
|
||||
done
|
||||
fi
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
# On ubuntu 14.10, $auto_path on tclsh is not quite correct.
|
||||
# So try again after applying corrections.
|
||||
if test x"${ac_cv_c_tclconfig}" = x ; then
|
||||
if test x"$cross_compiling" = xno; then
|
||||
for i in `echo 'puts stdout $auto_path' | ${TCLSH_CMD} | sed 's,/tcltk/tcl,/tcl,g'`
|
||||
do
|
||||
if test -f "$i/tclConfig.sh" ; then
|
||||
ac_cv_c_tclconfig="$i"
|
||||
break
|
||||
fi
|
||||
done
|
||||
fi
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
# Recent versions of Xcode on Macs hid the tclConfig.sh file
|
||||
# in a strange place.
|
||||
if test x"${ac_cv_c_tclconfig}" = x ; then
|
||||
if test x"$cross_compiling" = xno; then
|
||||
for i in /Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Platforms/MacOSX.platform/Developer/SDKs/MacOSX*.sdk/usr/lib
|
||||
do
|
||||
if test -f "$i/tclConfig.sh" ; then
|
||||
ac_cv_c_tclconfig="$i"
|
||||
break
|
||||
fi
|
||||
done
|
||||
fi
|
||||
if test x"$cross_compiling" = xno; then
|
||||
for i in `echo 'puts stdout $auto_path' | ${TCLSH_CMD}`
|
||||
do
|
||||
if test -f "$i/tclConfig.sh" ; then
|
||||
ac_cv_c_tclconfig="$i"
|
||||
break
|
||||
fi
|
||||
done
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
# then check for a private Tcl installation
|
||||
@@ -446,6 +517,7 @@ if test "${use_tcl}" = "yes" ; then
|
||||
AC_SUBST(TCL_VERSION)
|
||||
AC_SUBST(TCL_BIN_DIR)
|
||||
AC_SUBST(TCL_SRC_DIR)
|
||||
AC_SUBST(TCL_LIBS)
|
||||
AC_SUBST(TCL_INCLUDE_SPEC)
|
||||
|
||||
AC_SUBST(TCL_LIB_FILE)
|
||||
@@ -455,7 +527,6 @@ if test "${use_tcl}" = "yes" ; then
|
||||
AC_SUBST(TCL_STUB_LIB_FILE)
|
||||
AC_SUBST(TCL_STUB_LIB_FLAG)
|
||||
AC_SUBST(TCL_STUB_LIB_SPEC)
|
||||
AC_SUBST(TCL_SHLIB_SUFFIX)
|
||||
fi
|
||||
fi
|
||||
if test "${use_tcl}" = "no" ; then
|
||||
@@ -472,24 +543,11 @@ AC_SUBST(HAVE_TCL)
|
||||
TARGET_READLINE_LIBS=""
|
||||
TARGET_READLINE_INC=""
|
||||
TARGET_HAVE_READLINE=0
|
||||
TARGET_HAVE_EDITLINE=0
|
||||
AC_ARG_ENABLE([editline],
|
||||
[AC_HELP_STRING([--enable-editline],[enable BSD editline support])],
|
||||
[with_editline=$enableval],
|
||||
[with_editline=auto])
|
||||
AC_ARG_ENABLE([readline],
|
||||
[AC_HELP_STRING([--disable-readline],[disable readline support])],
|
||||
[AC_HELP_STRING([--disable-readline],[disable readline support [default=detect]])],
|
||||
[with_readline=$enableval],
|
||||
[with_readline=auto])
|
||||
|
||||
if test x"$with_editline" != xno; then
|
||||
sLIBS=$LIBS
|
||||
LIBS=""
|
||||
TARGET_HAVE_EDITLINE=1
|
||||
AC_SEARCH_LIBS(readline,edit,[with_readline=no],[TARGET_HAVE_EDITLINE=0])
|
||||
TARGET_READLINE_LIBS=$LIBS
|
||||
LIBS=$sLIBS
|
||||
fi
|
||||
if test x"$with_readline" != xno; then
|
||||
found="yes"
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -544,7 +602,6 @@ fi
|
||||
AC_SUBST(TARGET_READLINE_LIBS)
|
||||
AC_SUBST(TARGET_READLINE_INC)
|
||||
AC_SUBST(TARGET_HAVE_READLINE)
|
||||
AC_SUBST(TARGET_HAVE_EDITLINE)
|
||||
|
||||
##########
|
||||
# Figure out what C libraries are required to compile programs
|
||||
@@ -554,184 +611,38 @@ AC_SEARCH_LIBS(fdatasync, [rt])
|
||||
|
||||
#########
|
||||
# check for debug enabled
|
||||
AC_ARG_ENABLE(debug, AC_HELP_STRING([--enable-debug],[enable debugging & verbose explain]))
|
||||
AC_MSG_CHECKING([build type])
|
||||
if test "${enable_debug}" = "yes" ; then
|
||||
TARGET_DEBUG="-DSQLITE_DEBUG=1 -DSQLITE_ENABLE_SELECTTRACE -DSQLITE_ENABLE_WHERETRACE -O0"
|
||||
AC_MSG_RESULT([debug])
|
||||
AC_ARG_ENABLE(debug, AC_HELP_STRING([--enable-debug],[enable debugging & verbose explain]),
|
||||
[use_debug=$enableval],[use_debug=no])
|
||||
if test "${use_debug}" = "yes" ; then
|
||||
TARGET_DEBUG="-DSQLITE_DEBUG=1"
|
||||
else
|
||||
TARGET_DEBUG="-DNDEBUG"
|
||||
AC_MSG_RESULT([release])
|
||||
fi
|
||||
AC_SUBST(TARGET_DEBUG)
|
||||
|
||||
#########
|
||||
# See whether we should use the amalgamation to build
|
||||
AC_ARG_ENABLE(amalgamation, AC_HELP_STRING([--disable-amalgamation],
|
||||
[Disable the amalgamation and instead build all files separately]))
|
||||
if test "${enable_amalgamation}" = "no" ; then
|
||||
[Disable the amalgamation and instead build all files separately]),
|
||||
[use_amalgamation=$enableval],[use_amalgamation=yes])
|
||||
if test "${use_amalgamation}" != "yes" ; then
|
||||
USE_AMALGAMATION=0
|
||||
fi
|
||||
AC_SUBST(USE_AMALGAMATION)
|
||||
|
||||
#########
|
||||
# Look for zlib. Only needed by extensions and by the sqlite3.exe shell
|
||||
AC_CHECK_HEADERS(zlib.h)
|
||||
AC_SEARCH_LIBS(deflate, z, [HAVE_ZLIB="-DSQLITE_HAVE_ZLIB=1"], [HAVE_ZLIB=""])
|
||||
AC_SUBST(HAVE_ZLIB)
|
||||
|
||||
#########
|
||||
# See whether we should allow loadable extensions
|
||||
AC_ARG_ENABLE(load-extension, AC_HELP_STRING([--disable-load-extension],
|
||||
[Disable loading of external extensions]),,[enable_load_extension=yes])
|
||||
if test "${enable_load_extension}" = "yes" ; then
|
||||
AC_ARG_ENABLE(load-extension, AC_HELP_STRING([--enable-load-extension],
|
||||
[Enable loading of external extensions]),
|
||||
[use_loadextension=$enableval],[use_loadextension=no])
|
||||
if test "${use_loadextension}" = "yes" ; then
|
||||
OPT_FEATURE_FLAGS=""
|
||||
AC_SEARCH_LIBS(dlopen, dl)
|
||||
else
|
||||
OPT_FEATURE_FLAGS="-DSQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION=1"
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
##########
|
||||
# Do we want to support math functions
|
||||
#
|
||||
AC_ARG_ENABLE(math,
|
||||
AC_HELP_STRING([--disable-math],[Disable math functions]))
|
||||
AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether to support math functions])
|
||||
if test "$enable_math" = "no"; then
|
||||
AC_MSG_RESULT([no])
|
||||
else
|
||||
AC_MSG_RESULT([yes])
|
||||
OPT_FEATURE_FLAGS="${OPT_FEATURE_FLAGS} -DSQLITE_ENABLE_MATH_FUNCTIONS"
|
||||
AC_SEARCH_LIBS(ceil, m)
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
##########
|
||||
# Do we want to support JSON functions
|
||||
#
|
||||
AC_ARG_ENABLE(json,
|
||||
AC_HELP_STRING([--disable-json],[Disable JSON functions]))
|
||||
AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether to support JSON functions])
|
||||
if test "$enable_json" = "no"; then
|
||||
AC_MSG_RESULT([no])
|
||||
OPT_FEATURE_FLAGS="${OPT_FEATURE_FLAGS} -DSQLITE_OMIT_JSON"
|
||||
else
|
||||
AC_MSG_RESULT([yes])
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
########
|
||||
# The --enable-all argument is short-hand to enable
|
||||
# multiple extensions.
|
||||
AC_ARG_ENABLE(all, AC_HELP_STRING([--enable-all],
|
||||
[Enable FTS4, FTS5, Geopoly, RTree, Sessions]))
|
||||
|
||||
##########
|
||||
# Do we want to support memsys3 and/or memsys5
|
||||
#
|
||||
AC_ARG_ENABLE(memsys5,
|
||||
AC_HELP_STRING([--enable-memsys5],[Enable MEMSYS5]))
|
||||
AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether to support MEMSYS5])
|
||||
if test "${enable_memsys5}" = "yes"; then
|
||||
OPT_FEATURE_FLAGS="${OPT_FEATURE_FLAGS} -DSQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS5"
|
||||
AC_MSG_RESULT([yes])
|
||||
else
|
||||
AC_MSG_RESULT([no])
|
||||
fi
|
||||
AC_ARG_ENABLE(memsys3,
|
||||
AC_HELP_STRING([--enable-memsys3],[Enable MEMSYS3]))
|
||||
AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether to support MEMSYS3])
|
||||
if test "${enable_memsys3}" = "yes" -a "${enable_memsys5}" = "no"; then
|
||||
OPT_FEATURE_FLAGS="${OPT_FEATURE_FLAGS} -DSQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS3"
|
||||
AC_MSG_RESULT([yes])
|
||||
else
|
||||
AC_MSG_RESULT([no])
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
#########
|
||||
# See whether we should enable Full Text Search extensions
|
||||
AC_ARG_ENABLE(fts3, AC_HELP_STRING([--enable-fts3],
|
||||
[Enable the FTS3 extension]))
|
||||
AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether to support FTS3])
|
||||
if test "${enable_fts3}" = "yes" ; then
|
||||
OPT_FEATURE_FLAGS="${OPT_FEATURE_FLAGS} -DSQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3"
|
||||
AC_MSG_RESULT([yes])
|
||||
else
|
||||
AC_MSG_RESULT([no])
|
||||
fi
|
||||
AC_ARG_ENABLE(fts4, AC_HELP_STRING([--enable-fts4],
|
||||
[Enable the FTS4 extension]))
|
||||
AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether to support FTS4])
|
||||
if test "${enable_fts4}" = "yes" -o "${enable_all}" = "yes" ; then
|
||||
AC_MSG_RESULT([yes])
|
||||
OPT_FEATURE_FLAGS="${OPT_FEATURE_FLAGS} -DSQLITE_ENABLE_FTS4"
|
||||
AC_SEARCH_LIBS([log],[m])
|
||||
else
|
||||
AC_MSG_RESULT([no])
|
||||
fi
|
||||
AC_ARG_ENABLE(fts5, AC_HELP_STRING([--enable-fts5],
|
||||
[Enable the FTS5 extension]))
|
||||
AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether to support FTS5])
|
||||
if test "${enable_fts5}" = "yes" -o "${enable_all}" = "yes" ; then
|
||||
AC_MSG_RESULT([yes])
|
||||
OPT_FEATURE_FLAGS="${OPT_FEATURE_FLAGS} -DSQLITE_ENABLE_FTS5"
|
||||
AC_SEARCH_LIBS([log],[m])
|
||||
else
|
||||
AC_MSG_RESULT([no])
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
#########
|
||||
# See whether we should enable the LIMIT clause on UPDATE and DELETE
|
||||
# statements.
|
||||
AC_ARG_ENABLE(update-limit, AC_HELP_STRING([--enable-update-limit],
|
||||
[Enable the UPDATE/DELETE LIMIT clause]))
|
||||
AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether to support LIMIT on UPDATE and DELETE statements])
|
||||
if test "${enable_update_limit}" = "yes" ; then
|
||||
OPT_FEATURE_FLAGS="${OPT_FEATURE_FLAGS} -DSQLITE_ENABLE_UPDATE_DELETE_LIMIT"
|
||||
AC_MSG_RESULT([yes])
|
||||
else
|
||||
AC_MSG_RESULT([no])
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
#########
|
||||
# See whether we should enable GEOPOLY
|
||||
AC_ARG_ENABLE(geopoly, AC_HELP_STRING([--enable-geopoly],
|
||||
[Enable the GEOPOLY extension]),
|
||||
[enable_geopoly=yes],[enable_geopoly=no])
|
||||
AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether to support GEOPOLY])
|
||||
if test "${enable_geopoly}" = "yes" -o "${enable_all}" = "yes" ; then
|
||||
OPT_FEATURE_FLAGS="${OPT_FEATURE_FLAGS} -DSQLITE_ENABLE_GEOPOLY"
|
||||
enable_rtree=yes
|
||||
AC_MSG_RESULT([yes])
|
||||
else
|
||||
AC_MSG_RESULT([no])
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
#########
|
||||
# See whether we should enable RTREE
|
||||
AC_ARG_ENABLE(rtree, AC_HELP_STRING([--enable-rtree],
|
||||
[Enable the RTREE extension]))
|
||||
AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether to support RTREE])
|
||||
if test "${enable_rtree}" = "yes" ; then
|
||||
OPT_FEATURE_FLAGS="${OPT_FEATURE_FLAGS} -DSQLITE_ENABLE_RTREE"
|
||||
AC_MSG_RESULT([yes])
|
||||
else
|
||||
AC_MSG_RESULT([no])
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
#########
|
||||
# See whether we should enable the SESSION extension
|
||||
AC_ARG_ENABLE(session, AC_HELP_STRING([--enable-session],
|
||||
[Enable the SESSION extension]))
|
||||
AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether to support SESSION])
|
||||
if test "${enable_session}" = "yes" -o "${enable_all}" = "yes" ; then
|
||||
OPT_FEATURE_FLAGS="${OPT_FEATURE_FLAGS} -DSQLITE_ENABLE_SESSION"
|
||||
OPT_FEATURE_FLAGS="${OPT_FEATURE_FLAGS} -DSQLITE_ENABLE_PREUPDATE_HOOK"
|
||||
AC_MSG_RESULT([yes])
|
||||
else
|
||||
AC_MSG_RESULT([no])
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
#########
|
||||
# attempt to duplicate any OMITS and ENABLES into the ${OPT_FEATURE_FLAGS} parameter
|
||||
# attempt to duplicate any OMITS and ENABLES into the $(OPT_FEATURE_FLAGS) parameter
|
||||
for option in $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS
|
||||
do
|
||||
case $option in
|
||||
@@ -784,7 +695,8 @@ BUILD_CFLAGS=$ac_temp_BUILD_CFLAGS
|
||||
#########
|
||||
# See whether we should use GCOV
|
||||
AC_ARG_ENABLE(gcov, AC_HELP_STRING([--enable-gcov],
|
||||
[Enable coverage testing using gcov]))
|
||||
[Enable coverage testing using gcov]),
|
||||
[use_gcov=$enableval],[use_gcov=no])
|
||||
if test "${use_gcov}" = "yes" ; then
|
||||
USE_GCOV=1
|
||||
else
|
||||
@@ -792,21 +704,10 @@ else
|
||||
fi
|
||||
AC_SUBST(USE_GCOV)
|
||||
|
||||
#########
|
||||
# Enable/disabled amalagamation line macros
|
||||
########
|
||||
AMALGAMATION_LINE_MACROS=--linemacros=0
|
||||
if test "${amalgamation_line_macros}" = "yes" ; then
|
||||
AMALGAMATION_LINE_MACROS=--linemacros=1
|
||||
fi
|
||||
if test "${amalgamation_line_macros}" = "no" ; then
|
||||
AMALGAMATION_LINE_MACROS=--linemacros=0
|
||||
fi
|
||||
AC_SUBST(AMALGAMATION_LINE_MACROS)
|
||||
|
||||
#########
|
||||
# Output the config header
|
||||
AC_CONFIG_HEADERS(sqlite_cfg.h)
|
||||
AC_CONFIG_HEADERS(config.h)
|
||||
|
||||
#########
|
||||
# Generate the output files.
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,87 +0,0 @@
|
||||
|
||||
SQLite's OS layer contains the following definitions used in F2FS related
|
||||
calls:
|
||||
|
||||
#define F2FS_IOCTL_MAGIC 0xf5
|
||||
#define F2FS_IOC_START_ATOMIC_WRITE _IO(F2FS_IOCTL_MAGIC, 1)
|
||||
#define F2FS_IOC_COMMIT_ATOMIC_WRITE _IO(F2FS_IOCTL_MAGIC, 2)
|
||||
#define F2FS_IOC_START_VOLATILE_WRITE _IO(F2FS_IOCTL_MAGIC, 3)
|
||||
#define F2FS_IOC_ABORT_VOLATILE_WRITE _IO(F2FS_IOCTL_MAGIC, 5)
|
||||
#define F2FS_IOC_GET_FEATURES _IOR(F2FS_IOCTL_MAGIC, 12, u32)
|
||||
#define F2FS_FEATURE_ATOMIC_WRITE 0x0004
|
||||
|
||||
After opening a database file on Linux (including Android), SQLite determines
|
||||
whether or not a file supports F2FS atomic commits as follows:
|
||||
|
||||
u32 flags = 0;
|
||||
rc = ioctl(fd, F2FS_IOC_GET_FEATURES, &flags);
|
||||
if( rc==0 && (flags & F2FS_FEATURE_ATOMIC_WRITE) ){
|
||||
/* File supports F2FS atomic commits */
|
||||
}else{
|
||||
/* File does NOT support F2FS atomic commits */
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
where "fd" is the file-descriptor open on the database file.
|
||||
|
||||
Usually, when writing to a database file that supports atomic commits, SQLite
|
||||
accumulates the entire transaction in heap memory, deferring all writes to the
|
||||
db file until the transaction is committed.
|
||||
|
||||
When it is time to commit a transaction on a file that supports atomic
|
||||
commits, SQLite does:
|
||||
|
||||
/* Take an F_WRLCK lock on the database file. This prevents any other
|
||||
** SQLite clients from reading or writing the file until the lock
|
||||
** is released. */
|
||||
rc = fcntl(fd, F_SETLK, ...);
|
||||
if( rc!=0 ) goto failed;
|
||||
|
||||
rc = ioctl(fd, F2FS_IOC_START_ATOMIC_WRITE);
|
||||
if( rc!=0 ) goto fallback_to_legacy_journal_commit;
|
||||
|
||||
foreach (dirty page){
|
||||
rc = write(fd, ...dirty page...);
|
||||
if( rc!=0 ){
|
||||
ioctl(fd, F2FS_IOC_ABORT_VOLATILE_WRITE);
|
||||
goto fallback_to_legacy_journal_commit;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
rc = ioctl(fd, F2FS_IOC_COMMIT_ATOMIC_WRITE);
|
||||
if( rc!=0 ){
|
||||
ioctl(fd, F2FS_IOC_ABORT_VOLATILE_WRITE);
|
||||
goto fallback_to_legacy_journal_commit;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* If we get there, the transaction has been successfully
|
||||
** committed to persistent storage. The following call
|
||||
** relinquishes the F_WRLCK lock. */
|
||||
fcntl(fd, F_SETLK, ...);
|
||||
|
||||
Assumptions:
|
||||
|
||||
1. After either of the F2FS_IOC_ABORT_VOLATILE_WRITE calls return,
|
||||
the database file is in the state that it was in before
|
||||
F2FS_IOC_START_ATOMIC_WRITE was invoked. Even if the ioctl()
|
||||
fails - we're ignoring the return code.
|
||||
|
||||
This is true regardless of the type of error that occurred in
|
||||
ioctl() or write().
|
||||
|
||||
2. If the system fails before the F2FS_IOC_COMMIT_ATOMIC_WRITE is
|
||||
completed, then following a reboot the database file is in the
|
||||
state that it was in before F2FS_IOC_START_ATOMIC_WRITE was invoked.
|
||||
Or, if the write was commited right before the system failed, in a
|
||||
state indicating that all write() calls were successfully committed
|
||||
to persistent storage before the failure occurred.
|
||||
|
||||
3. If the process crashes before the F2FS_IOC_COMMIT_ATOMIC_WRITE is
|
||||
completed then the file is automatically restored to the state that
|
||||
it was in before F2FS_IOC_START_ATOMIC_WRITE was called. This occurs
|
||||
before the posix advisory lock is automatically dropped - there is
|
||||
no chance that another client will be able to read the file in a
|
||||
half-committed state before the rollback operation occurs.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,144 +0,0 @@
|
||||
# JSON Functions Enhancements (2022)
|
||||
|
||||
This document summaries enhancements to the SQLite JSON support added in
|
||||
early 2022.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1.0 Change summary:
|
||||
|
||||
1. New **->** and **->>** operators that work like MySQL and PostgreSQL (PG).
|
||||
2. JSON functions are built-in rather than being an extension. They
|
||||
are included by default, but can be omitted using the
|
||||
-DSQLITE_OMIT_JSON compile-time option.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
## 2.0 New operators **->** and **->>**
|
||||
|
||||
The SQLite language adds two new binary operators **->** and **->>**.
|
||||
Both operators are similar to json_extract(). The left operand is
|
||||
JSON and the right operand is a JSON path expression (possibly abbreviated
|
||||
for compatibility with PG - see below). So they are similar to a
|
||||
two-argument call to json_extract().
|
||||
|
||||
The difference between -> and ->> (and json_extract()) is as follows:
|
||||
|
||||
* The -> operator always returns JSON.
|
||||
|
||||
* The ->> operator converts the answer into a primitive SQL datatype
|
||||
such as TEXT, INTEGER, REAL, or NULL. If a JSON object or array
|
||||
is selected, that object or array is rendered as text. If a JSON
|
||||
value is selected, that value is converted into its corresponding
|
||||
SQL type
|
||||
|
||||
* The json_extract() interface returns JSON when a JSON object or
|
||||
array is selected, or a primitive SQL datatype when a JSON value
|
||||
is selected. This is different from MySQL, in which json_extract()
|
||||
always returns JSON, but the difference is retained because it has
|
||||
worked that way for 6 years and changing it now would likely break
|
||||
a lot of legacy code.
|
||||
|
||||
In MySQL and PG, the ->> operator always returns TEXT (or NULL) and never
|
||||
INTEGER or REAL. This is due to limitations in the type handling capabilities
|
||||
of those systems. In MySQL and PG, the result type a function or operator
|
||||
may only depend on the type of its arguments, never the value of its arguments.
|
||||
But the underlying JSON type depends on the value of the JSON path
|
||||
expression, not the type of the JSON path expression (which is always TEXT).
|
||||
Hence, the result type of ->> in MySQL and PG is unable to vary according
|
||||
to the type of the JSON value being extracted.
|
||||
|
||||
The type system in SQLite is more general. Functions in SQLite are able
|
||||
to return different datatypes depending on the value of their arguments.
|
||||
So the ->> operator in SQLite is able to return TEXT, INTEGER, REAL, or NULL
|
||||
depending on the JSON type of the value being extracted. This means that
|
||||
the behavior of the ->> is slightly different in SQLite versus MySQL and PG
|
||||
in that it will sometimes return INTEGER and REAL values, depending on its
|
||||
inputs. It is possible to implement the ->> operator in SQLite so that it
|
||||
always operates exactly like MySQL and PG and always returns TEXT or NULL,
|
||||
but I have been unable to think of any situations where returning the
|
||||
actual JSON value this would cause problems, so I'm including the enhanced
|
||||
functionality in SQLite.
|
||||
|
||||
The table below attempts to summarize the differences between the
|
||||
-> and ->> operators and the json_extract() function, for SQLite, MySQL,
|
||||
and PG. JSON values are shown using their SQL text representation but
|
||||
in a bold font.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<table border=1 cellpadding=5 cellspacing=0>
|
||||
<tr><th>JSON<th>PATH<th>-> operator<br>(all)<th>->> operator<br>(MySQL/PG)
|
||||
<th>->> operator<br>(SQLite)<th>json_extract()<br>(SQLite)
|
||||
<tr><td> **'{"a":123}'** <td>'$.a'<td> **'123'** <td> '123' <td> 123 <td> 123
|
||||
<tr><td> **'{"a":4.5}'** <td>'$.a'<td> **'4.5'** <td> '4.5' <td> 4.5 <td> 4.5
|
||||
<tr><td> **'{"a":"xyz"}'** <td>'$.a'<td> **'"xyz"'** <td> 'xyz' <td> 'xyz' <td> 'xyz'
|
||||
<tr><td> **'{"a":null}'** <td>'$.a'<td> **'null'** <td> NULL <td> NULL <td> NULL
|
||||
<tr><td> **'{"a":[6,7,8]}'** <td>'$.a'<td> **'[6,7,8]'** <td> '[6,7,8]' <td> '[6,7,8]' <td> **'[6,7,8]'**
|
||||
<tr><td> **'{"a":{"x":9}}'** <td>'$.a'<td> **'{"x":9}'** <td> '{"x":9}' <td> '{"x":9}' <td> **'{"x":9}'**
|
||||
<tr><td> **'{"b":999}'** <td>'$.a'<td> NULL <td> NULL <td> NULL <td> NULL
|
||||
</table>
|
||||
|
||||
Important points about the table above:
|
||||
|
||||
* The -> operator always returns either JSON or NULL.
|
||||
|
||||
* The ->> operator never returns JSON. It always returns TEXT or NULL, or in the
|
||||
case of SQLite, INTEGER or REAL.
|
||||
|
||||
* The MySQL json_extract() function works exactly the same
|
||||
as the MySQL -> operator.
|
||||
|
||||
* The SQLite json_extract() operator works like -> for JSON objects and
|
||||
arrays, and like ->> for JSON values.
|
||||
|
||||
* The -> operator works the same for all systems.
|
||||
|
||||
* The only difference in ->> between SQLite and other systems is that
|
||||
when the JSON value is numeric, SQLite returns a numeric SQL value,
|
||||
whereas the other systems return a text representation of the numeric
|
||||
value.
|
||||
|
||||
### 2.1 Abbreviated JSON path expressions for PG compatibility
|
||||
|
||||
The table above always shows the full JSON path expression: '$.a'. But
|
||||
PG does not accept this syntax. PG only allows a single JSON object label
|
||||
name or a single integer array index. In order to provide compatibility
|
||||
with PG, The -> and ->> operators in SQLite are extended to also support
|
||||
a JSON object label or an integer array index for the right-hand side
|
||||
operand, in addition to a full JSON path expression.
|
||||
|
||||
Thus, a -> or ->> operator that works on MySQL will work in
|
||||
SQLite. And a -> or ->> operator that works in PG will work in SQLite.
|
||||
But because SQLite supports the union of the disjoint capabilities of
|
||||
MySQL and PG, there will always be -> and ->> operators that work in
|
||||
SQLite that do not work in one of MySQL and PG. This is an unavoidable
|
||||
consequence of the different syntax for -> and ->> in MySQL and PG.
|
||||
|
||||
In the following table, assume that "value1" is a JSON object and
|
||||
"value2" is a JSON array.
|
||||
|
||||
<table border=1 cellpadding=5 cellspacing=0>
|
||||
<tr><th>SQL expression <th>Works in MySQL?<th>Works in PG?<th>Works in SQLite
|
||||
<tr><td>value1->'$.a' <td> yes <td> no <td> yes
|
||||
<tr><td>value1->'a' <td> no <td> yes <td> yes
|
||||
<tr><td>value2->'$[2]' <td> yes <td> no <td> yes
|
||||
<tr><td>value2->2 <td> no <td> yes <td> yes
|
||||
</table>
|
||||
|
||||
The abbreviated JSON path expressions only work for the -> and ->> operators
|
||||
in SQLite. The json_extract() function, and all other built-in SQLite
|
||||
JSON functions, continue to require complete JSON path expressions for their
|
||||
PATH arguments.
|
||||
|
||||
## 3.0 JSON moved into the core
|
||||
|
||||
The JSON interface is now moved into the SQLite core.
|
||||
|
||||
When originally written in 2015, the JSON functions were an extension
|
||||
that could be optionally included at compile-time, or loaded at run-time.
|
||||
The implementation was in a source file named ext/misc/json1.c in the
|
||||
source tree. JSON functions were only compiled in if the
|
||||
-DSQLITE_ENABLE_JSON1 compile-time option was used.
|
||||
|
||||
After these enhancements, the JSON functions are now built-ins.
|
||||
The source file that implements the JSON functions is moved to src/json.c.
|
||||
No special compile-time options are needed to load JSON into the build.
|
||||
Instead, there is a new -DSQLITE_OMIT_JSON compile-time option to leave
|
||||
them out.
|
||||
@@ -1,76 +0,0 @@
|
||||
*** Throughout this document, a page is deemed to have been synced
|
||||
automatically as soon as it is written when PRAGMA synchronous=OFF.
|
||||
Otherwise, the page is not synced until the xSync method of the VFS
|
||||
is called successfully on the file containing the page.
|
||||
|
||||
*** Definition: A page of the database file is said to be "overwriteable" if
|
||||
one or more of the following are true about the page:
|
||||
|
||||
(a) The original content of the page as it was at the beginning of
|
||||
the transaction has been written into the rollback journal and
|
||||
synced.
|
||||
|
||||
(b) The page was a freelist leaf page at the start of the transaction.
|
||||
|
||||
(c) The page number is greater than the largest page that existed in
|
||||
the database file at the start of the transaction.
|
||||
|
||||
(1) A page of the database file is never overwritten unless one of the
|
||||
following are true:
|
||||
|
||||
(a) The page and all other pages on the same sector are overwriteable.
|
||||
|
||||
(b) The atomic page write optimization is enabled, and the entire
|
||||
transaction other than the update of the transaction sequence
|
||||
number consists of a single page change.
|
||||
|
||||
(2) The content of a page written into the rollback journal exactly matches
|
||||
both the content in the database when the rollback journal was written
|
||||
and the content in the database at the beginning of the current
|
||||
transaction.
|
||||
|
||||
(3) Writes to the database file are an integer multiple of the page size
|
||||
in length and are aligned to a page boundary.
|
||||
|
||||
(4) Reads from the database file are either aligned on a page boundary and
|
||||
an integer multiple of the page size in length or are taken from the
|
||||
first 100 bytes of the database file.
|
||||
|
||||
(5) All writes to the database file are synced prior to the rollback journal
|
||||
being deleted, truncated, or zeroed.
|
||||
|
||||
(6) If a master journal file is used, then all writes to the database file
|
||||
are synced prior to the master journal being deleted.
|
||||
|
||||
*** Definition: Two databases (or the same database at two points it time)
|
||||
are said to be "logically equivalent" if they give the same answer to
|
||||
all queries. Note in particular the content of freelist leaf
|
||||
pages can be changed arbitarily without effecting the logical equivalence
|
||||
of the database.
|
||||
|
||||
(7) At any time, if any subset, including the empty set and the total set,
|
||||
of the unsynced changes to a rollback journal are removed and the
|
||||
journal is rolled back, the resulting database file will be logical
|
||||
equivalent to the database file at the beginning of the transaction.
|
||||
|
||||
(8) When a transaction is rolled back, the xTruncate method of the VFS
|
||||
is called to restore the database file to the same size it was at
|
||||
the beginning of the transaction. (In some VFSes, the xTruncate
|
||||
method is a no-op, but that does not change the fact the SQLite will
|
||||
invoke it.)
|
||||
|
||||
(9) Whenever the database file is modified, at least one bit in the range
|
||||
of bytes from 24 through 39 inclusive will be changed prior to releasing
|
||||
the EXCLUSIVE lock.
|
||||
|
||||
(10) The pattern of bits in bytes 24 through 39 shall not repeat in less
|
||||
than one billion transactions.
|
||||
|
||||
(11) A database file is well-formed at the beginning and at the conclusion
|
||||
of every transaction.
|
||||
|
||||
(12) An EXCLUSIVE lock must be held on the database file before making
|
||||
any changes to the database file.
|
||||
|
||||
(13) A SHARED lock must be held on the database file before reading any
|
||||
content out of the database file.
|
||||
@@ -1,142 +0,0 @@
|
||||
# The new-security-options branch
|
||||
|
||||
## The problem that the [new-security-options](/timeline?r=new-security-options) branch tries to solve
|
||||
|
||||
An attacker might modify the schema of an SQLite database by adding
|
||||
structures that cause code to run when some other application opens and
|
||||
reads the database. For example, the attacker might replace a table
|
||||
definition with a view. Or the attacker might add triggers to tables
|
||||
or views, or add new CHECK constraints or generated columns or indexes
|
||||
with expressions in the index list or in the WHERE clause. If the
|
||||
added features invoke SQL functions or virtual tables with side effects,
|
||||
that might cause harm to the system if run by a high-privilege victim.
|
||||
Or, the added features might exfiltrate information if the database is
|
||||
read by a high-privilege victim.
|
||||
|
||||
The changes in this branch strive to make it easier for high-privilege
|
||||
applications to safely read SQLite database files that might have been
|
||||
maliciously corrupted by an attacker.
|
||||
|
||||
## Overview of changes in [new-security-options](/timeline?r=new-security-options)
|
||||
|
||||
The basic idea is to tag every SQL function and virtual table with one
|
||||
of three risk levels:
|
||||
|
||||
1. Innocuous
|
||||
2. Normal
|
||||
3. Direct-Only
|
||||
|
||||
Innocuous functions/vtabs are safe and can be used at any time.
|
||||
Direct-only elements, in contrast, might have cause side-effects and
|
||||
should only be used from top-level SQL, not from within triggers or views nor
|
||||
in elements of the schema such as CHECK constraint, DEFAULT values,
|
||||
generated columns, index expressions, or in the WHERE clause of a
|
||||
partial index that are potentially under the control of an attacker.
|
||||
Normal elements behave like Innocuous if TRUSTED\_SCHEMA=on
|
||||
and behave like direct-only if TRUSTED\_SCHEMA=off.
|
||||
|
||||
Application-defined functions and virtual tables go in as Normal unless
|
||||
the application takes deliberate steps to change the risk level.
|
||||
|
||||
For backwards compatibility, the default is TRUSTED\_SCHEMA=on. Documentation
|
||||
will be updated to recommend applications turn TRUSTED\_SCHEMA to off.
|
||||
|
||||
An innocuous function or virtual table is one that can only read content
|
||||
from the database file in which it resides, and can only alter the database
|
||||
in which it resides. Most SQL functions are innocuous. For example, there
|
||||
is no harm in an attacker running the abs() function.
|
||||
|
||||
Direct-only elements that have side-effects that go outside the database file
|
||||
in which it lives, or return information from outside of the database file.
|
||||
Examples of direct-only elements include:
|
||||
|
||||
1. The fts3\_tokenizer() function
|
||||
2. The writefile() function
|
||||
3. The readfile() function
|
||||
4. The zipvfs virtual table
|
||||
5. The csv virtual table
|
||||
|
||||
We do not want an attacker to be able to add these kinds of things to
|
||||
the database schema and possibly trick a high-privilege application
|
||||
from performing any of these actions. Therefore, functions and vtabs
|
||||
with side-effects are marked as Direct-Only.
|
||||
|
||||
Legacy applications might add other risky functions or vtabs. Those will
|
||||
go in as "Normal" by default. For optimal security, we want those risky
|
||||
app-defined functions and vtabs to be direct-only, but making that the
|
||||
default might break some legacy applications. Hence, all app-defined
|
||||
functions and vtabs go in as Normal, but the application can switch them
|
||||
over to "Direct-Only" behavior using a single pragma.
|
||||
|
||||
The restrictions on the use of functions and virtual tables do not apply
|
||||
to TEMP. A TEMP VIEW or a TEMP TRIGGER can use any valid SQL function
|
||||
or virtual table. The idea is that TEMP views and triggers must be
|
||||
directly created by the application and are thus under the control of the
|
||||
application. TEMP views and triggers cannot be created by an attacker who
|
||||
corrupts the schema of a persistent database file. Hence TEMP views and
|
||||
triggers are safe.
|
||||
|
||||
## Specific changes
|
||||
|
||||
1. New sqlite3\_db\_config() option SQLITE\_DBCONFIG\_TRUSTED\_SCHEMA for
|
||||
turning TRUSTED\_SCHEMA on and off. It defaults to ON.
|
||||
|
||||
2. Compile-time option -DSQLITE\_TRUSTED\_SCHEMA=0 causes the default
|
||||
TRUSTED\_SCHEMA setting to be off.
|
||||
|
||||
3. New pragma "PRAGMA trusted\_schema=(ON\|OFF);". This provides access
|
||||
to the TRUSTED_SCHEMA setting for application coded using scripting
|
||||
languages or other secondary languages where they are unable to make
|
||||
calls to sqlite3\_db\_config().
|
||||
|
||||
4. New options for the "enc" parameter to sqlite3\_create\_function() and
|
||||
its kin:
|
||||
<ol type="a">
|
||||
<li> _SQLITE\_INNOCUOUS_ → tags the new functions as Innocuous
|
||||
<li> _SQLITE\_DIRECTONLY_ → tags the new functions as Direct-Only
|
||||
</ol>
|
||||
|
||||
5. New options to sqlite3\_vtab\_config():
|
||||
<ol type="a">
|
||||
<li> _SQLITE\_VTAB\_INNOCUOUS_ → tags the vtab as Innocuous
|
||||
<li> _SQLITE\_VTAB\_DIRECTONLY_ → tags the vtab as Direct-Only
|
||||
</ol>
|
||||
|
||||
6. Change many of the functions and virtual tables in the SQLite source
|
||||
tree to use one of the tags above.
|
||||
|
||||
7. Enhanced PRAGMA function\_list and virtual-table "pragma\_function\_list"
|
||||
with additional columns. The columns now are:
|
||||
<ul>
|
||||
<li> _name_ → Name of the function
|
||||
<li> _builtin_ → 1 for built-in functions. 0 otherwise.
|
||||
<li> _type_ → 's'=Scalar, 'a'=Aggregate, 'w'=Window
|
||||
<li> _enc_ → 'utf8', 'utf16le', or 'utf16be'
|
||||
<li> _narg_ → number of argument
|
||||
<li> _flags_ → Bitmask of SQLITE\_INNOCUOUS, SQLITE\_DIRECTONLY,
|
||||
SQLITE\_DETERMINISTIC, SQLITE\_SUBTYPE, and
|
||||
SQLITE\_FUNC\_INTERNAL flags.
|
||||
</ul>
|
||||
<p>The last four columns are new.
|
||||
|
||||
8. The function\_list PRAGMA now also shows all entries for each function.
|
||||
So, for example, if a function can take either 2 or 3 arguments,
|
||||
there are separate rows for the 2-argument and 3-argument versions of
|
||||
the function.
|
||||
|
||||
## Additional Notes
|
||||
|
||||
The function_list enhancements allow the application to query the set
|
||||
of SQL functions that meet various criteria. For example, to see all
|
||||
SQL functions that are never allowed to be used in the schema or in
|
||||
trigger or views:
|
||||
|
||||
~~~
|
||||
SELECT DISTINCT name FROM pragma_function_list
|
||||
WHERE (flags & 0x80000)!=0
|
||||
ORDER BY name;
|
||||
~~~
|
||||
|
||||
Doing the same is not possible for virtual tables, as a virtual table
|
||||
might be Innocuous, Normal, or Direct-Only depending on the arguments
|
||||
passed into the xConnect method.
|
||||
@@ -1,49 +0,0 @@
|
||||
|
||||
20-11-2020
|
||||
|
||||
# Memory Allocation In vdbesort.c
|
||||
|
||||
Memory allocation is slightly different depending on:
|
||||
|
||||
* whether or not SQLITE_CONFIG_SMALL_MALLOC is set, and
|
||||
* whether or not worker threads are enabled.
|
||||
|
||||
## SQLITE_CONFIG_SMALL_MALLOC=0
|
||||
|
||||
Assuming SQLITE_CONFIG_SMALL_MALLOC is not set, keys passed to the sorter are
|
||||
added to an in-memory buffer. This buffer is grown using sqlite3Realloc() as
|
||||
required it reaches the size configured for the main pager cache using "PRAGMA
|
||||
cache_size". i.e. if the user has executed "PRAGMA main.cache_size = -2048",
|
||||
then this buffer is allowed to grow up to 2MB in size.
|
||||
|
||||
Once the buffer has grown to its threshold, keys are sorted and written to
|
||||
a temp file. If worker threads are not enabled, this is the only significant
|
||||
allocation the sorter module makes. After keys are sorted and flushed out to
|
||||
the temp file, the buffer is reused to accumulate the next batch of keys.
|
||||
|
||||
If worker threads are available, then the buffer is passed to a worker thread
|
||||
to sort and flush once it is full, and a new buffer allocated to allow the
|
||||
main thread to continue to accumulate keys. Buffers are reused once they
|
||||
have been flushed, so in this case at most (nWorker+1) buffers are allocated
|
||||
and used, where nWorker is the number of configured worker threads.
|
||||
|
||||
There are no other significant users of heap memory in the sorter module.
|
||||
Once sorted buffers of keys have been flushed to disk, they are read back
|
||||
either by mapping the file (via sqlite3_file.xFetch()) or else read back
|
||||
in one page at a time.
|
||||
|
||||
All buffers are allocated by the main thread. A sorter object is associated
|
||||
with a single database connection, to which it holds a pointer.
|
||||
|
||||
## SQLITE_CONFIG_SMALL_MALLOC=1
|
||||
|
||||
This case is similar to the above, except that instead of accumulating
|
||||
multiple keys in a single large buffer, sqlite3VdbeSorterWrite() stores
|
||||
keys in a regular heap-memory linked list (one allocation per element).
|
||||
List elements are freed as they are flushed to disk, either by the main
|
||||
thread or by a worker thread.
|
||||
|
||||
Each time a key is added the sorter (and an allocation made),
|
||||
sqlite3HeapNearlyFull() is called. If it returns true, the current
|
||||
list of keys is flushed to a temporary file, even if it has not yet
|
||||
reached the size threshold.
|
||||
@@ -1,130 +0,0 @@
|
||||
The 5 states of an historical rollback lock as implemented by the
|
||||
xLock, xUnlock, and xCheckReservedLock methods of the sqlite3_io_methods
|
||||
objec are:
|
||||
|
||||
UNLOCKED
|
||||
SHARED
|
||||
RESERVED
|
||||
PENDING
|
||||
EXCLUSIVE
|
||||
|
||||
The wal-index file has a similar locking hierarchy implemented using
|
||||
the xShmLock method of the sqlite3_vfs object, but with 7
|
||||
states. Each connection to a wal-index file must be in one of
|
||||
the following 7 states:
|
||||
|
||||
UNLOCKED
|
||||
READ
|
||||
READ_FULL
|
||||
WRITE
|
||||
PENDING
|
||||
CHECKPOINT
|
||||
RECOVER
|
||||
|
||||
These roughly correspond to the 5 states of a rollback lock except
|
||||
that SHARED is split out into 2 states: READ and READ_FULL and
|
||||
there is an extra RECOVER state used for wal-index reconstruction.
|
||||
|
||||
The meanings of the various wal-index locking states is as follows:
|
||||
|
||||
UNLOCKED - The wal-index is not in use.
|
||||
|
||||
READ - Some prefix of the wal-index is being read. Additional
|
||||
wal-index information can be appended at any time. The
|
||||
newly appended content will be ignored by the holder of
|
||||
the READ lock.
|
||||
|
||||
READ_FULL - The entire wal-index is being read. No new information
|
||||
can be added to the wal-index. The holder of a READ_FULL
|
||||
lock promises never to read pages from the database file
|
||||
that are available anywhere in the wal-index.
|
||||
|
||||
WRITE - It is OK to append to the wal-index file and to adjust
|
||||
the header to indicate the new "last valid frame".
|
||||
|
||||
PENDING - Waiting on all READ locks to clear so that a
|
||||
CHECKPOINT lock can be acquired.
|
||||
|
||||
CHECKPOINT - It is OK to write any WAL data into the database file
|
||||
and zero the last valid frame field of the wal-index
|
||||
header. The wal-index file itself may not be changed
|
||||
other than to zero the last valid frame field in the
|
||||
header.
|
||||
|
||||
RECOVER - Held during wal-index recovery. Used to prevent a
|
||||
race if multiple clients try to recover a wal-index at
|
||||
the same time.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
A particular lock manager implementation may coalesce one or more of
|
||||
the wal-index locking states, though with a reduction in concurrency.
|
||||
For example, an implemention might implement only exclusive locking,
|
||||
in which case all states would be equivalent to CHECKPOINT, meaning that
|
||||
only one reader or one writer or one checkpointer could be active at a
|
||||
time. Or, an implementation might combine READ and READ_FULL into
|
||||
a single state equivalent to READ, meaning that a writer could
|
||||
coexist with a reader, but no reader or writers could coexist with a
|
||||
checkpointer.
|
||||
|
||||
The lock manager must obey the following rules:
|
||||
|
||||
(1) A READ cannot coexist with CHECKPOINT.
|
||||
(2) A READ_FULL cannot coexist with WRITE.
|
||||
(3) None of WRITE, PENDING, CHECKPOINT, or RECOVER can coexist.
|
||||
|
||||
The SQLite core will obey the next set of rules. These rules are
|
||||
assertions on the behavior of the SQLite core which might be verified
|
||||
during testing using an instrumented lock manager.
|
||||
|
||||
(5) No part of the wal-index will be read without holding either some
|
||||
kind of SHM lock or an EXCLUSIVE lock on the original database.
|
||||
The original database is the file named in the 2nd parameter to
|
||||
the xShmOpen method.
|
||||
|
||||
(6) A holder of a READ_FULL will never read any page of the database
|
||||
file that is contained anywhere in the wal-index.
|
||||
|
||||
(7) No part of the wal-index other than the header will be written nor
|
||||
will the size of the wal-index grow without holding a WRITE or
|
||||
an EXCLUSIVE on the original database file.
|
||||
|
||||
(8) The wal-index header will not be written without holding one of
|
||||
WRITE, CHECKPOINT, or RECOVER on the wal-index or an EXCLUSIVE on
|
||||
the original database files.
|
||||
|
||||
(9) A CHECKPOINT or RECOVER must be held on the wal-index, or an
|
||||
EXCLUSIVE on the original database file, in order to reset the
|
||||
last valid frame counter in the header of the wal-index back to zero.
|
||||
|
||||
(10) A WRITE can only increase the last valid frame pointer in the header.
|
||||
|
||||
The SQLite core will only ever send requests for UNLOCK, READ, WRITE,
|
||||
CHECKPOINT, or RECOVER to the lock manager. The SQLite core will never
|
||||
request a READ_FULL or PENDING lock though the lock manager may deliver
|
||||
those locking states in response to READ and CHECKPOINT requests,
|
||||
respectively, if and only if the requested READ or CHECKPOINT cannot
|
||||
be delivered.
|
||||
|
||||
The following are the allowed lock transitions:
|
||||
|
||||
Original-State Request New-State
|
||||
-------------- ---------- ----------
|
||||
(11a) UNLOCK READ READ
|
||||
(11b) UNLOCK READ READ_FULL
|
||||
(11c) UNLOCK CHECKPOINT PENDING
|
||||
(11d) UNLOCK CHECKPOINT CHECKPOINT
|
||||
(11e) READ UNLOCK UNLOCK
|
||||
(11f) READ WRITE WRITE
|
||||
(11g) READ RECOVER RECOVER
|
||||
(11h) READ_FULL UNLOCK UNLOCK
|
||||
(11i) READ_FULL WRITE WRITE
|
||||
(11j) READ_FULL RECOVER RECOVER
|
||||
(11k) WRITE READ READ
|
||||
(11l) PENDING UNLOCK UNLOCK
|
||||
(11m) PENDING CHECKPOINT CHECKPOINT
|
||||
(11n) CHECKPOINT UNLOCK UNLOCK
|
||||
(11o) RECOVER READ READ
|
||||
|
||||
These 15 transitions are all that needs to be supported. The lock
|
||||
manager implementation can assert that fact. The other 27 possible
|
||||
transitions among the 7 locking states will never occur.
|
||||
@@ -1,88 +0,0 @@
|
||||
# Wal-Mode Blocking Locks
|
||||
|
||||
On some Unix-like systems, SQLite may be configured to use POSIX blocking locks
|
||||
by:
|
||||
|
||||
* building the library with SQLITE\_ENABLE\_SETLK\_TIMEOUT defined, and
|
||||
* configuring a timeout in ms using the sqlite3\_busy\_timeout() API.
|
||||
|
||||
Blocking locks may be advantageous as (a) waiting database clients do not
|
||||
need to continuously poll the database lock, and (b) using blocking locks
|
||||
facilitates transfer of OS priority between processes when a high priority
|
||||
process is blocked by a lower priority one.
|
||||
|
||||
Only read/write clients use blocking locks. Clients that have read-only access
|
||||
to the \*-shm file nevery use blocking locks.
|
||||
|
||||
Threads or processes that access a single database at a time never deadlock as
|
||||
a result of blocking database locks. But it is of course possible for threads
|
||||
that lock multiple databases simultaneously to do so. In most cases the OS will
|
||||
detect the deadlock and return an error.
|
||||
|
||||
## Wal Recovery
|
||||
|
||||
Wal database "recovery" is a process required when the number of connected
|
||||
database clients changes from zero to one. In this case, a client is
|
||||
considered to connect to the database when it first reads data from it.
|
||||
Before recovery commences, an exclusive WRITER lock is taken.
|
||||
|
||||
Without blocking locks, if two clients attempt recovery simultaneously, one
|
||||
fails to obtain the WRITER lock and either invokes the busy-handler callback or
|
||||
returns SQLITE\_BUSY to the user. With blocking locks configured, the second
|
||||
client blocks on the WRITER lock.
|
||||
|
||||
## Database Readers
|
||||
|
||||
Usually, read-only are not blocked by any other database clients, so they
|
||||
have no need of blocking locks.
|
||||
|
||||
If a read-only transaction is being opened on a snapshot, the CHECKPOINTER
|
||||
lock is required briefly as part of opening the transaction (to check that a
|
||||
checkpointer is not currently overwriting the snapshot being opened). A
|
||||
blocking lock is used to obtain the CHECKPOINTER lock in this case. A snapshot
|
||||
opener may therefore block on and transfer priority to a checkpointer in some
|
||||
cases.
|
||||
|
||||
## Database Writers
|
||||
|
||||
A database writer must obtain the exclusive WRITER lock. It uses a blocking
|
||||
lock to do so if any of the following are true:
|
||||
|
||||
* the transaction is an implicit one consisting of a single DML or DDL
|
||||
statement, or
|
||||
* the transaction is opened using BEGIN IMMEDIATE or BEGIN EXCLUSIVE, or
|
||||
* the first SQL statement executed following the BEGIN command is a DML or
|
||||
DDL statement (not a read-only statement like a SELECT).
|
||||
|
||||
In other words, in all cases except when an open read-transaction is upgraded
|
||||
to a write-transaction. In that case a non-blocking lock is used.
|
||||
|
||||
## Database Checkpointers
|
||||
|
||||
Database checkpointers takes the following locks, in order:
|
||||
|
||||
* The exclusive CHECKPOINTER lock.
|
||||
* The exclusive WRITER lock (FULL, RESTART and TRUNCATE only).
|
||||
* Exclusive lock on read-mark slots 1-N. These are immediately released after being taken.
|
||||
* Exclusive lock on read-mark 0.
|
||||
* Exclusive lock on read-mark slots 1-N again. These are immediately released
|
||||
after being taken (RESTART and TRUNCATE only).
|
||||
|
||||
All of the above use blocking locks.
|
||||
|
||||
## Summary
|
||||
|
||||
With blocking locks configured, the only cases in which clients should see an
|
||||
SQLITE\_BUSY error are:
|
||||
|
||||
* if the OS does not grant a blocking lock before the configured timeout
|
||||
expires, and
|
||||
* when an open read-transaction is upgraded to a write-transaction.
|
||||
|
||||
In all other cases the blocking locks implementation should prevent clients
|
||||
from having to handle SQLITE\_BUSY errors and facilitate appropriate transfer
|
||||
of priorities between competing clients.
|
||||
|
||||
Clients that lock multiple databases simultaneously must be wary of deadlock.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,8 +0,0 @@
|
||||
## Loadable Extensions
|
||||
|
||||
Various [loadable extensions](https://www.sqlite.org/loadext.html) for
|
||||
SQLite are found in subfolders.
|
||||
|
||||
Most subfolders are dedicated to a single loadable extension (for
|
||||
example FTS5, or RTREE). But the misc/ subfolder contains a collection
|
||||
of smaller single-file extensions.
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
|
||||
Version loadable extensions to SQLite are found in subfolders
|
||||
of this folder.
|
||||
@@ -1,10 +1,3 @@
|
||||
NOTE (2012-11-29):
|
||||
|
||||
The functionality implemented by this extension has been superseded
|
||||
by WAL-mode. This module is no longer supported or maintained. The
|
||||
code is retained for historical reference only.
|
||||
|
||||
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
Normally, when SQLite writes to a database file, it waits until the write
|
||||
operation is finished before returning control to the calling application.
|
||||
@@ -168,3 +161,4 @@ the database, eliminating the bottleneck.
|
||||
|
||||
The functionality required of each of the above functions is described
|
||||
in comments in sqlite3async.c.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -667,7 +667,7 @@ static int asyncRead(
|
||||
){
|
||||
AsyncFileData *p = ((AsyncFile *)pFile)->pData;
|
||||
int rc = SQLITE_OK;
|
||||
sqlite3_int64 filesize = 0;
|
||||
sqlite3_int64 filesize;
|
||||
sqlite3_file *pBase = p->pBaseRead;
|
||||
sqlite3_int64 iAmt64 = (sqlite3_int64)iAmt;
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -690,7 +690,7 @@ static int asyncRead(
|
||||
}
|
||||
nRead = MIN(filesize - iOffset, iAmt64);
|
||||
if( nRead>0 ){
|
||||
rc = pBase->pMethods->xRead(pBase, zOut, (int)nRead, iOffset);
|
||||
rc = pBase->pMethods->xRead(pBase, zOut, nRead, iOffset);
|
||||
ASYNC_TRACE(("READ %s %d bytes at %d\n", p->zName, nRead, iOffset));
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
@@ -717,11 +717,9 @@ static int asyncRead(
|
||||
if( iBeginIn<0 ) iBeginIn = 0;
|
||||
if( iBeginOut<0 ) iBeginOut = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
filesize = MAX(filesize, pWrite->iOffset+nByte64);
|
||||
|
||||
nCopy = MIN(nByte64-iBeginIn, iAmt64-iBeginOut);
|
||||
if( nCopy>0 ){
|
||||
memcpy(&((char *)zOut)[iBeginOut], &pWrite->zBuf[iBeginIn], (size_t)nCopy);
|
||||
memcpy(&((char *)zOut)[iBeginOut], &pWrite->zBuf[iBeginIn], nCopy);
|
||||
ASYNC_TRACE(("OVERREAD %d bytes at %d\n", nCopy, iBeginOut+iOffset));
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
@@ -730,9 +728,6 @@ static int asyncRead(
|
||||
|
||||
asyncread_out:
|
||||
async_mutex_leave(ASYNC_MUTEX_QUEUE);
|
||||
if( rc==SQLITE_OK && filesize<(iOffset+iAmt) ){
|
||||
rc = SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ;
|
||||
}
|
||||
return rc;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -944,7 +939,7 @@ static int asyncFileControl(sqlite3_file *id, int op, void *pArg){
|
||||
return SQLITE_OK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
return SQLITE_NOTFOUND;
|
||||
return SQLITE_ERROR;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
@@ -1044,18 +1039,15 @@ static int asyncOpen(
|
||||
char *z;
|
||||
int isAsyncOpen = doAsynchronousOpen(flags);
|
||||
|
||||
/* If zName is NULL, then the upper layer is requesting an anonymous file.
|
||||
** Otherwise, allocate enough space to make a copy of the file name (along
|
||||
** with the second nul-terminator byte required by xOpen).
|
||||
*/
|
||||
/* If zName is NULL, then the upper layer is requesting an anonymous file */
|
||||
if( zName ){
|
||||
nName = (int)strlen(zName);
|
||||
nName = (int)strlen(zName)+1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
nByte = (
|
||||
sizeof(AsyncFileData) + /* AsyncFileData structure */
|
||||
2 * pVfs->szOsFile + /* AsyncFileData.pBaseRead and pBaseWrite */
|
||||
nName + 2 /* AsyncFileData.zName */
|
||||
nName /* AsyncFileData.zName */
|
||||
);
|
||||
z = sqlite3_malloc(nByte);
|
||||
if( !z ){
|
||||
@@ -1146,6 +1138,7 @@ static int asyncOpen(
|
||||
async_mutex_leave(ASYNC_MUTEX_LOCK);
|
||||
|
||||
if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
|
||||
incrOpenFileCount();
|
||||
pData->pLock = pLock;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1162,10 +1155,7 @@ static int asyncOpen(
|
||||
}
|
||||
if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
|
||||
p->pMethod = 0;
|
||||
}else{
|
||||
incrOpenFileCount();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return rc;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1241,8 +1231,8 @@ static int asyncFullPathname(
|
||||
*/
|
||||
if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
|
||||
int i, j;
|
||||
int n = nPathOut;
|
||||
char *z = zPathOut;
|
||||
int n = (int)strlen(z);
|
||||
while( n>1 && z[n-1]=='/' ){ n--; }
|
||||
for(i=j=0; i<n; i++){
|
||||
if( z[i]=='/' ){
|
||||
@@ -1510,7 +1500,6 @@ static void asyncWriterThread(void){
|
||||
case ASYNC_DELETE:
|
||||
ASYNC_TRACE(("DELETE %s\n", p->zBuf));
|
||||
rc = pVfs->xDelete(pVfs, p->zBuf, (int)p->iOffset);
|
||||
if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE_NOENT ) rc = SQLITE_OK;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
case ASYNC_OPENEXCLUSIVE: {
|
||||
@@ -1636,7 +1625,6 @@ void sqlite3async_run(void){
|
||||
** Control/configure the asynchronous IO system.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int sqlite3async_control(int op, ...){
|
||||
int rc = SQLITE_OK;
|
||||
va_list ap;
|
||||
va_start(ap, op);
|
||||
switch( op ){
|
||||
@@ -1646,8 +1634,7 @@ int sqlite3async_control(int op, ...){
|
||||
&& eWhen!=SQLITEASYNC_HALT_NOW
|
||||
&& eWhen!=SQLITEASYNC_HALT_IDLE
|
||||
){
|
||||
rc = SQLITE_MISUSE;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
return SQLITE_MISUSE;
|
||||
}
|
||||
async.eHalt = eWhen;
|
||||
async_mutex_enter(ASYNC_MUTEX_QUEUE);
|
||||
@@ -1659,8 +1646,7 @@ int sqlite3async_control(int op, ...){
|
||||
case SQLITEASYNC_DELAY: {
|
||||
int iDelay = va_arg(ap, int);
|
||||
if( iDelay<0 ){
|
||||
rc = SQLITE_MISUSE;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
return SQLITE_MISUSE;
|
||||
}
|
||||
async.ioDelay = iDelay;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
@@ -1671,8 +1657,7 @@ int sqlite3async_control(int op, ...){
|
||||
async_mutex_enter(ASYNC_MUTEX_QUEUE);
|
||||
if( async.nFile || async.pQueueFirst ){
|
||||
async_mutex_leave(ASYNC_MUTEX_QUEUE);
|
||||
rc = SQLITE_MISUSE;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
return SQLITE_MISUSE;
|
||||
}
|
||||
async.bLockFiles = bLock;
|
||||
async_mutex_leave(ASYNC_MUTEX_QUEUE);
|
||||
@@ -1696,11 +1681,10 @@ int sqlite3async_control(int op, ...){
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
default:
|
||||
rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
return SQLITE_ERROR;
|
||||
}
|
||||
va_end(ap);
|
||||
return rc;
|
||||
return SQLITE_OK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_ASYNCIO) */
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -75,7 +75,7 @@ int sqlite3async_initialize(const char *zParent, int isDefault);
|
||||
** On win32 platforms, this function also releases the small number of
|
||||
** critical section and event objects created by sqlite3async_initialize().
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void sqlite3async_shutdown(void);
|
||||
void sqlite3async_shutdown();
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
** This function may only be called when the asynchronous IO VFS is
|
||||
@@ -94,7 +94,7 @@ void sqlite3async_shutdown(void);
|
||||
** If multiple simultaneous calls are made to sqlite3async_run() from two
|
||||
** or more threads, then the calls are serialized internally.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void sqlite3async_run(void);
|
||||
void sqlite3async_run();
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
** This function may only be called when the asynchronous IO VFS is
|
||||
@@ -220,3 +220,4 @@ int sqlite3async_control(int op, ...);
|
||||
} /* End of the 'extern "C"' block */
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif /* ifndef __SQLITEASYNC_H_ */
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,670 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
** 2009 March 26
|
||||
**
|
||||
** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
|
||||
** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
|
||||
**
|
||||
** May you do good and not evil.
|
||||
** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
|
||||
** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
|
||||
**
|
||||
*************************************************************************
|
||||
** This file contains code for implementations of the CSV
|
||||
** algorithms packaged as an SQLite virtual table module.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#if defined(_WIN32) || defined(WIN32)
|
||||
/* This needs to come before any includes for MSVC compiler */
|
||||
#define _CRT_SECURE_NO_WARNINGS
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_CSV)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#include <stdio.h>
|
||||
#include <stdlib.h>
|
||||
#include <string.h>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef SQLITE_CORE
|
||||
#include "sqlite3ext.h"
|
||||
SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT1
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#include "sqlite3.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#define UNUSED_PARAMETER(x) (void)(x)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
** The CSV virtual-table types.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef struct CSV CSV;
|
||||
typedef struct CSVCursor CSVCursor;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
** An CSV virtual-table object.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
struct CSV {
|
||||
sqlite3_vtab base; /* Must be first */
|
||||
sqlite3 *db; /* Host database connection */
|
||||
char *zDb; /* Name of database containing CSV table */
|
||||
char *zName; /* Name of CSV table */
|
||||
char *zFile; /* Name of CSV file */
|
||||
int nBusy; /* Current number of users of this structure */
|
||||
FILE *f; /* File pointer for source CSV file */
|
||||
long offsetFirstRow; /* ftell position of first row */
|
||||
int eof; /* True when at end of file */
|
||||
int maxRow; /* Size of zRow buffer */
|
||||
char *zRow; /* Buffer for current CSV row */
|
||||
char cDelim; /* Character to use for delimiting columns */
|
||||
int nCol; /* Number of columns in current row */
|
||||
int maxCol; /* Size of aCols array */
|
||||
char **aCols; /* Array of parsed columns */
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
** An CSV cursor object.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
struct CSVCursor {
|
||||
sqlite3_vtab_cursor base; /* Must be first */
|
||||
long csvpos; /* ftell position of current zRow */
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
** Forward declarations.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static int csvNext( sqlite3_vtab_cursor* pVtabCursor );
|
||||
static int csvInit(
|
||||
sqlite3 *db, /* Database connection */
|
||||
void *pAux, /* Unused */
|
||||
int argc, const char *const*argv, /* Parameters to CREATE TABLE statement */
|
||||
sqlite3_vtab **ppVtab, /* OUT: New virtual table */
|
||||
char **pzErr, /* OUT: Error message, if any */
|
||||
int isCreate /* True for xCreate, false for xConnect */
|
||||
);
|
||||
static void csvReference( CSV *pCSV );
|
||||
static int csvRelease( CSV *pCSV );
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
** Abstract out file io routines for porting
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static FILE *csv_open( CSV *pCSV ){
|
||||
return fopen( pCSV->zFile, "rb" );
|
||||
}
|
||||
static void csv_close( CSV *pCSV ){
|
||||
if( pCSV->f ) fclose( pCSV->f );
|
||||
}
|
||||
static int csv_seek( CSV *pCSV, long pos ){
|
||||
return fseek( pCSV->f, pos, SEEK_SET );
|
||||
}
|
||||
static long csv_tell( CSV *pCSV ){
|
||||
return ftell( pCSV->f );
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
** This routine reads a line of text from FILE in, stores
|
||||
** the text in memory obtained from malloc() and returns a pointer
|
||||
** to the text. NULL is returned at end of file, or if malloc()
|
||||
** fails.
|
||||
**
|
||||
** The interface is like "readline" but no command-line editing
|
||||
** is done.
|
||||
**
|
||||
** This code was modified from existing code in shell.c of the sqlite3 CLI.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static char *csv_getline( CSV *pCSV ){
|
||||
int n = 0;
|
||||
int bEol = 0;
|
||||
int bShrink = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
/* allocate initial row buffer */
|
||||
if( pCSV->maxRow < 1 ){
|
||||
pCSV->zRow = sqlite3_malloc( 100 );
|
||||
if( pCSV->zRow ){
|
||||
pCSV->maxRow = 100;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
if( !pCSV->zRow ) return 0;
|
||||
|
||||
/* read until eol */
|
||||
while( !bEol ){
|
||||
/* grow row buffer as needed */
|
||||
if( n+100>pCSV->maxRow ){
|
||||
int newSize = pCSV->maxRow*2 + 100;
|
||||
char *p = sqlite3_realloc(pCSV->zRow, newSize);
|
||||
if( !p ) return 0;
|
||||
pCSV->maxRow = newSize;
|
||||
pCSV->zRow = p;
|
||||
bShrink = -1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
if( fgets(&pCSV->zRow[n], pCSV->maxRow-n, pCSV->f)==0 ){
|
||||
if( n==0 ){
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
pCSV->zRow[n] = '\0';
|
||||
bEol = -1;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
/* look for line delimiter */
|
||||
while( pCSV->zRow[n] ){ n++; }
|
||||
if( (n>0) && ((pCSV->zRow[n-1]=='\n') || (pCSV->zRow[n-1]=='\r')) ){
|
||||
pCSV->zRow[n-1] = '\n'; /* uniform line ending */
|
||||
pCSV->zRow[n] = '\0';
|
||||
bEol = -1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
if( bShrink ){
|
||||
pCSV->zRow = realloc( pCSV->zRow, n+1 );
|
||||
pCSV->maxRow = n+1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
return bEol ? pCSV->zRow : 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
** CSV virtual table module xCreate method.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static int csvCreate(
|
||||
sqlite3* db,
|
||||
void *pAux,
|
||||
int argc,
|
||||
const char *const *argv,
|
||||
sqlite3_vtab **ppVtab,
|
||||
char **pzErr
|
||||
){
|
||||
return csvInit( db, pAux, argc, argv, ppVtab, pzErr, 1 );
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
** CSV virtual table module xConnect method.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static int csvConnect(
|
||||
sqlite3 *db,
|
||||
void *pAux,
|
||||
int argc, const char *const*argv,
|
||||
sqlite3_vtab **ppVtab,
|
||||
char **pzErr
|
||||
){
|
||||
return csvInit(db, pAux, argc, argv, ppVtab, pzErr, 0);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
** CSV virtual table module xBestIndex method.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static int csvBestIndex( sqlite3_vtab *pVtab, sqlite3_index_info* info )
|
||||
{
|
||||
UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVtab);
|
||||
UNUSED_PARAMETER(info);
|
||||
|
||||
/* TBD */
|
||||
|
||||
return SQLITE_OK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
** CSV virtual table module xDisconnect method.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static int csvDisconnect( sqlite3_vtab *pVtab ){
|
||||
return csvRelease( (CSV *)pVtab );
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
** CSV virtual table module xDestroy method.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static int csvDestroy( sqlite3_vtab *pVtab ){
|
||||
return csvDisconnect( pVtab );
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
** CSV virtual table module xOpen method.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static int csvOpen( sqlite3_vtab *pVtab, sqlite3_vtab_cursor **ppVtabCursor ){
|
||||
int rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
|
||||
CSVCursor *pCsr;
|
||||
|
||||
/* create a new cursor object */
|
||||
pCsr = (CSVCursor *)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(CSVCursor));
|
||||
if( pCsr ){
|
||||
memset(pCsr, 0, sizeof(CSVCursor));
|
||||
pCsr->base.pVtab = pVtab;
|
||||
rc = SQLITE_OK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
*ppVtabCursor = (sqlite3_vtab_cursor *)pCsr;
|
||||
|
||||
return rc;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
** CSV virtual table module xClose method.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static int csvClose( sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pVtabCursor ){
|
||||
CSVCursor *pCsr = (CSVCursor *)pVtabCursor;
|
||||
|
||||
sqlite3_free(pCsr);
|
||||
|
||||
return SQLITE_OK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
** CSV virtual table module xFilter method.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static int csvFilter(
|
||||
sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pVtabCursor,
|
||||
int idxNum, const char *idxStr,
|
||||
int argc, sqlite3_value **argv
|
||||
){
|
||||
CSV *pCSV = (CSV *)pVtabCursor->pVtab;
|
||||
int rc;
|
||||
|
||||
UNUSED_PARAMETER(idxNum);
|
||||
UNUSED_PARAMETER(idxStr);
|
||||
UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc);
|
||||
UNUSED_PARAMETER(argv);
|
||||
|
||||
csvReference( pCSV );
|
||||
|
||||
/* seek back to start of first zRow */
|
||||
pCSV->eof = 0;
|
||||
csv_seek( pCSV, pCSV->offsetFirstRow );
|
||||
/* read and parse next line */
|
||||
rc = csvNext( pVtabCursor );
|
||||
|
||||
csvRelease( pCSV );
|
||||
|
||||
return rc;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
** CSV virtual table module xNext method.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static int csvNext( sqlite3_vtab_cursor* pVtabCursor ){
|
||||
CSV *pCSV = (CSV *)pVtabCursor->pVtab;
|
||||
CSVCursor *pCsr = (CSVCursor *)pVtabCursor;
|
||||
int nCol = 0;
|
||||
char *s;
|
||||
char zDelims[3] = ",\n";
|
||||
char cDelim; /* char that delimited current col */
|
||||
|
||||
if( pCSV->eof ){
|
||||
return SQLITE_ERROR;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* update the cursor */
|
||||
pCsr->csvpos = csv_tell( pCSV );
|
||||
|
||||
/* read the next row of data */
|
||||
s = csv_getline( pCSV );
|
||||
if( !s ){
|
||||
/* and error or eof occured */
|
||||
pCSV->eof = -1;
|
||||
return SQLITE_OK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* allocate initial space for the column pointers */
|
||||
if( pCSV->maxCol < 1 ){
|
||||
/* take a guess */
|
||||
int maxCol = (int)(strlen(pCSV->zRow) / 5 + 1);
|
||||
pCSV->aCols = (char **)sqlite3_malloc( sizeof(char*) * maxCol );
|
||||
if( pCSV->aCols ){
|
||||
pCSV->maxCol = maxCol;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
if( !pCSV->aCols ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
|
||||
|
||||
/* add custom delim character */
|
||||
zDelims[0] = pCSV->cDelim;
|
||||
|
||||
/* parse the zRow into individual columns */
|
||||
do{
|
||||
/* if it begins with a quote, assume it's a quoted col */
|
||||
if( *s=='\"' ){
|
||||
s++; /* skip quote */
|
||||
pCSV->aCols[nCol] = s; /* save pointer for this col */
|
||||
/* TBD: handle escaped quotes "" */
|
||||
/* find closing quote */
|
||||
s = strchr(s, '\"');
|
||||
if( !s ){
|
||||
/* no closing quote */
|
||||
pCSV->eof = -1;
|
||||
return SQLITE_ERROR;
|
||||
}
|
||||
*s = '\0'; /* null terminate this col */
|
||||
/* fall through and look for following ",\n" */
|
||||
s++;
|
||||
}else{
|
||||
pCSV->aCols[nCol] = s; /* save pointer for this col */
|
||||
}
|
||||
s = strpbrk(s, zDelims);
|
||||
if( !s ){
|
||||
/* no col delimiter */
|
||||
pCSV->eof = -1;
|
||||
return SQLITE_ERROR;
|
||||
}
|
||||
cDelim = *s;
|
||||
/* null terminate the column by overwriting the delimiter */
|
||||
*s = '\0';
|
||||
nCol++;
|
||||
/* if end of zRow, stop parsing cols */
|
||||
if( cDelim == '\n' ) break;
|
||||
/* move to start of next col */
|
||||
s++; /* skip delimiter */
|
||||
|
||||
if(nCol >= pCSV->maxCol ){
|
||||
/* we need to grow our col pointer array */
|
||||
char **p = (char **)sqlite3_realloc( pCSV->aCols, sizeof(char*) * (nCol+5) );
|
||||
if( !p ){
|
||||
/* out of memory */
|
||||
return SQLITE_ERROR;
|
||||
}
|
||||
pCSV->maxCol = nCol + 5;
|
||||
pCSV->aCols = p;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
}while( *s );
|
||||
|
||||
pCSV->nCol = nCol;
|
||||
return SQLITE_OK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
** CSV virtual table module xEof method.
|
||||
**
|
||||
** Return non-zero if the cursor does not currently point to a valid
|
||||
** record (i.e if the scan has finished), or zero otherwise.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static int csvEof( sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pVtabCursor )
|
||||
{
|
||||
CSV *pCSV = (CSV *)pVtabCursor->pVtab;
|
||||
|
||||
return pCSV->eof;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
** CSV virtual table module xColumn method.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static int csvColumn(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pVtabCursor, sqlite3_context *ctx, int i){
|
||||
CSV *pCSV = (CSV *)pVtabCursor->pVtab;
|
||||
|
||||
if( i<0 || i>=pCSV->nCol ){
|
||||
sqlite3_result_null( ctx );
|
||||
}else{
|
||||
char *col = pCSV->aCols[i];
|
||||
if( !col ){
|
||||
sqlite3_result_null( ctx );
|
||||
}else{
|
||||
sqlite3_result_text( ctx, col, -1, SQLITE_TRANSIENT );
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return SQLITE_OK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
** CSV virtual table module xRowid method.
|
||||
** We probably should store a hidden table
|
||||
** mapping rowid's to csvpos.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static int csvRowid( sqlite3_vtab_cursor* pVtabCursor, sqlite3_int64 *pRowid ){
|
||||
CSVCursor *pCsr = (CSVCursor *)pVtabCursor;
|
||||
|
||||
*pRowid = pCsr->csvpos;
|
||||
|
||||
return SQLITE_OK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
static sqlite3_module csvModule = {
|
||||
0, /* iVersion */
|
||||
csvCreate, /* xCreate - create a table */
|
||||
csvConnect, /* xConnect - connect to an existing table */
|
||||
csvBestIndex, /* xBestIndex - Determine search strategy */
|
||||
csvDisconnect, /* xDisconnect - Disconnect from a table */
|
||||
csvDestroy, /* xDestroy - Drop a table */
|
||||
csvOpen, /* xOpen - open a cursor */
|
||||
csvClose, /* xClose - close a cursor */
|
||||
csvFilter, /* xFilter - configure scan constraints */
|
||||
csvNext, /* xNext - advance a cursor */
|
||||
csvEof, /* xEof */
|
||||
csvColumn, /* xColumn - read data */
|
||||
csvRowid, /* xRowid - read data */
|
||||
0, /* xUpdate - write data */
|
||||
0, /* xBegin - begin transaction */
|
||||
0, /* xSync - sync transaction */
|
||||
0, /* xCommit - commit transaction */
|
||||
0, /* xRollback - rollback transaction */
|
||||
0, /* xFindFunction - function overloading */
|
||||
0 /* xRename - rename the table */
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
** Increment the CSV reference count.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static void csvReference( CSV *pCSV ){
|
||||
pCSV->nBusy++;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
** Decrement the CSV reference count. When the reference count reaches
|
||||
** zero the structure is deleted.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static int csvRelease( CSV *pCSV ){
|
||||
pCSV->nBusy--;
|
||||
if( pCSV->nBusy<1 ){
|
||||
|
||||
/* finalize any prepared statements here */
|
||||
|
||||
csv_close( pCSV );
|
||||
if( pCSV->zRow ) sqlite3_free( pCSV->zRow );
|
||||
if( pCSV->aCols ) sqlite3_free( pCSV->aCols );
|
||||
sqlite3_free( pCSV );
|
||||
}
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
** This function is the implementation of both the xConnect and xCreate
|
||||
** methods of the CSV virtual table.
|
||||
**
|
||||
** argv[0] -> module name
|
||||
** argv[1] -> database name
|
||||
** argv[2] -> table name
|
||||
** argv[3] -> csv file name
|
||||
** argv[4] -> custom delimiter
|
||||
** argv[5] -> optional: use header row for column names
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static int csvInit(
|
||||
sqlite3 *db, /* Database connection */
|
||||
void *pAux, /* Unused */
|
||||
int argc, const char *const*argv, /* Parameters to CREATE TABLE statement */
|
||||
sqlite3_vtab **ppVtab, /* OUT: New virtual table */
|
||||
char **pzErr, /* OUT: Error message, if any */
|
||||
int isCreate /* True for xCreate, false for xConnect */
|
||||
){
|
||||
int rc = SQLITE_OK;
|
||||
int i;
|
||||
CSV *pCSV;
|
||||
char *zSql;
|
||||
char cDelim = ','; /* Default col delimiter */
|
||||
int bUseHeaderRow = 0; /* Default to not use zRow headers */
|
||||
size_t nDb; /* Length of string argv[1] */
|
||||
size_t nName; /* Length of string argv[2] */
|
||||
size_t nFile; /* Length of string argv[3] */
|
||||
CSVCursor csvCsr; /* Used for calling csvNext */
|
||||
|
||||
const char *aErrMsg[] = {
|
||||
0, /* 0 */
|
||||
"No CSV file specified", /* 1 */
|
||||
"Error opening CSV file: '%s'", /* 2 */
|
||||
"No columns found", /* 3 */
|
||||
"No column name found", /* 4 */
|
||||
"Out of memory", /* 5 */
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
UNUSED_PARAMETER(pAux);
|
||||
UNUSED_PARAMETER(isCreate);
|
||||
|
||||
if( argc < 4 ){
|
||||
*pzErr = sqlite3_mprintf("%s", aErrMsg[1]);
|
||||
return SQLITE_ERROR;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* allocate space for the virtual table object */
|
||||
nDb = strlen(argv[1]);
|
||||
nName = strlen(argv[2]);
|
||||
nFile = strlen(argv[3]);
|
||||
pCSV = (CSV *)sqlite3_malloc( (int)(sizeof(CSV)+nDb+nName+nFile+3) );
|
||||
if( !pCSV ){
|
||||
/* out of memory */
|
||||
*pzErr = sqlite3_mprintf("%s", aErrMsg[5]);
|
||||
return SQLITE_NOMEM;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* intialize virtual table object */
|
||||
memset(pCSV, 0, sizeof(CSV)+nDb+nName+nFile+3);
|
||||
pCSV->nBusy = 1;
|
||||
pCSV->base.pModule = &csvModule;
|
||||
pCSV->cDelim = cDelim;
|
||||
pCSV->zDb = (char *)&pCSV[1];
|
||||
pCSV->zName = &pCSV->zDb[nDb+1];
|
||||
pCSV->zFile = &pCSV->zName[nName+1];
|
||||
memcpy(pCSV->zDb, argv[1], nDb);
|
||||
memcpy(pCSV->zName, argv[2], nName);
|
||||
|
||||
/* pull out name of csv file (remove quotes) */
|
||||
if( argv[3][0] == '\'' ){
|
||||
memcpy( pCSV->zFile, argv[3]+1, nFile-2 );
|
||||
pCSV->zFile[nFile-2] = '\0';
|
||||
}else{
|
||||
memcpy( pCSV->zFile, argv[3], nFile );
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* if a custom delimiter specified, pull it out */
|
||||
if( argc > 4 ){
|
||||
if( argv[4][0] == '\'' ){
|
||||
pCSV->cDelim = argv[4][1];
|
||||
}else{
|
||||
pCSV->cDelim = argv[4][0];
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* should the header zRow be used */
|
||||
if( argc > 5 ){
|
||||
if( !strcmp(argv[5], "USE_HEADER_ROW") ){
|
||||
bUseHeaderRow = -1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* open the source csv file */
|
||||
pCSV->f = csv_open( pCSV );
|
||||
if( !pCSV->f ){
|
||||
*pzErr = sqlite3_mprintf(aErrMsg[2], pCSV->zFile);
|
||||
csvRelease( pCSV );
|
||||
return SQLITE_ERROR;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Read first zRow to obtain column names/number */
|
||||
csvCsr.base.pVtab = (sqlite3_vtab *)pCSV;
|
||||
rc = csvNext( (sqlite3_vtab_cursor *)&csvCsr );
|
||||
if( (SQLITE_OK!=rc) || (pCSV->nCol<=0) ){
|
||||
*pzErr = sqlite3_mprintf("%s", aErrMsg[3]);
|
||||
csvRelease( pCSV );
|
||||
return SQLITE_ERROR;
|
||||
}
|
||||
if( bUseHeaderRow ){
|
||||
pCSV->offsetFirstRow = csv_tell( pCSV );
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Create the underlying relational database schema. If
|
||||
** that is successful, call sqlite3_declare_vtab() to configure
|
||||
** the csv table schema.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
zSql = sqlite3_mprintf("CREATE TABLE x(");
|
||||
for(i=0; zSql && i<pCSV->nCol; i++){
|
||||
const char *zTail = (i+1<pCSV->nCol) ? ", " : ");";
|
||||
char *zTmp = zSql;
|
||||
if( bUseHeaderRow ){
|
||||
const char *zCol = pCSV->aCols[i];
|
||||
if( !zCol ){
|
||||
*pzErr = sqlite3_mprintf("%s", aErrMsg[4]);
|
||||
sqlite3_free(zSql);
|
||||
csvRelease( pCSV );
|
||||
return SQLITE_ERROR;
|
||||
}
|
||||
zSql = sqlite3_mprintf("%s%s%s", zTmp, zCol, zTail);
|
||||
}else{
|
||||
zSql = sqlite3_mprintf("%scol%d%s", zTmp, i+1, zTail);
|
||||
}
|
||||
sqlite3_free(zTmp);
|
||||
}
|
||||
if( !zSql ){
|
||||
*pzErr = sqlite3_mprintf("%s", aErrMsg[5]);
|
||||
csvRelease( pCSV );
|
||||
return SQLITE_NOMEM;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
rc = sqlite3_declare_vtab( db, zSql );
|
||||
sqlite3_free(zSql);
|
||||
if( SQLITE_OK != rc ){
|
||||
*pzErr = sqlite3_mprintf("%s", sqlite3_errmsg(db));
|
||||
csvRelease( pCSV );
|
||||
return SQLITE_ERROR;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
*ppVtab = (sqlite3_vtab *)pCSV;
|
||||
*pzErr = NULL;
|
||||
return SQLITE_OK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
** Register the CSV module with database handle db. This creates the
|
||||
** virtual table module "csv".
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int sqlite3CsvInit(sqlite3 *db){
|
||||
int rc = SQLITE_OK;
|
||||
|
||||
if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
|
||||
void *c = (void *)NULL;
|
||||
rc = sqlite3_create_module_v2(db, "csv", &csvModule, c, 0);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return rc;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#if !SQLITE_CORE
|
||||
/*
|
||||
** Support auto-extension loading.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int sqlite3_extension_init(
|
||||
sqlite3 *db,
|
||||
char **pzErrMsg,
|
||||
const sqlite3_api_routines *pApi
|
||||
){
|
||||
SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT2(pApi)
|
||||
return sqlite3CsvInit(db);
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
** 2009 March 26
|
||||
**
|
||||
** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
|
||||
** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
|
||||
**
|
||||
** May you do good and not evil.
|
||||
** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
|
||||
** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
|
||||
**
|
||||
******************************************************************************
|
||||
**
|
||||
** This header file is used by programs that want to link against the
|
||||
** CSV Virtual Table extention.
|
||||
**
|
||||
** All it does is declare the sqlite3CsvInit() interface.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#include "sqlite3.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
extern "C" {
|
||||
#endif /* __cplusplus */
|
||||
|
||||
int sqlite3CsvInit(sqlite3 *db);
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
} /* extern "C" */
|
||||
#endif /* __cplusplus */
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,253 @@
|
||||
# 2009 Nov 11
|
||||
#
|
||||
# The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
|
||||
# a legal notice, here is a blessing:
|
||||
#
|
||||
# May you do good and not evil.
|
||||
# May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
|
||||
# May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
|
||||
#
|
||||
#***********************************************************************
|
||||
#
|
||||
# The focus of this file is testing the csv extension.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# $Id: csv1.test,v 1.7 2009/07/17 16:54:48 shaneh Exp $
|
||||
#
|
||||
|
||||
if {![info exists testdir]} {
|
||||
set testdir [file join [file dirname $argv0] .. .. test]
|
||||
}
|
||||
source $testdir/tester.tcl
|
||||
|
||||
# Test plan:
|
||||
#
|
||||
# csv-1.*: Creating/destroying csv tables.
|
||||
# csv-2.*: Linear scans of csv data.
|
||||
# csv-3.*: Test renaming an csv table.
|
||||
# csv-4.*: CREATE errors
|
||||
#
|
||||
|
||||
ifcapable !csv {
|
||||
finish_test
|
||||
return
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# This file is delimited by ',' and has quoted fields.
|
||||
set test1csv [file join [file dirname [info script]] test1.csv]
|
||||
# This file is delimited by '|' and has quoted fields.
|
||||
set test2csv [file join [file dirname [info script]] test2.csv]
|
||||
# This file is delimited by '|'. It does NOT have quoted fields.
|
||||
set test3csv [file join [file dirname [info script]] test3.csv]
|
||||
|
||||
#----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# Test cases csv-1.* test CREATE and DROP table statements.
|
||||
#
|
||||
|
||||
# Test creating and dropping an csv table with a header row.
|
||||
#
|
||||
do_test csv-1.1.1 {
|
||||
execsql " CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE t1 USING csv('$test1csv', ',', USE_HEADER_ROW) "
|
||||
} {}
|
||||
do_test csv-1.1.2 {
|
||||
execsql { SELECT name FROM sqlite_master ORDER BY name }
|
||||
} {t1}
|
||||
do_test csv-1.1.3 {
|
||||
execsql {
|
||||
DROP TABLE t1;
|
||||
SELECT name FROM sqlite_master ORDER BY name;
|
||||
}
|
||||
} {}
|
||||
|
||||
# Test creating and dropping an csv table without a header row.
|
||||
#
|
||||
do_test csv-1.2.1 {
|
||||
execsql " CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE t1 USING csv('$test1csv', ',') "
|
||||
} {}
|
||||
do_test csv-1.2.2 {
|
||||
execsql { SELECT name FROM sqlite_master ORDER BY name }
|
||||
} {t1}
|
||||
do_test csv-1.2.3 {
|
||||
execsql {
|
||||
DROP TABLE t1;
|
||||
SELECT name FROM sqlite_master ORDER BY name;
|
||||
}
|
||||
} {}
|
||||
|
||||
# Test creating and dropping an csv table without a header row
|
||||
# and with the default delimiter ','.
|
||||
#
|
||||
do_test csv-1.3.1 {
|
||||
execsql " CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE t1 USING csv('$test1csv') "
|
||||
} {}
|
||||
do_test csv-1.3.2 {
|
||||
execsql { SELECT name FROM sqlite_master ORDER BY name }
|
||||
} {t1}
|
||||
do_test csv-1.3.3 {
|
||||
execsql {
|
||||
DROP TABLE t1;
|
||||
SELECT name FROM sqlite_master ORDER BY name;
|
||||
}
|
||||
} {}
|
||||
|
||||
# Test creating and dropping an csv table without a header row
|
||||
# and with the custom delimiter '|'.
|
||||
#
|
||||
do_test csv-1.4.1 {
|
||||
execsql " CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE t1 USING csv('$test2csv', '|') "
|
||||
} {}
|
||||
do_test csv-1.4.2 {
|
||||
execsql { SELECT name FROM sqlite_master ORDER BY name }
|
||||
} {t1}
|
||||
do_test csv-1.4.3 {
|
||||
execsql {
|
||||
DROP TABLE t1;
|
||||
SELECT name FROM sqlite_master ORDER BY name;
|
||||
}
|
||||
} {}
|
||||
|
||||
#----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# Test cases csv-2.* test linear scans of csv table data.
|
||||
#
|
||||
do_test csv-2.1.1 {
|
||||
execsql " CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE t1 USING csv('$test1csv', ',', USE_HEADER_ROW) "
|
||||
} {}
|
||||
do_test csv-2.1.2 {
|
||||
execsql {
|
||||
SELECT * FROM t1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
} {1 2 3 a b c a b c a b {c .. z} a b c,d}
|
||||
do_test csv-2.1.3 {
|
||||
execsql {
|
||||
SELECT * FROM t1 WHERE colA='a';
|
||||
}
|
||||
} {a b c a b c a b {c .. z} a b c,d}
|
||||
|
||||
do_test csv-2.2.1 {
|
||||
execsql " CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE t2 USING csv('$test1csv', ',') "
|
||||
} {}
|
||||
do_test csv-2.2.2 {
|
||||
execsql {
|
||||
SELECT * FROM t2;
|
||||
}
|
||||
} {colA colB colC 1 2 3 a b c a b c a b {c .. z} a b c,d}
|
||||
do_test csv-2.2.3 {
|
||||
execsql {
|
||||
SELECT * FROM t2 WHERE col1='a';
|
||||
}
|
||||
} {a b c a b c a b {c .. z} a b c,d}
|
||||
|
||||
# Test scanning with the custom delimiter '|'.
|
||||
#
|
||||
do_test csv-2.3.1 {
|
||||
execsql " CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE t3 USING csv('$test2csv', '|') "
|
||||
} {}
|
||||
do_test csv-2.3.2 {
|
||||
execsql {
|
||||
SELECT * FROM t3;
|
||||
}
|
||||
} {colA colB colC 1 2 3 a b c a b c a b {c .. z} a b c|d}
|
||||
do_test csv-2.3.3 {
|
||||
execsql {
|
||||
SELECT * FROM t3 WHERE col1='a';
|
||||
}
|
||||
} {a b c a b c a b {c .. z} a b c|d}
|
||||
|
||||
# Test scanning with the custom delimiter ';'. The test file
|
||||
# uses | for a delimiter, so everything should be treated as
|
||||
# a single column.
|
||||
#
|
||||
do_test csv-2.4.1 {
|
||||
execsql " CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE t4 USING csv('$test3csv', ';') "
|
||||
} {}
|
||||
do_test csv-2.4.2 {
|
||||
execsql {
|
||||
SELECT * FROM t4;
|
||||
}
|
||||
} {colA|colB|colC 1|2|3 a|b|c {a|b|c .. z} a|b|c|d}
|
||||
do_test csv-2.4.3 {
|
||||
execsql {
|
||||
SELECT * FROM t4 WHERE col1 LIKE 'a%';
|
||||
}
|
||||
} {a|b|c {a|b|c .. z} a|b|c|d}
|
||||
|
||||
# Test rowid column.
|
||||
#
|
||||
do_test csv-2.5.1 {
|
||||
execsql {
|
||||
SELECT rowid FROM t1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
} {21 27 33 41 58}
|
||||
do_test csv-2.5.2 {
|
||||
execsql {
|
||||
SELECT rowid FROM t1 WHERE colA='a';
|
||||
}
|
||||
} {27 33 41 58}
|
||||
|
||||
# Clean-up.
|
||||
#
|
||||
do_test csv-2.6.1 {
|
||||
execsql {
|
||||
DROP TABLE t1;
|
||||
DROP TABLE t2;
|
||||
DROP TABLE t3;
|
||||
DROP TABLE t4;
|
||||
}
|
||||
} {}
|
||||
|
||||
#----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# Test cases csv-3.* test rename operations.
|
||||
#
|
||||
do_test csv-3.1.1 {
|
||||
execsql " CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE t1 USING csv('$test1csv', ',', USE_HEADER_ROW) "
|
||||
execsql " CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE t2 USING csv('$test1csv', ',', USE_HEADER_ROW) "
|
||||
} {}
|
||||
do_test csv-3.1.2 {
|
||||
catchsql { ALTER TABLE t2 RENAME TO t1 }
|
||||
} {1 {there is already another table or index with this name: t1}}
|
||||
do_test csv-3.1.3 {
|
||||
execsql {
|
||||
DROP TABLE t1;
|
||||
ALTER TABLE t2 RENAME TO t1
|
||||
}
|
||||
} {}
|
||||
do_test csv-3.1.4 {
|
||||
execsql { ALTER TABLE t1 RENAME TO t5 }
|
||||
execsql { SELECT * FROM t5 }
|
||||
} {1 2 3 a b c a b c a b {c .. z} a b c,d}
|
||||
do_test csv-3.1.5 {
|
||||
db close
|
||||
sqlite3 db test.db
|
||||
execsql { SELECT * FROM t5 }
|
||||
} {1 2 3 a b c a b c a b {c .. z} a b c,d}
|
||||
do_test csv-3.1.6 {
|
||||
execsql { ALTER TABLE t5 RENAME TO 'raisara "one"'''}
|
||||
execsql { SELECT * FROM "raisara ""one""'" }
|
||||
} {1 2 3 a b c a b c a b {c .. z} a b c,d}
|
||||
do_test csv-3.1.7 {
|
||||
execsql { SELECT * FROM 'raisara "one"''' }
|
||||
} {1 2 3 a b c a b c a b {c .. z} a b c,d}
|
||||
do_test csv-3.1.8 {
|
||||
execsql { ALTER TABLE "raisara ""one""'" RENAME TO "abc 123" }
|
||||
execsql { SELECT * FROM "abc 123" }
|
||||
} {1 2 3 a b c a b c a b {c .. z} a b c,d}
|
||||
do_test csv-3.1.9 {
|
||||
db close
|
||||
sqlite3 db test.db
|
||||
execsql { SELECT * FROM "abc 123" }
|
||||
} {1 2 3 a b c a b c a b {c .. z} a b c,d}
|
||||
|
||||
#----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# Test cases csv-4.* test CREATE errors
|
||||
#
|
||||
|
||||
# Test creating and dropping an csv table with a header row.
|
||||
#
|
||||
do_test csv-4.1.1 {
|
||||
catchsql " CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE t1 USING csv() "
|
||||
} {1 {No CSV file specified}}
|
||||
do_test csv-4.1.2 {
|
||||
catchsql " CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE t1 USING csv('foo') "
|
||||
} {1 {Error opening CSV file: 'foo'}}
|
||||
do_test csv-4.1.3 {
|
||||
catchsql " CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE t1 USING csv(foo foo) "
|
||||
} {1 {Error opening CSV file: 'foo foo'}}
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
|
||||
"colA","colB","colC"
|
||||
1,2,3
|
||||
a,b,c
|
||||
a,"b",c
|
||||
"a","b","c .. z"
|
||||
"a","b","c,d"
|
||||
|
@@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
|
||||
"colA"|"colB"|"colC"
|
||||
1|2|3
|
||||
a|b|c
|
||||
a|"b"|c
|
||||
"a"|"b"|"c .. z"
|
||||
"a"|"b"|"c|d"
|
||||
|
@@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
|
||||
colA|colB|colC
|
||||
1|2|3
|
||||
a|b|c
|
||||
a|b|c .. z
|
||||
a|b|c|d
|
||||
|
@@ -1,83 +0,0 @@
|
||||
## SQLite Expert Extension
|
||||
|
||||
This folder contains code for a simple system to propose useful indexes
|
||||
given a database and a set of SQL queries. It works as follows:
|
||||
|
||||
1. The user database schema is copied to a temporary database.
|
||||
|
||||
1. All SQL queries are prepared against the temporary database.
|
||||
Information regarding the WHERE and ORDER BY clauses, and other query
|
||||
features that affect index selection are recorded.
|
||||
|
||||
1. The information gathered in step 2 is used to create candidate
|
||||
indexes - indexes that the planner might have made use of in the previous
|
||||
step, had they been available.
|
||||
|
||||
1. A subset of the data in the user database is used to generate statistics
|
||||
for all existing indexes and the candidate indexes generated in step 3
|
||||
above.
|
||||
|
||||
1. The SQL queries are prepared a second time. If the planner uses any
|
||||
of the indexes created in step 3, they are recommended to the user.
|
||||
|
||||
# C API
|
||||
|
||||
The SQLite expert C API is defined in sqlite3expert.h. Most uses will proceed
|
||||
as follows:
|
||||
|
||||
1. An sqlite3expert object is created by calling **sqlite3\_expert\_new()**.
|
||||
A database handle opened by the user is passed as an argument.
|
||||
|
||||
1. The sqlite3expert object is configured with one or more SQL statements
|
||||
by making one or more calls to **sqlite3\_expert\_sql()**. Each call may
|
||||
specify a single SQL statement, or multiple statements separated by
|
||||
semi-colons.
|
||||
|
||||
1. Optionally, the **sqlite3\_expert\_config()** API may be used to
|
||||
configure the size of the data subset used to generate index statistics.
|
||||
Using a smaller subset of the data can speed up the analysis.
|
||||
|
||||
1. **sqlite3\_expert\_analyze()** is called to run the analysis.
|
||||
|
||||
1. One or more calls are made to **sqlite3\_expert\_report()** to extract
|
||||
components of the results of the analysis.
|
||||
|
||||
1. **sqlite3\_expert\_destroy()** is called to free all resources.
|
||||
|
||||
Refer to comments in sqlite3expert.h for further details.
|
||||
|
||||
# sqlite3_expert application
|
||||
|
||||
The file "expert.c" contains the code for a command line application that
|
||||
uses the API described above. It can be compiled with (for example):
|
||||
|
||||
<pre>
|
||||
gcc -O2 sqlite3.c expert.c sqlite3expert.c -o sqlite3_expert
|
||||
</pre>
|
||||
|
||||
Assuming the database is named "test.db", it can then be run to analyze a
|
||||
single query:
|
||||
|
||||
<pre>
|
||||
./sqlite3_expert -sql <sql-query> test.db
|
||||
</pre>
|
||||
|
||||
Or an entire text file worth of queries with:
|
||||
|
||||
<pre>
|
||||
./sqlite3_expert -file <text-file> test.db
|
||||
</pre>
|
||||
|
||||
By default, sqlite3\_expert generates index statistics using all the data in
|
||||
the user database. For a large database, this may be prohibitively time
|
||||
consuming. The "-sample" option may be used to configure sqlite3\_expert to
|
||||
generate statistics based on an integer percentage of the user database as
|
||||
follows:
|
||||
|
||||
<pre>
|
||||
# Generate statistics based on 25% of the user database rows:
|
||||
./sqlite3_expert -sample 25 -sql <sql-query> test.db
|
||||
|
||||
# Do not generate any statistics at all:
|
||||
./sqlite3_expert -sample 0 -sql <sql-query> test.db
|
||||
</pre>
|
||||
@@ -1,156 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
** 2017 April 07
|
||||
**
|
||||
** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
|
||||
** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
|
||||
**
|
||||
** May you do good and not evil.
|
||||
** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
|
||||
** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
|
||||
**
|
||||
*************************************************************************
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#include <sqlite3.h>
|
||||
#include <stdio.h>
|
||||
#include <stdlib.h>
|
||||
#include <string.h>
|
||||
#include "sqlite3expert.h"
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
static void option_requires_argument(const char *zOpt){
|
||||
fprintf(stderr, "Option requires an argument: %s\n", zOpt);
|
||||
exit(-3);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static int option_integer_arg(const char *zVal){
|
||||
return atoi(zVal);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static void usage(char **argv){
|
||||
fprintf(stderr, "\n");
|
||||
fprintf(stderr, "Usage %s ?OPTIONS? DATABASE\n", argv[0]);
|
||||
fprintf(stderr, "\n");
|
||||
fprintf(stderr, "Options are:\n");
|
||||
fprintf(stderr, " -sql SQL (analyze SQL statements passed as argument)\n");
|
||||
fprintf(stderr, " -file FILE (read SQL statements from file FILE)\n");
|
||||
fprintf(stderr, " -verbose LEVEL (integer verbosity level. default 1)\n");
|
||||
fprintf(stderr, " -sample PERCENT (percent of db to sample. default 100)\n");
|
||||
exit(-1);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static int readSqlFromFile(sqlite3expert *p, const char *zFile, char **pzErr){
|
||||
FILE *in = fopen(zFile, "rb");
|
||||
long nIn;
|
||||
size_t nRead;
|
||||
char *pBuf;
|
||||
int rc;
|
||||
if( in==0 ){
|
||||
*pzErr = sqlite3_mprintf("failed to open file %s\n", zFile);
|
||||
return SQLITE_ERROR;
|
||||
}
|
||||
fseek(in, 0, SEEK_END);
|
||||
nIn = ftell(in);
|
||||
rewind(in);
|
||||
pBuf = sqlite3_malloc64( nIn+1 );
|
||||
nRead = fread(pBuf, nIn, 1, in);
|
||||
fclose(in);
|
||||
if( nRead!=1 ){
|
||||
sqlite3_free(pBuf);
|
||||
*pzErr = sqlite3_mprintf("failed to read file %s\n", zFile);
|
||||
return SQLITE_ERROR;
|
||||
}
|
||||
pBuf[nIn] = 0;
|
||||
rc = sqlite3_expert_sql(p, pBuf, pzErr);
|
||||
sqlite3_free(pBuf);
|
||||
return rc;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int main(int argc, char **argv){
|
||||
const char *zDb;
|
||||
int rc = 0;
|
||||
char *zErr = 0;
|
||||
int i;
|
||||
int iVerbose = 1; /* -verbose option */
|
||||
|
||||
sqlite3 *db = 0;
|
||||
sqlite3expert *p = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
if( argc<2 ) usage(argv);
|
||||
zDb = argv[argc-1];
|
||||
if( zDb[0]=='-' ) usage(argv);
|
||||
rc = sqlite3_open(zDb, &db);
|
||||
if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
|
||||
fprintf(stderr, "Cannot open db file: %s - %s\n", zDb, sqlite3_errmsg(db));
|
||||
exit(-2);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
p = sqlite3_expert_new(db, &zErr);
|
||||
if( p==0 ){
|
||||
fprintf(stderr, "Cannot run analysis: %s\n", zErr);
|
||||
rc = 1;
|
||||
}else{
|
||||
for(i=1; i<(argc-1); i++){
|
||||
char *zArg = argv[i];
|
||||
int nArg;
|
||||
if( zArg[0]=='-' && zArg[1]=='-' && zArg[2]!=0 ) zArg++;
|
||||
nArg = (int)strlen(zArg);
|
||||
if( nArg>=2 && 0==sqlite3_strnicmp(zArg, "-file", nArg) ){
|
||||
if( ++i==(argc-1) ) option_requires_argument("-file");
|
||||
rc = readSqlFromFile(p, argv[i], &zErr);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
else if( nArg>=3 && 0==sqlite3_strnicmp(zArg, "-sql", nArg) ){
|
||||
if( ++i==(argc-1) ) option_requires_argument("-sql");
|
||||
rc = sqlite3_expert_sql(p, argv[i], &zErr);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
else if( nArg>=3 && 0==sqlite3_strnicmp(zArg, "-sample", nArg) ){
|
||||
int iSample;
|
||||
if( ++i==(argc-1) ) option_requires_argument("-sample");
|
||||
iSample = option_integer_arg(argv[i]);
|
||||
sqlite3_expert_config(p, EXPERT_CONFIG_SAMPLE, iSample);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
else if( nArg>=2 && 0==sqlite3_strnicmp(zArg, "-verbose", nArg) ){
|
||||
if( ++i==(argc-1) ) option_requires_argument("-verbose");
|
||||
iVerbose = option_integer_arg(argv[i]);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
else{
|
||||
usage(argv);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
|
||||
rc = sqlite3_expert_analyze(p, &zErr);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
|
||||
int nQuery = sqlite3_expert_count(p);
|
||||
if( iVerbose>0 ){
|
||||
const char *zCand = sqlite3_expert_report(p,0,EXPERT_REPORT_CANDIDATES);
|
||||
fprintf(stdout, "-- Candidates -------------------------------\n");
|
||||
fprintf(stdout, "%s\n", zCand);
|
||||
}
|
||||
for(i=0; i<nQuery; i++){
|
||||
const char *zSql = sqlite3_expert_report(p, i, EXPERT_REPORT_SQL);
|
||||
const char *zIdx = sqlite3_expert_report(p, i, EXPERT_REPORT_INDEXES);
|
||||
const char *zEQP = sqlite3_expert_report(p, i, EXPERT_REPORT_PLAN);
|
||||
if( zIdx==0 ) zIdx = "(no new indexes)\n";
|
||||
if( iVerbose>0 ){
|
||||
fprintf(stdout, "-- Query %d ----------------------------------\n",i+1);
|
||||
fprintf(stdout, "%s\n\n", zSql);
|
||||
}
|
||||
fprintf(stdout, "%s\n%s\n", zIdx, zEQP);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}else{
|
||||
fprintf(stderr, "Error: %s\n", zErr ? zErr : "?");
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
sqlite3_expert_destroy(p);
|
||||
sqlite3_free(zErr);
|
||||
return rc;
|
||||
}
|
||||
@@ -1,467 +0,0 @@
|
||||
# 2009 Nov 11
|
||||
#
|
||||
# The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
|
||||
# a legal notice, here is a blessing:
|
||||
#
|
||||
# May you do good and not evil.
|
||||
# May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
|
||||
# May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
|
||||
#
|
||||
#***********************************************************************
|
||||
#
|
||||
# The focus of this file is testing the CLI shell tool. Specifically,
|
||||
# the ".recommend" command.
|
||||
#
|
||||
#
|
||||
|
||||
# Test plan:
|
||||
#
|
||||
#
|
||||
if {![info exists testdir]} {
|
||||
set testdir [file join [file dirname [info script]] .. .. test]
|
||||
}
|
||||
source $testdir/tester.tcl
|
||||
set testprefix expert1
|
||||
|
||||
if {[info commands sqlite3_expert_new]==""} {
|
||||
finish_test
|
||||
return
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
set CLI [test_binary_name sqlite3]
|
||||
set CMD [test_binary_name sqlite3_expert]
|
||||
|
||||
proc squish {txt} {
|
||||
regsub -all {[[:space:]]+} $txt { }
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
proc do_setup_rec_test {tn setup sql res} {
|
||||
reset_db
|
||||
if {[info exists ::set_main_db_name]} {
|
||||
dbconfig_maindbname_icecube db
|
||||
}
|
||||
db eval $setup
|
||||
uplevel [list do_rec_test $tn $sql $res]
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
foreach {tn setup} {
|
||||
1 {
|
||||
if {![file executable $CMD]} { continue }
|
||||
|
||||
proc do_rec_test {tn sql res} {
|
||||
set res [squish [string trim $res]]
|
||||
set tst [subst -nocommands {
|
||||
squish [string trim [exec $::CMD -verbose 0 -sql {$sql;} test.db]]
|
||||
}]
|
||||
uplevel [list do_test $tn $tst $res]
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
2 {
|
||||
if {[info commands sqlite3_expert_new]==""} { continue }
|
||||
|
||||
proc do_rec_test {tn sql res} {
|
||||
set expert [sqlite3_expert_new db]
|
||||
$expert sql $sql
|
||||
$expert analyze
|
||||
|
||||
set result [list]
|
||||
for {set i 0} {$i < [$expert count]} {incr i} {
|
||||
set idx [string trim [$expert report $i indexes]]
|
||||
if {$idx==""} {set idx "(no new indexes)"}
|
||||
lappend result $idx
|
||||
lappend result [string trim [$expert report $i plan]]
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
$expert destroy
|
||||
|
||||
set tst [subst -nocommands {set {} [squish [join {$result}]]}]
|
||||
uplevel [list do_test $tn $tst [string trim [squish $res]]]
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
3 {
|
||||
if {[info commands sqlite3_expert_new]==""} { continue }
|
||||
set ::set_main_db_name 1
|
||||
}
|
||||
4 {
|
||||
if {![file executable $CLI]} { continue }
|
||||
|
||||
proc do_rec_test {tn sql res} {
|
||||
set res [squish [string trim $res]]
|
||||
set tst [subst -nocommands {
|
||||
squish [string trim [exec $::CLI test.db ".expert" {$sql;}]]
|
||||
}]
|
||||
uplevel [list do_test $tn $tst $res]
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
} {
|
||||
|
||||
eval $setup
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
do_setup_rec_test $tn.1 { CREATE TABLE t1(a, b, c) } {
|
||||
SELECT * FROM t1
|
||||
} {
|
||||
(no new indexes)
|
||||
SCAN t1
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
do_setup_rec_test $tn.2 {
|
||||
CREATE TABLE t1(a, b, c);
|
||||
} {
|
||||
SELECT * FROM t1 WHERE b>?;
|
||||
} {
|
||||
CREATE INDEX t1_idx_00000062 ON t1(b);
|
||||
SEARCH t1 USING INDEX t1_idx_00000062 (b>?)
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
do_setup_rec_test $tn.3 {
|
||||
CREATE TABLE t1(a, b, c);
|
||||
} {
|
||||
SELECT * FROM t1 WHERE b COLLATE nocase BETWEEN ? AND ?
|
||||
} {
|
||||
CREATE INDEX t1_idx_3e094c27 ON t1(b COLLATE NOCASE);
|
||||
SEARCH t1 USING INDEX t1_idx_3e094c27 (b>? AND b<?)
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
do_setup_rec_test $tn.4 {
|
||||
CREATE TABLE t1(a, b, c);
|
||||
} {
|
||||
SELECT a FROM t1 ORDER BY b;
|
||||
} {
|
||||
CREATE INDEX t1_idx_00000062 ON t1(b);
|
||||
SCAN t1 USING INDEX t1_idx_00000062
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
do_setup_rec_test $tn.5 {
|
||||
CREATE TABLE t1(a, b, c);
|
||||
} {
|
||||
SELECT a FROM t1 WHERE a=? ORDER BY b;
|
||||
} {
|
||||
CREATE INDEX t1_idx_000123a7 ON t1(a, b);
|
||||
SEARCH t1 USING COVERING INDEX t1_idx_000123a7 (a=?)
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if 0 {
|
||||
do_setup_rec_test $tn.6 {
|
||||
CREATE TABLE t1(a, b, c);
|
||||
} {
|
||||
SELECT min(a) FROM t1
|
||||
} {
|
||||
CREATE INDEX t1_idx_00000061 ON t1(a);
|
||||
SEARCH t1 USING COVERING INDEX t1_idx_00000061
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
do_setup_rec_test $tn.7 {
|
||||
CREATE TABLE t1(a, b, c);
|
||||
} {
|
||||
SELECT * FROM t1 ORDER BY a, b, c;
|
||||
} {
|
||||
CREATE INDEX t1_idx_033e95fe ON t1(a, b, c);
|
||||
SCAN t1 USING COVERING INDEX t1_idx_033e95fe
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#do_setup_rec_test $tn.1.8 {
|
||||
# CREATE TABLE t1(a, b, c);
|
||||
#} {
|
||||
# SELECT * FROM t1 ORDER BY a ASC, b COLLATE nocase DESC, c ASC;
|
||||
#} {
|
||||
# CREATE INDEX t1_idx_5be6e222 ON t1(a, b COLLATE NOCASE DESC, c);
|
||||
# 0|0|0|SCAN t1 USING COVERING INDEX t1_idx_5be6e222
|
||||
#}
|
||||
|
||||
do_setup_rec_test $tn.8.1 {
|
||||
CREATE TABLE t1(a COLLATE NOCase, b, c);
|
||||
} {
|
||||
SELECT * FROM t1 WHERE a=?
|
||||
} {
|
||||
CREATE INDEX t1_idx_00000061 ON t1(a);
|
||||
SEARCH t1 USING INDEX t1_idx_00000061 (a=?)
|
||||
}
|
||||
do_setup_rec_test $tn.8.2 {
|
||||
CREATE TABLE t1(a, b COLLATE nocase, c);
|
||||
} {
|
||||
SELECT * FROM t1 ORDER BY a ASC, b DESC, c ASC;
|
||||
} {
|
||||
CREATE INDEX t1_idx_5cb97285 ON t1(a, b DESC, c);
|
||||
SCAN t1 USING COVERING INDEX t1_idx_5cb97285
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Tables with names that require quotes.
|
||||
#
|
||||
do_setup_rec_test $tn.9.1 {
|
||||
CREATE TABLE "t t"(a, b, c);
|
||||
} {
|
||||
SELECT * FROM "t t" WHERE a=?
|
||||
} {
|
||||
CREATE INDEX "t t_idx_00000061" ON "t t"(a);
|
||||
SEARCH t t USING INDEX t t_idx_00000061 (a=?)
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
do_setup_rec_test $tn.9.2 {
|
||||
CREATE TABLE "t t"(a, b, c);
|
||||
} {
|
||||
SELECT * FROM "t t" WHERE b BETWEEN ? AND ?
|
||||
} {
|
||||
CREATE INDEX "t t_idx_00000062" ON "t t"(b);
|
||||
SEARCH t t USING INDEX t t_idx_00000062 (b>? AND b<?)
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# Columns with names that require quotes.
|
||||
#
|
||||
do_setup_rec_test $tn.10.1 {
|
||||
CREATE TABLE t3(a, "b b", c);
|
||||
} {
|
||||
SELECT * FROM t3 WHERE "b b" = ?
|
||||
} {
|
||||
CREATE INDEX t3_idx_00050c52 ON t3('b b');
|
||||
SEARCH t3 USING INDEX t3_idx_00050c52 (b b=?)
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
do_setup_rec_test $tn.10.2 {
|
||||
CREATE TABLE t3(a, "b b", c);
|
||||
} {
|
||||
SELECT * FROM t3 ORDER BY "b b"
|
||||
} {
|
||||
CREATE INDEX t3_idx_00050c52 ON t3('b b');
|
||||
SCAN t3 USING INDEX t3_idx_00050c52
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# Transitive constraints
|
||||
#
|
||||
do_setup_rec_test $tn.11.1 {
|
||||
CREATE TABLE t5(a, b);
|
||||
CREATE TABLE t6(c, d);
|
||||
} {
|
||||
SELECT * FROM t5, t6 WHERE a=? AND b=c AND c=?
|
||||
} {
|
||||
CREATE INDEX t5_idx_000123a7 ON t5(a, b);
|
||||
CREATE INDEX t6_idx_00000063 ON t6(c);
|
||||
SEARCH t6 USING INDEX t6_idx_00000063 (c=?)
|
||||
SEARCH t5 USING COVERING INDEX t5_idx_000123a7 (a=? AND b=?)
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# OR terms.
|
||||
#
|
||||
do_setup_rec_test $tn.12.1 {
|
||||
CREATE TABLE t7(a, b);
|
||||
} {
|
||||
SELECT * FROM t7 WHERE a=? OR b=?
|
||||
} {
|
||||
CREATE INDEX t7_idx_00000062 ON t7(b);
|
||||
CREATE INDEX t7_idx_00000061 ON t7(a);
|
||||
MULTI-INDEX OR
|
||||
INDEX 1
|
||||
SEARCH t7 USING INDEX t7_idx_00000061 (a=?)
|
||||
INDEX 2
|
||||
SEARCH t7 USING INDEX t7_idx_00000062 (b=?)
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# rowid terms.
|
||||
#
|
||||
do_setup_rec_test $tn.13.1 {
|
||||
CREATE TABLE t8(a, b);
|
||||
} {
|
||||
SELECT * FROM t8 WHERE rowid=?
|
||||
} {
|
||||
(no new indexes)
|
||||
SEARCH t8 USING INTEGER PRIMARY KEY (rowid=?)
|
||||
}
|
||||
do_setup_rec_test $tn.13.2 {
|
||||
CREATE TABLE t8(a, b);
|
||||
} {
|
||||
SELECT * FROM t8 ORDER BY rowid
|
||||
} {
|
||||
(no new indexes)
|
||||
SCAN t8
|
||||
}
|
||||
do_setup_rec_test $tn.13.3 {
|
||||
CREATE TABLE t8(a, b);
|
||||
} {
|
||||
SELECT * FROM t8 WHERE a=? ORDER BY rowid
|
||||
} {
|
||||
CREATE INDEX t8_idx_00000061 ON t8(a);
|
||||
SEARCH t8 USING INDEX t8_idx_00000061 (a=?)
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# Triggers
|
||||
#
|
||||
do_setup_rec_test $tn.14 {
|
||||
CREATE TABLE t9(a, b, c);
|
||||
CREATE TABLE t10(a, b, c);
|
||||
CREATE TRIGGER t9t AFTER INSERT ON t9 BEGIN
|
||||
UPDATE t10 SET a=new.a WHERE b = new.b;
|
||||
END;
|
||||
} {
|
||||
INSERT INTO t9 VALUES(?, ?, ?);
|
||||
} {
|
||||
CREATE INDEX t10_idx_00000062 ON t10(b);
|
||||
SEARCH t10 USING INDEX t10_idx_00000062 (b=?)
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
do_setup_rec_test $tn.15 {
|
||||
CREATE TABLE t1(a, b);
|
||||
CREATE TABLE t2(c, d);
|
||||
|
||||
WITH s(i) AS ( VALUES(1) UNION ALL SELECT i+1 FROM s WHERE i<100)
|
||||
INSERT INTO t1 SELECT (i-1)/50, (i-1)/20 FROM s;
|
||||
|
||||
WITH s(i) AS ( VALUES(1) UNION ALL SELECT i+1 FROM s WHERE i<100)
|
||||
INSERT INTO t2 SELECT (i-1)/20, (i-1)/5 FROM s;
|
||||
} {
|
||||
SELECT * FROM t2, t1 WHERE b=? AND d=? AND t2.rowid=t1.rowid
|
||||
} {
|
||||
CREATE INDEX t2_idx_00000064 ON t2(d);
|
||||
SEARCH t2 USING INDEX t2_idx_00000064 (d=?)
|
||||
SEARCH t1 USING INTEGER PRIMARY KEY (rowid=?)
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
do_setup_rec_test $tn.16 {
|
||||
CREATE TABLE t1(a, b);
|
||||
} {
|
||||
SELECT * FROM t1 WHERE b IS NOT NULL;
|
||||
} {
|
||||
(no new indexes)
|
||||
SCAN t1
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
do_setup_rec_test $tn.17.1 {
|
||||
CREATE TABLE example (A INTEGER, B INTEGER, C INTEGER, PRIMARY KEY (A,B));
|
||||
} {
|
||||
SELECT * FROM example WHERE a=?
|
||||
} {
|
||||
(no new indexes)
|
||||
SEARCH example USING INDEX sqlite_autoindex_example_1 (A=?)
|
||||
}
|
||||
do_setup_rec_test $tn.17.2 {
|
||||
CREATE TABLE example (A INTEGER, B INTEGER, C INTEGER, PRIMARY KEY (A,B));
|
||||
} {
|
||||
SELECT * FROM example WHERE b=?
|
||||
} {
|
||||
CREATE INDEX example_idx_00000042 ON example(B);
|
||||
SEARCH example USING INDEX example_idx_00000042 (B=?)
|
||||
}
|
||||
do_setup_rec_test $tn.17.3 {
|
||||
CREATE TABLE example (A INTEGER, B INTEGER, C INTEGER, PRIMARY KEY (A,B));
|
||||
} {
|
||||
SELECT * FROM example WHERE a=? AND b=?
|
||||
} {
|
||||
(no new indexes)
|
||||
SEARCH example USING INDEX sqlite_autoindex_example_1 (A=? AND B=?)
|
||||
}
|
||||
do_setup_rec_test $tn.17.4 {
|
||||
CREATE TABLE example (A INTEGER, B INTEGER, C INTEGER, PRIMARY KEY (A,B));
|
||||
} {
|
||||
SELECT * FROM example WHERE a=? AND b>?
|
||||
} {
|
||||
(no new indexes)
|
||||
SEARCH example USING INDEX sqlite_autoindex_example_1 (A=? AND B>?)
|
||||
}
|
||||
do_setup_rec_test $tn.17.5 {
|
||||
CREATE TABLE example (A INTEGER, B INTEGER, C INTEGER, PRIMARY KEY (A,B));
|
||||
} {
|
||||
SELECT * FROM example WHERE a>? AND b=?
|
||||
} {
|
||||
CREATE INDEX example_idx_0000cb3f ON example(B, A);
|
||||
SEARCH example USING INDEX example_idx_0000cb3f (B=? AND A>?)
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
do_setup_rec_test $tn.18.0 {
|
||||
CREATE TABLE SomeObject (
|
||||
a INTEGER PRIMARY KEY,
|
||||
x TEXT GENERATED ALWAYS AS(HEX(a)) VIRTUAL
|
||||
);
|
||||
} {
|
||||
SELECT x FROM SomeObject;
|
||||
} {
|
||||
(no new indexes)
|
||||
SCAN SomeObject
|
||||
}
|
||||
do_setup_rec_test $tn.18.1 {
|
||||
CREATE TABLE SomeObject (
|
||||
a INTEGER PRIMARY KEY,
|
||||
x TEXT GENERATED ALWAYS AS(HEX(a)) VIRTUAL
|
||||
);
|
||||
} {
|
||||
SELECT * FROM SomeObject WHERE x=?;
|
||||
} {
|
||||
CREATE INDEX SomeObject_idx_00000078 ON SomeObject(x);
|
||||
SEARCH SomeObject USING COVERING INDEX SomeObject_idx_00000078 (x=?)
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
do_setup_rec_test $tn.19.0 {
|
||||
CREATE TABLE t1("index");
|
||||
} {
|
||||
SELECT * FROM t1 ORDER BY "index";
|
||||
} {
|
||||
CREATE INDEX t1_idx_01a7214e ON t1('index');
|
||||
SCAN t1 USING COVERING INDEX t1_idx_01a7214e
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
proc do_candidates_test {tn sql res} {
|
||||
set res [squish [string trim $res]]
|
||||
|
||||
set expert [sqlite3_expert_new db]
|
||||
$expert sql $sql
|
||||
$expert analyze
|
||||
|
||||
set candidates [squish [string trim [$expert report 0 candidates]]]
|
||||
$expert destroy
|
||||
|
||||
uplevel [list do_test $tn [list set {} $candidates] $res]
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
reset_db
|
||||
do_execsql_test 5.0 {
|
||||
CREATE TABLE t1(a, b);
|
||||
CREATE TABLE t2(c, d);
|
||||
|
||||
WITH s(i) AS ( VALUES(1) UNION ALL SELECT i+1 FROM s WHERE i<100)
|
||||
INSERT INTO t1 SELECT (i-1)/50, (i-1)/20 FROM s;
|
||||
|
||||
WITH s(i) AS ( VALUES(1) UNION ALL SELECT i+1 FROM s WHERE i<100)
|
||||
INSERT INTO t2 SELECT (i-1)/20, (i-1)/5 FROM s;
|
||||
}
|
||||
do_candidates_test 5.1 {
|
||||
SELECT * FROM t1,t2 WHERE (b=? OR a=?) AND (c=? OR d=?)
|
||||
} {
|
||||
CREATE INDEX t1_idx_00000062 ON t1(b); -- stat1: 100 20
|
||||
CREATE INDEX t1_idx_00000061 ON t1(a); -- stat1: 100 50
|
||||
CREATE INDEX t2_idx_00000063 ON t2(c); -- stat1: 100 20
|
||||
CREATE INDEX t2_idx_00000064 ON t2(d); -- stat1: 100 5
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
do_candidates_test 5.2 {
|
||||
SELECT * FROM t1,t2 WHERE a=? AND b=? AND c=? AND d=?
|
||||
} {
|
||||
CREATE INDEX t1_idx_000123a7 ON t1(a, b); -- stat1: 100 50 17
|
||||
CREATE INDEX t2_idx_0001295b ON t2(c, d); -- stat1: 100 20 5
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
do_execsql_test 5.3 {
|
||||
CREATE INDEX t1_idx_00000061 ON t1(a); -- stat1: 100 50
|
||||
CREATE INDEX t1_idx_00000062 ON t1(b); -- stat1: 100 20
|
||||
CREATE INDEX t1_idx_000123a7 ON t1(a, b); -- stat1: 100 50 16
|
||||
|
||||
CREATE INDEX t2_idx_00000063 ON t2(c); -- stat1: 100 20
|
||||
CREATE INDEX t2_idx_00000064 ON t2(d); -- stat1: 100 5
|
||||
CREATE INDEX t2_idx_0001295b ON t2(c, d); -- stat1: 100 20 5
|
||||
|
||||
ANALYZE;
|
||||
SELECT * FROM sqlite_stat1 ORDER BY 1, 2;
|
||||
} {
|
||||
t1 t1_idx_00000061 {100 50}
|
||||
t1 t1_idx_00000062 {100 20}
|
||||
t1 t1_idx_000123a7 {100 50 17}
|
||||
t2 t2_idx_00000063 {100 20}
|
||||
t2 t2_idx_00000064 {100 5}
|
||||
t2 t2_idx_0001295b {100 20 5}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
finish_test
|
||||
@@ -1,168 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
** 2017 April 07
|
||||
**
|
||||
** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
|
||||
** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
|
||||
**
|
||||
** May you do good and not evil.
|
||||
** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
|
||||
** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
|
||||
**
|
||||
*************************************************************************
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#if !defined(SQLITEEXPERT_H)
|
||||
#define SQLITEEXPERT_H 1
|
||||
#include "sqlite3.h"
|
||||
|
||||
typedef struct sqlite3expert sqlite3expert;
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
** Create a new sqlite3expert object.
|
||||
**
|
||||
** If successful, a pointer to the new object is returned and (*pzErr) set
|
||||
** to NULL. Or, if an error occurs, NULL is returned and (*pzErr) set to
|
||||
** an English-language error message. In this case it is the responsibility
|
||||
** of the caller to eventually free the error message buffer using
|
||||
** sqlite3_free().
|
||||
*/
|
||||
sqlite3expert *sqlite3_expert_new(sqlite3 *db, char **pzErr);
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
** Configure an sqlite3expert object.
|
||||
**
|
||||
** EXPERT_CONFIG_SAMPLE:
|
||||
** By default, sqlite3_expert_analyze() generates sqlite_stat1 data for
|
||||
** each candidate index. This involves scanning and sorting the entire
|
||||
** contents of each user database table once for each candidate index
|
||||
** associated with the table. For large databases, this can be
|
||||
** prohibitively slow. This option allows the sqlite3expert object to
|
||||
** be configured so that sqlite_stat1 data is instead generated based on a
|
||||
** subset of each table, or so that no sqlite_stat1 data is used at all.
|
||||
**
|
||||
** A single integer argument is passed to this option. If the value is less
|
||||
** than or equal to zero, then no sqlite_stat1 data is generated or used by
|
||||
** the analysis - indexes are recommended based on the database schema only.
|
||||
** Or, if the value is 100 or greater, complete sqlite_stat1 data is
|
||||
** generated for each candidate index (this is the default). Finally, if the
|
||||
** value falls between 0 and 100, then it represents the percentage of user
|
||||
** table rows that should be considered when generating sqlite_stat1 data.
|
||||
**
|
||||
** Examples:
|
||||
**
|
||||
** // Do not generate any sqlite_stat1 data
|
||||
** sqlite3_expert_config(pExpert, EXPERT_CONFIG_SAMPLE, 0);
|
||||
**
|
||||
** // Generate sqlite_stat1 data based on 10% of the rows in each table.
|
||||
** sqlite3_expert_config(pExpert, EXPERT_CONFIG_SAMPLE, 10);
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int sqlite3_expert_config(sqlite3expert *p, int op, ...);
|
||||
|
||||
#define EXPERT_CONFIG_SAMPLE 1 /* int */
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
** Specify zero or more SQL statements to be included in the analysis.
|
||||
**
|
||||
** Buffer zSql must contain zero or more complete SQL statements. This
|
||||
** function parses all statements contained in the buffer and adds them
|
||||
** to the internal list of statements to analyze. If successful, SQLITE_OK
|
||||
** is returned and (*pzErr) set to NULL. Or, if an error occurs - for example
|
||||
** due to a error in the SQL - an SQLite error code is returned and (*pzErr)
|
||||
** may be set to point to an English language error message. In this case
|
||||
** the caller is responsible for eventually freeing the error message buffer
|
||||
** using sqlite3_free().
|
||||
**
|
||||
** If an error does occur while processing one of the statements in the
|
||||
** buffer passed as the second argument, none of the statements in the
|
||||
** buffer are added to the analysis.
|
||||
**
|
||||
** This function must be called before sqlite3_expert_analyze(). If a call
|
||||
** to this function is made on an sqlite3expert object that has already
|
||||
** been passed to sqlite3_expert_analyze() SQLITE_MISUSE is returned
|
||||
** immediately and no statements are added to the analysis.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int sqlite3_expert_sql(
|
||||
sqlite3expert *p, /* From a successful sqlite3_expert_new() */
|
||||
const char *zSql, /* SQL statement(s) to add */
|
||||
char **pzErr /* OUT: Error message (if any) */
|
||||
);
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
** This function is called after the sqlite3expert object has been configured
|
||||
** with all SQL statements using sqlite3_expert_sql() to actually perform
|
||||
** the analysis. Once this function has been called, it is not possible to
|
||||
** add further SQL statements to the analysis.
|
||||
**
|
||||
** If successful, SQLITE_OK is returned and (*pzErr) is set to NULL. Or, if
|
||||
** an error occurs, an SQLite error code is returned and (*pzErr) set to
|
||||
** point to a buffer containing an English language error message. In this
|
||||
** case it is the responsibility of the caller to eventually free the buffer
|
||||
** using sqlite3_free().
|
||||
**
|
||||
** If an error does occur within this function, the sqlite3expert object
|
||||
** is no longer useful for any purpose. At that point it is no longer
|
||||
** possible to add further SQL statements to the object or to re-attempt
|
||||
** the analysis. The sqlite3expert object must still be freed using a call
|
||||
** sqlite3_expert_destroy().
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int sqlite3_expert_analyze(sqlite3expert *p, char **pzErr);
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
** Return the total number of statements loaded using sqlite3_expert_sql().
|
||||
** The total number of SQL statements may be different from the total number
|
||||
** to calls to sqlite3_expert_sql().
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int sqlite3_expert_count(sqlite3expert*);
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
** Return a component of the report.
|
||||
**
|
||||
** This function is called after sqlite3_expert_analyze() to extract the
|
||||
** results of the analysis. Each call to this function returns either a
|
||||
** NULL pointer or a pointer to a buffer containing a nul-terminated string.
|
||||
** The value passed as the third argument must be one of the EXPERT_REPORT_*
|
||||
** #define constants defined below.
|
||||
**
|
||||
** For some EXPERT_REPORT_* parameters, the buffer returned contains
|
||||
** information relating to a specific SQL statement. In these cases that
|
||||
** SQL statement is identified by the value passed as the second argument.
|
||||
** SQL statements are numbered from 0 in the order in which they are parsed.
|
||||
** If an out-of-range value (less than zero or equal to or greater than the
|
||||
** value returned by sqlite3_expert_count()) is passed as the second argument
|
||||
** along with such an EXPERT_REPORT_* parameter, NULL is always returned.
|
||||
**
|
||||
** EXPERT_REPORT_SQL:
|
||||
** Return the text of SQL statement iStmt.
|
||||
**
|
||||
** EXPERT_REPORT_INDEXES:
|
||||
** Return a buffer containing the CREATE INDEX statements for all recommended
|
||||
** indexes for statement iStmt. If there are no new recommeded indexes, NULL
|
||||
** is returned.
|
||||
**
|
||||
** EXPERT_REPORT_PLAN:
|
||||
** Return a buffer containing the EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN output for SQL query
|
||||
** iStmt after the proposed indexes have been added to the database schema.
|
||||
**
|
||||
** EXPERT_REPORT_CANDIDATES:
|
||||
** Return a pointer to a buffer containing the CREATE INDEX statements
|
||||
** for all indexes that were tested (for all SQL statements). The iStmt
|
||||
** parameter is ignored for EXPERT_REPORT_CANDIDATES calls.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
const char *sqlite3_expert_report(sqlite3expert*, int iStmt, int eReport);
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
** Values for the third argument passed to sqlite3_expert_report().
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define EXPERT_REPORT_SQL 1
|
||||
#define EXPERT_REPORT_INDEXES 2
|
||||
#define EXPERT_REPORT_PLAN 3
|
||||
#define EXPERT_REPORT_CANDIDATES 4
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
** Free an (sqlite3expert*) handle and all associated resources. There
|
||||
** should be one call to this function for each successful call to
|
||||
** sqlite3-expert_new().
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void sqlite3_expert_destroy(sqlite3expert*);
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* !defined(SQLITEEXPERT_H) */
|
||||
@@ -1,220 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
** 2017 April 07
|
||||
**
|
||||
** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
|
||||
** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
|
||||
**
|
||||
** May you do good and not evil.
|
||||
** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
|
||||
** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
|
||||
**
|
||||
*************************************************************************
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(SQLITE_TEST)
|
||||
|
||||
#include "sqlite3expert.h"
|
||||
#include <assert.h>
|
||||
#include <string.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(INCLUDE_SQLITE_TCL_H)
|
||||
# include "sqlite_tcl.h"
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# include "tcl.h"
|
||||
# ifndef SQLITE_TCLAPI
|
||||
# define SQLITE_TCLAPI
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
** Extract an sqlite3* db handle from the object passed as the second
|
||||
** argument. If successful, set *pDb to point to the db handle and return
|
||||
** TCL_OK. Otherwise, return TCL_ERROR.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static int dbHandleFromObj(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *pObj, sqlite3 **pDb){
|
||||
Tcl_CmdInfo info;
|
||||
if( 0==Tcl_GetCommandInfo(interp, Tcl_GetString(pObj), &info) ){
|
||||
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "no such handle: ", Tcl_GetString(pObj), 0);
|
||||
return TCL_ERROR;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
*pDb = *(sqlite3 **)info.objClientData;
|
||||
return TCL_OK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
** Tclcmd: $expert sql SQL
|
||||
** $expert analyze
|
||||
** $expert count
|
||||
** $expert report STMT EREPORT
|
||||
** $expert destroy
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static int SQLITE_TCLAPI testExpertCmd(
|
||||
void *clientData,
|
||||
Tcl_Interp *interp,
|
||||
int objc,
|
||||
Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]
|
||||
){
|
||||
sqlite3expert *pExpert = (sqlite3expert*)clientData;
|
||||
struct Subcmd {
|
||||
const char *zSub;
|
||||
int nArg;
|
||||
const char *zMsg;
|
||||
} aSub[] = {
|
||||
{ "sql", 1, "TABLE", }, /* 0 */
|
||||
{ "analyze", 0, "", }, /* 1 */
|
||||
{ "count", 0, "", }, /* 2 */
|
||||
{ "report", 2, "STMT EREPORT", }, /* 3 */
|
||||
{ "destroy", 0, "", }, /* 4 */
|
||||
{ 0 }
|
||||
};
|
||||
int iSub;
|
||||
int rc = TCL_OK;
|
||||
char *zErr = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
if( objc<2 ){
|
||||
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "SUBCOMMAND ...");
|
||||
return TCL_ERROR;
|
||||
}
|
||||
rc = Tcl_GetIndexFromObjStruct(interp,
|
||||
objv[1], aSub, sizeof(aSub[0]), "sub-command", 0, &iSub
|
||||
);
|
||||
if( rc!=TCL_OK ) return rc;
|
||||
if( objc!=2+aSub[iSub].nArg ){
|
||||
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, aSub[iSub].zMsg);
|
||||
return TCL_ERROR;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
switch( iSub ){
|
||||
case 0: { /* sql */
|
||||
char *zArg = Tcl_GetString(objv[2]);
|
||||
rc = sqlite3_expert_sql(pExpert, zArg, &zErr);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
case 1: { /* analyze */
|
||||
rc = sqlite3_expert_analyze(pExpert, &zErr);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
case 2: { /* count */
|
||||
int n = sqlite3_expert_count(pExpert);
|
||||
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewIntObj(n));
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
case 3: { /* report */
|
||||
const char *aEnum[] = {
|
||||
"sql", "indexes", "plan", "candidates", 0
|
||||
};
|
||||
int iEnum;
|
||||
int iStmt;
|
||||
const char *zReport;
|
||||
|
||||
if( Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[2], &iStmt)
|
||||
|| Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(interp, objv[3], aEnum, "report", 0, &iEnum)
|
||||
){
|
||||
return TCL_ERROR;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
assert( EXPERT_REPORT_SQL==1 );
|
||||
assert( EXPERT_REPORT_INDEXES==2 );
|
||||
assert( EXPERT_REPORT_PLAN==3 );
|
||||
assert( EXPERT_REPORT_CANDIDATES==4 );
|
||||
zReport = sqlite3_expert_report(pExpert, iStmt, 1+iEnum);
|
||||
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(zReport, -1));
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
default: /* destroy */
|
||||
assert( iSub==4 );
|
||||
Tcl_DeleteCommand(interp, Tcl_GetString(objv[0]));
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if( rc!=TCL_OK ){
|
||||
if( zErr ){
|
||||
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(zErr, -1));
|
||||
}else{
|
||||
extern const char *sqlite3ErrName(int);
|
||||
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(sqlite3ErrName(rc), -1));
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
sqlite3_free(zErr);
|
||||
return rc;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static void SQLITE_TCLAPI testExpertDel(void *clientData){
|
||||
sqlite3expert *pExpert = (sqlite3expert*)clientData;
|
||||
sqlite3_expert_destroy(pExpert);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
** sqlite3_expert_new DB
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static int SQLITE_TCLAPI test_sqlite3_expert_new(
|
||||
void * clientData,
|
||||
Tcl_Interp *interp,
|
||||
int objc,
|
||||
Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]
|
||||
){
|
||||
static int iCmd = 0;
|
||||
sqlite3 *db;
|
||||
char *zCmd = 0;
|
||||
char *zErr = 0;
|
||||
sqlite3expert *pExpert;
|
||||
int rc = TCL_OK;
|
||||
|
||||
if( objc!=2 ){
|
||||
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "DB");
|
||||
return TCL_ERROR;
|
||||
}
|
||||
if( dbHandleFromObj(interp, objv[1], &db) ){
|
||||
return TCL_ERROR;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
zCmd = sqlite3_mprintf("sqlite3expert%d", ++iCmd);
|
||||
if( zCmd==0 ){
|
||||
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "out of memory", (char*)0);
|
||||
return TCL_ERROR;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
pExpert = sqlite3_expert_new(db, &zErr);
|
||||
if( pExpert==0 ){
|
||||
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, zErr, (char*)0);
|
||||
rc = TCL_ERROR;
|
||||
}else{
|
||||
void *p = (void*)pExpert;
|
||||
Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp, zCmd, testExpertCmd, p, testExpertDel);
|
||||
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(zCmd, -1));
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
sqlite3_free(zCmd);
|
||||
sqlite3_free(zErr);
|
||||
return rc;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */
|
||||
|
||||
int TestExpert_Init(Tcl_Interp *interp){
|
||||
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
|
||||
struct Cmd {
|
||||
const char *zCmd;
|
||||
Tcl_ObjCmdProc *xProc;
|
||||
} aCmd[] = {
|
||||
{ "sqlite3_expert_new", test_sqlite3_expert_new },
|
||||
};
|
||||
int i;
|
||||
|
||||
for(i=0; i<sizeof(aCmd)/sizeof(struct Cmd); i++){
|
||||
struct Cmd *p = &aCmd[i];
|
||||
Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp, p->zCmd, p->xProc, 0, 0);
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
return TCL_OK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
|
||||
** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
|
||||
**
|
||||
*************************************************************************
|
||||
** This is the header file for the generic hash-table implementation
|
||||
** This is the header file for the generic hash-table implemenation
|
||||
** used in SQLite. We've modified it slightly to serve as a standalone
|
||||
** hash table implementation for the full-text indexing module.
|
||||
**
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -205,13 +205,13 @@ static int getVarint32(const char *p, int *pi){
|
||||
*/
|
||||
/* TODO(shess) Is __isascii() a portable version of (c&0x80)==0? */
|
||||
static int safe_isspace(char c){
|
||||
return (c&0x80)==0 ? isspace((unsigned char)c) : 0;
|
||||
return (c&0x80)==0 ? isspace(c) : 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
static int safe_tolower(char c){
|
||||
return (c&0x80)==0 ? tolower((unsigned char)c) : c;
|
||||
return (c&0x80)==0 ? tolower(c) : c;
|
||||
}
|
||||
static int safe_isalnum(char c){
|
||||
return (c&0x80)==0 ? isalnum((unsigned char)c) : 0;
|
||||
return (c&0x80)==0 ? isalnum(c) : 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
typedef enum DocListType {
|
||||
@@ -3335,11 +3335,8 @@ int sqlite3Fts1Init(sqlite3 *db){
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#if !SQLITE_CORE
|
||||
#ifdef _WIN32
|
||||
__declspec(dllexport)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
int sqlite3_fts1_init(sqlite3 *db, char **pzErrMsg,
|
||||
const sqlite3_api_routines *pApi){
|
||||
int sqlite3_extension_init(sqlite3 *db, char **pzErrMsg,
|
||||
const sqlite3_api_routines *pApi){
|
||||
SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT2(pApi)
|
||||
return sqlite3Fts1Init(db);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
|
||||
** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
|
||||
**
|
||||
*************************************************************************
|
||||
** This is the header file for the generic hash-table implementation
|
||||
** This is the header file for the generic hash-table implemenation
|
||||
** used in SQLite. We've modified it slightly to serve as a standalone
|
||||
** hash table implementation for the full-text indexing module.
|
||||
**
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -852,14 +852,8 @@ static void fulltext_vtab_destroy(fulltext_vtab *v){
|
||||
** argv[3] - tokenizer name (optional, a sensible default is provided)
|
||||
** argv[4..] - passed to tokenizer (optional based on tokenizer)
|
||||
**/
|
||||
static int fulltextConnect(
|
||||
sqlite3 *db,
|
||||
void *pAux,
|
||||
int argc,
|
||||
const char * const *argv,
|
||||
sqlite3_vtab **ppVTab,
|
||||
char **pzErr
|
||||
){
|
||||
static int fulltextConnect(sqlite3 *db, void *pAux, int argc, char **argv,
|
||||
sqlite3_vtab **ppVTab){
|
||||
int rc;
|
||||
fulltext_vtab *v;
|
||||
sqlite3_tokenizer_module *m = NULL;
|
||||
@@ -904,14 +898,8 @@ static int fulltextConnect(
|
||||
return SQLITE_OK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static int fulltextCreate(
|
||||
sqlite3 *db,
|
||||
void *pAux,
|
||||
int argc,
|
||||
const char * const *argv,
|
||||
sqlite3_vtab **ppVTab,
|
||||
char **pzErr
|
||||
){
|
||||
static int fulltextCreate(sqlite3 *db, void *pAux, int argc, char **argv,
|
||||
sqlite3_vtab **ppVTab){
|
||||
int rc;
|
||||
assert( argc>=3 );
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -946,7 +934,7 @@ static int fulltextCreate(
|
||||
"create index %_index on %_term(term, first)");
|
||||
if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
|
||||
|
||||
return fulltextConnect(db, pAux, argc, argv, ppVTab, pzErr);
|
||||
return fulltextConnect(db, pAux, argc, argv, ppVTab);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Decide how to handle an SQL query.
|
||||
@@ -1500,11 +1488,8 @@ int fulltext_init(sqlite3 *db){
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#if !SQLITE_CORE
|
||||
#ifdef _WIN32
|
||||
__declspec(dllexport)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
int sqlite3_fulltext_init(sqlite3 *db, char **pzErrMsg,
|
||||
const sqlite3_api_routines *pApi){
|
||||
int sqlite3_extension_init(sqlite3 *db, char **pzErrMsg,
|
||||
const sqlite3_api_routines *pApi){
|
||||
SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT2(pApi)
|
||||
return fulltext_init(db);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -138,7 +138,7 @@ static int simpleNext(
|
||||
** case-insensitivity.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
char ch = c->pCurrent[ii];
|
||||
c->zToken[ii] = (unsigned char)ch<0x80 ? tolower((unsigned char)ch):ch;
|
||||
c->zToken[ii] = (unsigned char)ch<0x80 ? tolower(ch) : ch;
|
||||
}
|
||||
c->zToken[n] = '\0';
|
||||
*ppToken = c->zToken;
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -306,6 +306,8 @@
|
||||
#include <stdlib.h>
|
||||
#include <stdio.h>
|
||||
#include <string.h>
|
||||
#include <ctype.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#include "fts2.h"
|
||||
#include "fts2_hash.h"
|
||||
#include "fts2_tokenizer.h"
|
||||
@@ -343,13 +345,13 @@ SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT1
|
||||
*/
|
||||
/* TODO(shess) Is __isascii() a portable version of (c&0x80)==0? */
|
||||
static int safe_isspace(char c){
|
||||
return c==' ' || c=='\t' || c=='\n' || c=='\r' || c=='\v' || c=='\f';
|
||||
return (c&0x80)==0 ? isspace(c) : 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
static int safe_tolower(char c){
|
||||
return (c>='A' && c<='Z') ? (c - 'A' + 'a') : c;
|
||||
return (c&0x80)==0 ? tolower(c) : c;
|
||||
}
|
||||
static int safe_isalnum(char c){
|
||||
return (c>='0' && c<='9') || (c>='A' && c<='Z') || (c>='a' && c<='z');
|
||||
return (c&0x80)==0 ? isalnum(c) : 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
typedef enum DocListType {
|
||||
@@ -5051,7 +5053,7 @@ static int leavesReaderAtEnd(LeavesReader *pReader){
|
||||
** modification to control flow all over the place, though, so for now
|
||||
** just punt.
|
||||
**
|
||||
** Note the current system assumes that segment merges will run to
|
||||
** Note the the current system assumes that segment merges will run to
|
||||
** completion, which is why this particular probably hasn't arisen in
|
||||
** this case. Probably a brittle assumption.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
@@ -6779,7 +6781,7 @@ void sqlite3Fts2IcuTokenizerModule(sqlite3_tokenizer_module const**ppModule);
|
||||
int sqlite3Fts2InitHashTable(sqlite3 *, fts2Hash *, const char *);
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
** Initialize the fts2 extension. If this extension is built as part
|
||||
** Initialise the fts2 extension. If this extension is built as part
|
||||
** of the sqlite library, then this function is called directly by
|
||||
** SQLite. If fts2 is built as a dynamically loadable extension, this
|
||||
** function is called by the sqlite3_extension_init() entry point.
|
||||
@@ -6797,7 +6799,7 @@ int sqlite3Fts2Init(sqlite3 *db){
|
||||
sqlite3Fts2IcuTokenizerModule(&pIcu);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Allocate and initialize the hash-table used to store tokenizers. */
|
||||
/* Allocate and initialise the hash-table used to store tokenizers. */
|
||||
pHash = sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(fts2Hash));
|
||||
if( !pHash ){
|
||||
rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
|
||||
@@ -6844,10 +6846,7 @@ int sqlite3Fts2Init(sqlite3 *db){
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#if !SQLITE_CORE
|
||||
#ifdef _WIN32
|
||||
__declspec(dllexport)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
int sqlite3_fts2_init(
|
||||
int sqlite3_extension_init(
|
||||
sqlite3 *db,
|
||||
char **pzErrMsg,
|
||||
const sqlite3_api_routines *pApi
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -30,8 +30,6 @@
|
||||
#include <string.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#include "sqlite3.h"
|
||||
#include "sqlite3ext.h"
|
||||
SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT3
|
||||
#include "fts2_hash.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
|
||||
** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
|
||||
**
|
||||
*************************************************************************
|
||||
** This is the header file for the generic hash-table implementation
|
||||
** This is the header file for the generic hash-table implemenation
|
||||
** used in SQLite. We've modified it slightly to serve as a standalone
|
||||
** hash table implementation for the full-text indexing module.
|
||||
**
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -118,7 +118,7 @@ static int icuOpen(
|
||||
nChar = nInput+1;
|
||||
pCsr = (IcuCursor *)sqlite3_malloc(
|
||||
sizeof(IcuCursor) + /* IcuCursor */
|
||||
((nChar+3)&~3) * sizeof(UChar) + /* IcuCursor.aChar[] */
|
||||
nChar * sizeof(UChar) + /* IcuCursor.aChar[] */
|
||||
(nChar+1) * sizeof(int) /* IcuCursor.aOffset[] */
|
||||
);
|
||||
if( !pCsr ){
|
||||
@@ -126,7 +126,7 @@ static int icuOpen(
|
||||
}
|
||||
memset(pCsr, 0, sizeof(IcuCursor));
|
||||
pCsr->aChar = (UChar *)&pCsr[1];
|
||||
pCsr->aOffset = (int *)&pCsr->aChar[(nChar+3)&~3];
|
||||
pCsr->aOffset = (int *)&pCsr->aChar[nChar];
|
||||
|
||||
pCsr->aOffset[iOut] = iInput;
|
||||
U8_NEXT(zInput, iInput, nInput, c);
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -29,10 +29,8 @@
|
||||
#include <stdlib.h>
|
||||
#include <stdio.h>
|
||||
#include <string.h>
|
||||
#include <ctype.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#include "sqlite3.h"
|
||||
#include "sqlite3ext.h"
|
||||
SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT3
|
||||
#include "fts2_tokenizer.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -28,7 +28,7 @@
|
||||
|
||||
#include "sqlite3.h"
|
||||
#include "sqlite3ext.h"
|
||||
SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT3
|
||||
SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT1
|
||||
|
||||
#include "fts2_hash.h"
|
||||
#include "fts2_tokenizer.h"
|
||||
@@ -99,11 +99,7 @@ static void scalarFunc(
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(INCLUDE_SQLITE_TCL_H)
|
||||
# include "sqlite_tcl.h"
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# include "tcl.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#include <tcl.h>
|
||||
#include <string.h>
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
@@ -323,7 +319,7 @@ static void intTestFunc(
|
||||
/*
|
||||
** Set up SQL objects in database db used to access the contents of
|
||||
** the hash table pointed to by argument pHash. The hash table must
|
||||
** been initialized to use string keys, and to take a private copy
|
||||
** been initialised to use string keys, and to take a private copy
|
||||
** of the key when a value is inserted. i.e. by a call similar to:
|
||||
**
|
||||
** sqlite3Fts2HashInit(pHash, FTS2_HASH_STRING, 1);
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -70,7 +70,7 @@ struct sqlite3_tokenizer_module {
|
||||
** This method should return either SQLITE_OK (0), or an SQLite error
|
||||
** code. If SQLITE_OK is returned, then *ppTokenizer should be set
|
||||
** to point at the newly created tokenizer structure. The generic
|
||||
** sqlite3_tokenizer.pModule variable should not be initialized by
|
||||
** sqlite3_tokenizer.pModule variable should not be initialised by
|
||||
** this callback. The caller will do so.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int (*xCreate)(
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -29,10 +29,8 @@
|
||||
#include <stdlib.h>
|
||||
#include <stdio.h>
|
||||
#include <string.h>
|
||||
#include <ctype.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#include "sqlite3.h"
|
||||
#include "sqlite3ext.h"
|
||||
SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT3
|
||||
#include "fts2_tokenizer.h"
|
||||
|
||||
typedef struct simple_tokenizer {
|
||||
@@ -91,8 +89,7 @@ static int simpleCreate(
|
||||
/* Mark non-alphanumeric ASCII characters as delimiters */
|
||||
int i;
|
||||
for(i=1; i<0x80; i++){
|
||||
t->delim[i] = !((i>='0' && i<='9') || (i>='A' && i<='Z') ||
|
||||
(i>='a' && i<='z'));
|
||||
t->delim[i] = !isalnum(i);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -194,7 +191,7 @@ static int simpleNext(
|
||||
** case-insensitivity.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
unsigned char ch = p[iStartOffset+i];
|
||||
c->pToken[i] = (ch>='A' && ch<='Z') ? (ch - 'A' + 'a') : ch;
|
||||
c->pToken[i] = ch<0x80 ? tolower(ch) : ch;
|
||||
}
|
||||
*ppToken = c->pToken;
|
||||
*pnBytes = n;
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,176 +0,0 @@
|
||||
|
||||
FTS4 CONTENT OPTION
|
||||
|
||||
Normally, in order to create a full-text index on a dataset, the FTS4
|
||||
module stores a copy of all indexed documents in a specially created
|
||||
database table.
|
||||
|
||||
As of SQLite version 3.7.9, FTS4 supports a new option - "content" -
|
||||
designed to extend FTS4 to support the creation of full-text indexes where:
|
||||
|
||||
* The indexed documents are not stored within the SQLite database
|
||||
at all (a "contentless" FTS4 table), or
|
||||
|
||||
* The indexed documents are stored in a database table created and
|
||||
managed by the user (an "external content" FTS4 table).
|
||||
|
||||
Because the indexed documents themselves are usually much larger than
|
||||
the full-text index, the content option can sometimes be used to achieve
|
||||
significant space savings.
|
||||
|
||||
CONTENTLESS FTS4 TABLES
|
||||
|
||||
In order to create an FTS4 table that does not store a copy of the indexed
|
||||
documents at all, the content option should be set to an empty string.
|
||||
For example, the following SQL creates such an FTS4 table with three
|
||||
columns - "a", "b", and "c":
|
||||
|
||||
CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE t1 USING fts4(content="", a, b, c);
|
||||
|
||||
Data can be inserted into such an FTS4 table using an INSERT statements.
|
||||
However, unlike ordinary FTS4 tables, the user must supply an explicit
|
||||
integer docid value. For example:
|
||||
|
||||
-- This statement is Ok:
|
||||
INSERT INTO t1(docid, a, b, c) VALUES(1, 'a b c', 'd e f', 'g h i');
|
||||
|
||||
-- This statement causes an error, as no docid value has been provided:
|
||||
INSERT INTO t1(a, b, c) VALUES('j k l', 'm n o', 'p q r');
|
||||
|
||||
It is not possible to UPDATE or DELETE a row stored in a contentless FTS4
|
||||
table. Attempting to do so is an error.
|
||||
|
||||
Contentless FTS4 tables also support SELECT statements. However, it is
|
||||
an error to attempt to retrieve the value of any table column other than
|
||||
the docid column. The auxiliary function matchinfo() may be used, but
|
||||
snippet() and offsets() may not. For example:
|
||||
|
||||
-- The following statements are Ok:
|
||||
SELECT docid FROM t1 WHERE t1 MATCH 'xxx';
|
||||
SELECT docid FROM t1 WHERE a MATCH 'xxx';
|
||||
SELECT matchinfo(t1) FROM t1 WHERE t1 MATCH 'xxx';
|
||||
|
||||
-- The following statements all cause errors, as the value of columns
|
||||
-- other than docid are required to evaluate them.
|
||||
SELECT * FROM t1;
|
||||
SELECT a, b FROM t1 WHERE t1 MATCH 'xxx';
|
||||
SELECT docid FROM t1 WHERE a LIKE 'xxx%';
|
||||
SELECT snippet(t1) FROM t1 WHERE t1 MATCH 'xxx';
|
||||
|
||||
Errors related to attempting to retrieve column values other than docid
|
||||
are runtime errors that occur within sqlite3_step(). In some cases, for
|
||||
example if the MATCH expression in a SELECT query matches zero rows, there
|
||||
may be no error at all even if a statement does refer to column values
|
||||
other than docid.
|
||||
|
||||
EXTERNAL CONTENT FTS4 TABLES
|
||||
|
||||
An "external content" FTS4 table is similar to a contentless table, except
|
||||
that if evaluation of a query requires the value of a column other than
|
||||
docid, FTS4 attempts to retrieve that value from a table (or view, or
|
||||
virtual table) nominated by the user (hereafter referred to as the "content
|
||||
table"). The FTS4 module never writes to the content table, and writing
|
||||
to the content table does not affect the full-text index. It is the
|
||||
responsibility of the user to ensure that the content table and the
|
||||
full-text index are consistent.
|
||||
|
||||
An external content FTS4 table is created by setting the content option
|
||||
to the name of a table (or view, or virtual table) that may be queried by
|
||||
FTS4 to retrieve column values when required. If the nominated table does
|
||||
not exist, then an external content table behaves in the same way as
|
||||
a contentless table. For example:
|
||||
|
||||
CREATE TABLE t2(id INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, a, b, c);
|
||||
CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE t3 USING fts4(content="t2", a, c);
|
||||
|
||||
Assuming the nominated table does exist, then its columns must be the same
|
||||
as or a superset of those defined for the FTS table.
|
||||
|
||||
When a users query on the FTS table requires a column value other than
|
||||
docid, FTS attempts to read this value from the corresponding column of
|
||||
the row in the content table with a rowid value equal to the current FTS
|
||||
docid. Or, if such a row cannot be found in the content table, a NULL
|
||||
value is used instead. For example:
|
||||
|
||||
CREATE TABLE t2(id INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, a, b, c, d);
|
||||
CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE t3 USING fts4(content="t2", b, c);
|
||||
|
||||
INSERT INTO t2 VALUES(2, 'a b', 'c d', 'e f');
|
||||
INSERT INTO t2 VALUES(3, 'g h', 'i j', 'k l');
|
||||
INSERT INTO t3(docid, b, c) SELECT id, b, c FROM t2;
|
||||
|
||||
-- The following query returns a single row with two columns containing
|
||||
-- the text values "i j" and "k l".
|
||||
--
|
||||
-- The query uses the full-text index to discover that the MATCH
|
||||
-- term matches the row with docid=3. It then retrieves the values
|
||||
-- of columns b and c from the row with rowid=3 in the content table
|
||||
-- to return.
|
||||
--
|
||||
SELECT * FROM t3 WHERE t3 MATCH 'k';
|
||||
|
||||
-- Following the UPDATE, the query still returns a single row, this
|
||||
-- time containing the text values "xxx" and "yyy". This is because the
|
||||
-- full-text index still indicates that the row with docid=3 matches
|
||||
-- the FTS4 query 'k', even though the documents stored in the content
|
||||
-- table have been modified.
|
||||
--
|
||||
UPDATE t2 SET b = 'xxx', c = 'yyy' WHERE rowid = 3;
|
||||
SELECT * FROM t3 WHERE t3 MATCH 'k';
|
||||
|
||||
-- Following the DELETE below, the query returns one row containing two
|
||||
-- NULL values. NULL values are returned because FTS is unable to find
|
||||
-- a row with rowid=3 within the content table.
|
||||
--
|
||||
DELETE FROM t2;
|
||||
SELECT * FROM t3 WHERE t3 MATCH 'k';
|
||||
|
||||
When a row is deleted from an external content FTS4 table, FTS4 needs to
|
||||
retrieve the column values of the row being deleted from the content table.
|
||||
This is so that FTS4 can update the full-text index entries for each token
|
||||
that occurs within the deleted row to indicate that that row has been
|
||||
deleted. If the content table row cannot be found, or if it contains values
|
||||
inconsistent with the contents of the FTS index, the results can be difficult
|
||||
to predict. The FTS index may be left containing entries corresponding to the
|
||||
deleted row, which can lead to seemingly nonsensical results being returned
|
||||
by subsequent SELECT queries. The same applies when a row is updated, as
|
||||
internally an UPDATE is the same as a DELETE followed by an INSERT.
|
||||
|
||||
Instead of writing separately to the full-text index and the content table,
|
||||
some users may wish to use database triggers to keep the full-text index
|
||||
up to date with respect to the set of documents stored in the content table.
|
||||
For example, using the tables from earlier examples:
|
||||
|
||||
CREATE TRIGGER t2_bu BEFORE UPDATE ON t2 BEGIN
|
||||
DELETE FROM t3 WHERE docid=old.rowid;
|
||||
END;
|
||||
CREATE TRIGGER t2_bd BEFORE DELETE ON t2 BEGIN
|
||||
DELETE FROM t3 WHERE docid=old.rowid;
|
||||
END;
|
||||
|
||||
CREATE TRIGGER t2_bu AFTER UPDATE ON t2 BEGIN
|
||||
INSERT INTO t3(docid, b, c) VALUES(new.rowid, new.b, new.c);
|
||||
END;
|
||||
CREATE TRIGGER t2_bd AFTER INSERT ON t2 BEGIN
|
||||
INSERT INTO t3(docid, b, c) VALUES(new.rowid, new.b, new.c);
|
||||
END;
|
||||
|
||||
The DELETE trigger must be fired before the actual delete takes place
|
||||
on the content table. This is so that FTS4 can still retrieve the original
|
||||
values in order to update the full-text index. And the INSERT trigger must
|
||||
be fired after the new row is inserted, so as to handle the case where the
|
||||
rowid is assigned automatically within the system. The UPDATE trigger must
|
||||
be split into two parts, one fired before and one after the update of the
|
||||
content table, for the same reasons.
|
||||
|
||||
FTS4 features a special command similar to the 'optimize' command that
|
||||
deletes the entire full-text index and rebuilds it based on the current
|
||||
set of documents in the content table. Assuming again that "t3" is the
|
||||
name of the external content FTS4 table, the command is:
|
||||
|
||||
INSERT INTO t3(t3) VALUES('rebuild');
|
||||
|
||||
This command may also be used with ordinary FTS4 tables, although it may
|
||||
only be useful if the full-text index has somehow become corrupt. It is an
|
||||
error to attempt to rebuild the full-text index maintained by a contentless
|
||||
FTS4 table.
|
||||
@@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
|
||||
);
|
||||
|
||||
The built-in tokenizers (valid values to pass as <tokenizer name>) are
|
||||
"simple", "porter" and "unicode".
|
||||
"simple" and "porter".
|
||||
|
||||
<tokenizer-args> should consist of zero or more white-space separated
|
||||
arguments to pass to the selected tokenizer implementation. The
|
||||
@@ -52,10 +52,8 @@
|
||||
|
||||
SECURITY: If the fts3 extension is used in an environment where potentially
|
||||
malicious users may execute arbitrary SQL (i.e. gears), they should be
|
||||
prevented from invoking the fts3_tokenizer() function. The
|
||||
fts3_tokenizer() function is disabled by default. It is only enabled
|
||||
by SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_FTS3_TOKENIZER. Do not enable it in
|
||||
security sensitive environments.
|
||||
prevented from invoking the fts3_tokenizer() function, possibly using the
|
||||
authorisation callback.
|
||||
|
||||
See "Sample code" below for an example of calling the fts3_tokenizer()
|
||||
function from C code.
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,654 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
** 2009 Nov 12
|
||||
**
|
||||
** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
|
||||
** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
|
||||
**
|
||||
** May you do good and not evil.
|
||||
** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
|
||||
** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
|
||||
**
|
||||
******************************************************************************
|
||||
**
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#ifndef _FTSINT_H
|
||||
#define _FTSINT_H
|
||||
|
||||
#if !defined(NDEBUG) && !defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
|
||||
# define NDEBUG 1
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* FTS3/FTS4 require virtual tables */
|
||||
#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
|
||||
# undef SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3
|
||||
# undef SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS4
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
** FTS4 is really an extension for FTS3. It is enabled using the
|
||||
** SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3 macro. But to avoid confusion we also all
|
||||
** the SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS4 macro to serve as an alisse for SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS4) && !defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3)
|
||||
# define SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3)
|
||||
|
||||
/* If not building as part of the core, include sqlite3ext.h. */
|
||||
#ifndef SQLITE_CORE
|
||||
# include "sqlite3ext.h"
|
||||
SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT3
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include "sqlite3.h"
|
||||
#include "fts3_tokenizer.h"
|
||||
#include "fts3_hash.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
** This constant determines the maximum depth of an FTS expression tree
|
||||
** that the library will create and use. FTS uses recursion to perform
|
||||
** various operations on the query tree, so the disadvantage of a large
|
||||
** limit is that it may allow very large queries to use large amounts
|
||||
** of stack space (perhaps causing a stack overflow).
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#ifndef SQLITE_FTS3_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH
|
||||
# define SQLITE_FTS3_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH 12
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
** This constant controls how often segments are merged. Once there are
|
||||
** FTS3_MERGE_COUNT segments of level N, they are merged into a single
|
||||
** segment of level N+1.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define FTS3_MERGE_COUNT 16
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
** This is the maximum amount of data (in bytes) to store in the
|
||||
** Fts3Table.pendingTerms hash table. Normally, the hash table is
|
||||
** populated as documents are inserted/updated/deleted in a transaction
|
||||
** and used to create a new segment when the transaction is committed.
|
||||
** However if this limit is reached midway through a transaction, a new
|
||||
** segment is created and the hash table cleared immediately.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define FTS3_MAX_PENDING_DATA (1*1024*1024)
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
** Macro to return the number of elements in an array. SQLite has a
|
||||
** similar macro called ArraySize(). Use a different name to avoid
|
||||
** a collision when building an amalgamation with built-in FTS3.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define SizeofArray(X) ((int)(sizeof(X)/sizeof(X[0])))
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef MIN
|
||||
# define MIN(x,y) ((x)<(y)?(x):(y))
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef MAX
|
||||
# define MAX(x,y) ((x)>(y)?(x):(y))
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
** Maximum length of a varint encoded integer. The varint format is different
|
||||
** from that used by SQLite, so the maximum length is 10, not 9.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define FTS3_VARINT_MAX 10
|
||||
|
||||
#define FTS3_BUFFER_PADDING 8
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
** FTS4 virtual tables may maintain multiple indexes - one index of all terms
|
||||
** in the document set and zero or more prefix indexes. All indexes are stored
|
||||
** as one or more b+-trees in the %_segments and %_segdir tables.
|
||||
**
|
||||
** It is possible to determine which index a b+-tree belongs to based on the
|
||||
** value stored in the "%_segdir.level" column. Given this value L, the index
|
||||
** that the b+-tree belongs to is (L<<10). In other words, all b+-trees with
|
||||
** level values between 0 and 1023 (inclusive) belong to index 0, all levels
|
||||
** between 1024 and 2047 to index 1, and so on.
|
||||
**
|
||||
** It is considered impossible for an index to use more than 1024 levels. In
|
||||
** theory though this may happen, but only after at least
|
||||
** (FTS3_MERGE_COUNT^1024) separate flushes of the pending-terms tables.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define FTS3_SEGDIR_MAXLEVEL 1024
|
||||
#define FTS3_SEGDIR_MAXLEVEL_STR "1024"
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
** The testcase() macro is only used by the amalgamation. If undefined,
|
||||
** make it a no-op.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#ifndef testcase
|
||||
# define testcase(X)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
** Terminator values for position-lists and column-lists.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define POS_COLUMN (1) /* Column-list terminator */
|
||||
#define POS_END (0) /* Position-list terminator */
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
** The assert_fts3_nc() macro is similar to the assert() macro, except that it
|
||||
** is used for assert() conditions that are true only if it can be
|
||||
** guranteed that the database is not corrupt.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
|
||||
extern int sqlite3_fts3_may_be_corrupt;
|
||||
# define assert_fts3_nc(x) assert(sqlite3_fts3_may_be_corrupt || (x))
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# define assert_fts3_nc(x) assert(x)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
** This section provides definitions to allow the
|
||||
** FTS3 extension to be compiled outside of the
|
||||
** amalgamation.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#ifndef SQLITE_AMALGAMATION
|
||||
/*
|
||||
** Macros indicating that conditional expressions are always true or
|
||||
** false.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#if defined(SQLITE_COVERAGE_TEST) || defined(SQLITE_MUTATION_TEST)
|
||||
# define SQLITE_OMIT_AUXILIARY_SAFETY_CHECKS 1
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#if defined(SQLITE_OMIT_AUXILIARY_SAFETY_CHECKS)
|
||||
# define ALWAYS(X) (1)
|
||||
# define NEVER(X) (0)
|
||||
#elif !defined(NDEBUG)
|
||||
# define ALWAYS(X) ((X)?1:(assert(0),0))
|
||||
# define NEVER(X) ((X)?(assert(0),1):0)
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# define ALWAYS(X) (X)
|
||||
# define NEVER(X) (X)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
** Internal types used by SQLite.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef unsigned char u8; /* 1-byte (or larger) unsigned integer */
|
||||
typedef short int i16; /* 2-byte (or larger) signed integer */
|
||||
typedef unsigned int u32; /* 4-byte unsigned integer */
|
||||
typedef sqlite3_uint64 u64; /* 8-byte unsigned integer */
|
||||
typedef sqlite3_int64 i64; /* 8-byte signed integer */
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
** Macro used to suppress compiler warnings for unused parameters.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define UNUSED_PARAMETER(x) (void)(x)
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
** Activate assert() only if SQLITE_TEST is enabled.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#if !defined(NDEBUG) && !defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
|
||||
# define NDEBUG 1
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
** The TESTONLY macro is used to enclose variable declarations or
|
||||
** other bits of code that are needed to support the arguments
|
||||
** within testcase() and assert() macros.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_COVERAGE_TEST)
|
||||
# define TESTONLY(X) X
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# define TESTONLY(X)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#define LARGEST_INT64 (0xffffffff|(((i64)0x7fffffff)<<32))
|
||||
#define SMALLEST_INT64 (((i64)-1) - LARGEST_INT64)
|
||||
|
||||
#define deliberate_fall_through
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* SQLITE_AMALGAMATION */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
|
||||
int sqlite3Fts3Corrupt(void);
|
||||
# define FTS_CORRUPT_VTAB sqlite3Fts3Corrupt()
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# define FTS_CORRUPT_VTAB SQLITE_CORRUPT_VTAB
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
typedef struct Fts3Table Fts3Table;
|
||||
typedef struct Fts3Cursor Fts3Cursor;
|
||||
typedef struct Fts3Expr Fts3Expr;
|
||||
typedef struct Fts3Phrase Fts3Phrase;
|
||||
typedef struct Fts3PhraseToken Fts3PhraseToken;
|
||||
|
||||
typedef struct Fts3Doclist Fts3Doclist;
|
||||
typedef struct Fts3SegFilter Fts3SegFilter;
|
||||
typedef struct Fts3DeferredToken Fts3DeferredToken;
|
||||
typedef struct Fts3SegReader Fts3SegReader;
|
||||
typedef struct Fts3MultiSegReader Fts3MultiSegReader;
|
||||
|
||||
typedef struct MatchinfoBuffer MatchinfoBuffer;
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
** A connection to a fulltext index is an instance of the following
|
||||
** structure. The xCreate and xConnect methods create an instance
|
||||
** of this structure and xDestroy and xDisconnect free that instance.
|
||||
** All other methods receive a pointer to the structure as one of their
|
||||
** arguments.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
struct Fts3Table {
|
||||
sqlite3_vtab base; /* Base class used by SQLite core */
|
||||
sqlite3 *db; /* The database connection */
|
||||
const char *zDb; /* logical database name */
|
||||
const char *zName; /* virtual table name */
|
||||
int nColumn; /* number of named columns in virtual table */
|
||||
char **azColumn; /* column names. malloced */
|
||||
u8 *abNotindexed; /* True for 'notindexed' columns */
|
||||
sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer; /* tokenizer for inserts and queries */
|
||||
char *zContentTbl; /* content=xxx option, or NULL */
|
||||
char *zLanguageid; /* languageid=xxx option, or NULL */
|
||||
int nAutoincrmerge; /* Value configured by 'automerge' */
|
||||
u32 nLeafAdd; /* Number of leaf blocks added this trans */
|
||||
int bLock; /* Used to prevent recursive content= tbls */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Precompiled statements used by the implementation. Each of these
|
||||
** statements is run and reset within a single virtual table API call.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
sqlite3_stmt *aStmt[40];
|
||||
sqlite3_stmt *pSeekStmt; /* Cache for fts3CursorSeekStmt() */
|
||||
|
||||
char *zReadExprlist;
|
||||
char *zWriteExprlist;
|
||||
|
||||
int nNodeSize; /* Soft limit for node size */
|
||||
u8 bFts4; /* True for FTS4, false for FTS3 */
|
||||
u8 bHasStat; /* True if %_stat table exists (2==unknown) */
|
||||
u8 bHasDocsize; /* True if %_docsize table exists */
|
||||
u8 bDescIdx; /* True if doclists are in reverse order */
|
||||
u8 bIgnoreSavepoint; /* True to ignore xSavepoint invocations */
|
||||
int nPgsz; /* Page size for host database */
|
||||
char *zSegmentsTbl; /* Name of %_segments table */
|
||||
sqlite3_blob *pSegments; /* Blob handle open on %_segments table */
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
** The following array of hash tables is used to buffer pending index
|
||||
** updates during transactions. All pending updates buffered at any one
|
||||
** time must share a common language-id (see the FTS4 langid= feature).
|
||||
** The current language id is stored in variable iPrevLangid.
|
||||
**
|
||||
** A single FTS4 table may have multiple full-text indexes. For each index
|
||||
** there is an entry in the aIndex[] array. Index 0 is an index of all the
|
||||
** terms that appear in the document set. Each subsequent index in aIndex[]
|
||||
** is an index of prefixes of a specific length.
|
||||
**
|
||||
** Variable nPendingData contains an estimate the memory consumed by the
|
||||
** pending data structures, including hash table overhead, but not including
|
||||
** malloc overhead. When nPendingData exceeds nMaxPendingData, all hash
|
||||
** tables are flushed to disk. Variable iPrevDocid is the docid of the most
|
||||
** recently inserted record.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int nIndex; /* Size of aIndex[] */
|
||||
struct Fts3Index {
|
||||
int nPrefix; /* Prefix length (0 for main terms index) */
|
||||
Fts3Hash hPending; /* Pending terms table for this index */
|
||||
} *aIndex;
|
||||
int nMaxPendingData; /* Max pending data before flush to disk */
|
||||
int nPendingData; /* Current bytes of pending data */
|
||||
sqlite_int64 iPrevDocid; /* Docid of most recently inserted document */
|
||||
int iPrevLangid; /* Langid of recently inserted document */
|
||||
int bPrevDelete; /* True if last operation was a delete */
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_COVERAGE_TEST)
|
||||
/* State variables used for validating that the transaction control
|
||||
** methods of the virtual table are called at appropriate times. These
|
||||
** values do not contribute to FTS functionality; they are used for
|
||||
** verifying the operation of the SQLite core.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int inTransaction; /* True after xBegin but before xCommit/xRollback */
|
||||
int mxSavepoint; /* Largest valid xSavepoint integer */
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_TEST)
|
||||
/* True to disable the incremental doclist optimization. This is controled
|
||||
** by special insert command 'test-no-incr-doclist'. */
|
||||
int bNoIncrDoclist;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Number of segments in a level */
|
||||
int nMergeCount;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/* Macro to find the number of segments to merge */
|
||||
#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_TEST)
|
||||
# define MergeCount(P) ((P)->nMergeCount)
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# define MergeCount(P) FTS3_MERGE_COUNT
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
** When the core wants to read from the virtual table, it creates a
|
||||
** virtual table cursor (an instance of the following structure) using
|
||||
** the xOpen method. Cursors are destroyed using the xClose method.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
struct Fts3Cursor {
|
||||
sqlite3_vtab_cursor base; /* Base class used by SQLite core */
|
||||
i16 eSearch; /* Search strategy (see below) */
|
||||
u8 isEof; /* True if at End Of Results */
|
||||
u8 isRequireSeek; /* True if must seek pStmt to %_content row */
|
||||
u8 bSeekStmt; /* True if pStmt is a seek */
|
||||
sqlite3_stmt *pStmt; /* Prepared statement in use by the cursor */
|
||||
Fts3Expr *pExpr; /* Parsed MATCH query string */
|
||||
int iLangid; /* Language being queried for */
|
||||
int nPhrase; /* Number of matchable phrases in query */
|
||||
Fts3DeferredToken *pDeferred; /* Deferred search tokens, if any */
|
||||
sqlite3_int64 iPrevId; /* Previous id read from aDoclist */
|
||||
char *pNextId; /* Pointer into the body of aDoclist */
|
||||
char *aDoclist; /* List of docids for full-text queries */
|
||||
int nDoclist; /* Size of buffer at aDoclist */
|
||||
u8 bDesc; /* True to sort in descending order */
|
||||
int eEvalmode; /* An FTS3_EVAL_XX constant */
|
||||
int nRowAvg; /* Average size of database rows, in pages */
|
||||
sqlite3_int64 nDoc; /* Documents in table */
|
||||
i64 iMinDocid; /* Minimum docid to return */
|
||||
i64 iMaxDocid; /* Maximum docid to return */
|
||||
int isMatchinfoNeeded; /* True when aMatchinfo[] needs filling in */
|
||||
MatchinfoBuffer *pMIBuffer; /* Buffer for matchinfo data */
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#define FTS3_EVAL_FILTER 0
|
||||
#define FTS3_EVAL_NEXT 1
|
||||
#define FTS3_EVAL_MATCHINFO 2
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
** The Fts3Cursor.eSearch member is always set to one of the following.
|
||||
** Actualy, Fts3Cursor.eSearch can be greater than or equal to
|
||||
** FTS3_FULLTEXT_SEARCH. If so, then Fts3Cursor.eSearch - 2 is the index
|
||||
** of the column to be searched. For example, in
|
||||
**
|
||||
** CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE ex1 USING fts3(a,b,c,d);
|
||||
** SELECT docid FROM ex1 WHERE b MATCH 'one two three';
|
||||
**
|
||||
** Because the LHS of the MATCH operator is 2nd column "b",
|
||||
** Fts3Cursor.eSearch will be set to FTS3_FULLTEXT_SEARCH+1. (+0 for a,
|
||||
** +1 for b, +2 for c, +3 for d.) If the LHS of MATCH were "ex1"
|
||||
** indicating that all columns should be searched,
|
||||
** then eSearch would be set to FTS3_FULLTEXT_SEARCH+4.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define FTS3_FULLSCAN_SEARCH 0 /* Linear scan of %_content table */
|
||||
#define FTS3_DOCID_SEARCH 1 /* Lookup by rowid on %_content table */
|
||||
#define FTS3_FULLTEXT_SEARCH 2 /* Full-text index search */
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
** The lower 16-bits of the sqlite3_index_info.idxNum value set by
|
||||
** the xBestIndex() method contains the Fts3Cursor.eSearch value described
|
||||
** above. The upper 16-bits contain a combination of the following
|
||||
** bits, used to describe extra constraints on full-text searches.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define FTS3_HAVE_LANGID 0x00010000 /* languageid=? */
|
||||
#define FTS3_HAVE_DOCID_GE 0x00020000 /* docid>=? */
|
||||
#define FTS3_HAVE_DOCID_LE 0x00040000 /* docid<=? */
|
||||
|
||||
struct Fts3Doclist {
|
||||
char *aAll; /* Array containing doclist (or NULL) */
|
||||
int nAll; /* Size of a[] in bytes */
|
||||
char *pNextDocid; /* Pointer to next docid */
|
||||
|
||||
sqlite3_int64 iDocid; /* Current docid (if pList!=0) */
|
||||
int bFreeList; /* True if pList should be sqlite3_free()d */
|
||||
char *pList; /* Pointer to position list following iDocid */
|
||||
int nList; /* Length of position list */
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
** A "phrase" is a sequence of one or more tokens that must match in
|
||||
** sequence. A single token is the base case and the most common case.
|
||||
** For a sequence of tokens contained in double-quotes (i.e. "one two three")
|
||||
** nToken will be the number of tokens in the string.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
struct Fts3PhraseToken {
|
||||
char *z; /* Text of the token */
|
||||
int n; /* Number of bytes in buffer z */
|
||||
int isPrefix; /* True if token ends with a "*" character */
|
||||
int bFirst; /* True if token must appear at position 0 */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Variables above this point are populated when the expression is
|
||||
** parsed (by code in fts3_expr.c). Below this point the variables are
|
||||
** used when evaluating the expression. */
|
||||
Fts3DeferredToken *pDeferred; /* Deferred token object for this token */
|
||||
Fts3MultiSegReader *pSegcsr; /* Segment-reader for this token */
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
struct Fts3Phrase {
|
||||
/* Cache of doclist for this phrase. */
|
||||
Fts3Doclist doclist;
|
||||
int bIncr; /* True if doclist is loaded incrementally */
|
||||
int iDoclistToken;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Used by sqlite3Fts3EvalPhrasePoslist() if this is a descendent of an
|
||||
** OR condition. */
|
||||
char *pOrPoslist;
|
||||
i64 iOrDocid;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Variables below this point are populated by fts3_expr.c when parsing
|
||||
** a MATCH expression. Everything above is part of the evaluation phase.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int nToken; /* Number of tokens in the phrase */
|
||||
int iColumn; /* Index of column this phrase must match */
|
||||
Fts3PhraseToken aToken[1]; /* One entry for each token in the phrase */
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
** A tree of these objects forms the RHS of a MATCH operator.
|
||||
**
|
||||
** If Fts3Expr.eType is FTSQUERY_PHRASE and isLoaded is true, then aDoclist
|
||||
** points to a malloced buffer, size nDoclist bytes, containing the results
|
||||
** of this phrase query in FTS3 doclist format. As usual, the initial
|
||||
** "Length" field found in doclists stored on disk is omitted from this
|
||||
** buffer.
|
||||
**
|
||||
** Variable aMI is used only for FTSQUERY_NEAR nodes to store the global
|
||||
** matchinfo data. If it is not NULL, it points to an array of size nCol*3,
|
||||
** where nCol is the number of columns in the queried FTS table. The array
|
||||
** is populated as follows:
|
||||
**
|
||||
** aMI[iCol*3 + 0] = Undefined
|
||||
** aMI[iCol*3 + 1] = Number of occurrences
|
||||
** aMI[iCol*3 + 2] = Number of rows containing at least one instance
|
||||
**
|
||||
** The aMI array is allocated using sqlite3_malloc(). It should be freed
|
||||
** when the expression node is.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
struct Fts3Expr {
|
||||
int eType; /* One of the FTSQUERY_XXX values defined below */
|
||||
int nNear; /* Valid if eType==FTSQUERY_NEAR */
|
||||
Fts3Expr *pParent; /* pParent->pLeft==this or pParent->pRight==this */
|
||||
Fts3Expr *pLeft; /* Left operand */
|
||||
Fts3Expr *pRight; /* Right operand */
|
||||
Fts3Phrase *pPhrase; /* Valid if eType==FTSQUERY_PHRASE */
|
||||
|
||||
/* The following are used by the fts3_eval.c module. */
|
||||
sqlite3_int64 iDocid; /* Current docid */
|
||||
u8 bEof; /* True this expression is at EOF already */
|
||||
u8 bStart; /* True if iDocid is valid */
|
||||
u8 bDeferred; /* True if this expression is entirely deferred */
|
||||
|
||||
/* The following are used by the fts3_snippet.c module. */
|
||||
int iPhrase; /* Index of this phrase in matchinfo() results */
|
||||
u32 *aMI; /* See above */
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
** Candidate values for Fts3Query.eType. Note that the order of the first
|
||||
** four values is in order of precedence when parsing expressions. For
|
||||
** example, the following:
|
||||
**
|
||||
** "a OR b AND c NOT d NEAR e"
|
||||
**
|
||||
** is equivalent to:
|
||||
**
|
||||
** "a OR (b AND (c NOT (d NEAR e)))"
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define FTSQUERY_NEAR 1
|
||||
#define FTSQUERY_NOT 2
|
||||
#define FTSQUERY_AND 3
|
||||
#define FTSQUERY_OR 4
|
||||
#define FTSQUERY_PHRASE 5
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* fts3_write.c */
|
||||
int sqlite3Fts3UpdateMethod(sqlite3_vtab*,int,sqlite3_value**,sqlite3_int64*);
|
||||
int sqlite3Fts3PendingTermsFlush(Fts3Table *);
|
||||
void sqlite3Fts3PendingTermsClear(Fts3Table *);
|
||||
int sqlite3Fts3Optimize(Fts3Table *);
|
||||
int sqlite3Fts3SegReaderNew(int, int, sqlite3_int64,
|
||||
sqlite3_int64, sqlite3_int64, const char *, int, Fts3SegReader**);
|
||||
int sqlite3Fts3SegReaderPending(
|
||||
Fts3Table*,int,const char*,int,int,Fts3SegReader**);
|
||||
void sqlite3Fts3SegReaderFree(Fts3SegReader *);
|
||||
int sqlite3Fts3AllSegdirs(Fts3Table*, int, int, int, sqlite3_stmt **);
|
||||
int sqlite3Fts3ReadBlock(Fts3Table*, sqlite3_int64, char **, int*, int*);
|
||||
|
||||
int sqlite3Fts3SelectDoctotal(Fts3Table *, sqlite3_stmt **);
|
||||
int sqlite3Fts3SelectDocsize(Fts3Table *, sqlite3_int64, sqlite3_stmt **);
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef SQLITE_DISABLE_FTS4_DEFERRED
|
||||
void sqlite3Fts3FreeDeferredTokens(Fts3Cursor *);
|
||||
int sqlite3Fts3DeferToken(Fts3Cursor *, Fts3PhraseToken *, int);
|
||||
int sqlite3Fts3CacheDeferredDoclists(Fts3Cursor *);
|
||||
void sqlite3Fts3FreeDeferredDoclists(Fts3Cursor *);
|
||||
int sqlite3Fts3DeferredTokenList(Fts3DeferredToken *, char **, int *);
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# define sqlite3Fts3FreeDeferredTokens(x)
|
||||
# define sqlite3Fts3DeferToken(x,y,z) SQLITE_OK
|
||||
# define sqlite3Fts3CacheDeferredDoclists(x) SQLITE_OK
|
||||
# define sqlite3Fts3FreeDeferredDoclists(x)
|
||||
# define sqlite3Fts3DeferredTokenList(x,y,z) SQLITE_OK
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
void sqlite3Fts3SegmentsClose(Fts3Table *);
|
||||
int sqlite3Fts3MaxLevel(Fts3Table *, int *);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Special values interpreted by sqlite3SegReaderCursor() */
|
||||
#define FTS3_SEGCURSOR_PENDING -1
|
||||
#define FTS3_SEGCURSOR_ALL -2
|
||||
|
||||
int sqlite3Fts3SegReaderStart(Fts3Table*, Fts3MultiSegReader*, Fts3SegFilter*);
|
||||
int sqlite3Fts3SegReaderStep(Fts3Table *, Fts3MultiSegReader *);
|
||||
void sqlite3Fts3SegReaderFinish(Fts3MultiSegReader *);
|
||||
|
||||
int sqlite3Fts3SegReaderCursor(Fts3Table *,
|
||||
int, int, int, const char *, int, int, int, Fts3MultiSegReader *);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Flags allowed as part of the 4th argument to SegmentReaderIterate() */
|
||||
#define FTS3_SEGMENT_REQUIRE_POS 0x00000001
|
||||
#define FTS3_SEGMENT_IGNORE_EMPTY 0x00000002
|
||||
#define FTS3_SEGMENT_COLUMN_FILTER 0x00000004
|
||||
#define FTS3_SEGMENT_PREFIX 0x00000008
|
||||
#define FTS3_SEGMENT_SCAN 0x00000010
|
||||
#define FTS3_SEGMENT_FIRST 0x00000020
|
||||
|
||||
/* Type passed as 4th argument to SegmentReaderIterate() */
|
||||
struct Fts3SegFilter {
|
||||
const char *zTerm;
|
||||
int nTerm;
|
||||
int iCol;
|
||||
int flags;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
struct Fts3MultiSegReader {
|
||||
/* Used internally by sqlite3Fts3SegReaderXXX() calls */
|
||||
Fts3SegReader **apSegment; /* Array of Fts3SegReader objects */
|
||||
int nSegment; /* Size of apSegment array */
|
||||
int nAdvance; /* How many seg-readers to advance */
|
||||
Fts3SegFilter *pFilter; /* Pointer to filter object */
|
||||
char *aBuffer; /* Buffer to merge doclists in */
|
||||
i64 nBuffer; /* Allocated size of aBuffer[] in bytes */
|
||||
|
||||
int iColFilter; /* If >=0, filter for this column */
|
||||
int bRestart;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Used by fts3.c only. */
|
||||
int nCost; /* Cost of running iterator */
|
||||
int bLookup; /* True if a lookup of a single entry. */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Output values. Valid only after Fts3SegReaderStep() returns SQLITE_ROW. */
|
||||
char *zTerm; /* Pointer to term buffer */
|
||||
int nTerm; /* Size of zTerm in bytes */
|
||||
char *aDoclist; /* Pointer to doclist buffer */
|
||||
int nDoclist; /* Size of aDoclist[] in bytes */
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
int sqlite3Fts3Incrmerge(Fts3Table*,int,int);
|
||||
|
||||
#define fts3GetVarint32(p, piVal) ( \
|
||||
(*(u8*)(p)&0x80) ? sqlite3Fts3GetVarint32(p, piVal) : (*piVal=*(u8*)(p), 1) \
|
||||
)
|
||||
|
||||
/* fts3.c */
|
||||
void sqlite3Fts3ErrMsg(char**,const char*,...);
|
||||
int sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(char *, sqlite3_int64);
|
||||
int sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(const char *, sqlite_int64 *);
|
||||
int sqlite3Fts3GetVarintU(const char *, sqlite_uint64 *);
|
||||
int sqlite3Fts3GetVarintBounded(const char*,const char*,sqlite3_int64*);
|
||||
int sqlite3Fts3GetVarint32(const char *, int *);
|
||||
int sqlite3Fts3VarintLen(sqlite3_uint64);
|
||||
void sqlite3Fts3Dequote(char *);
|
||||
void sqlite3Fts3DoclistPrev(int,char*,int,char**,sqlite3_int64*,int*,u8*);
|
||||
int sqlite3Fts3EvalPhraseStats(Fts3Cursor *, Fts3Expr *, u32 *);
|
||||
int sqlite3Fts3FirstFilter(sqlite3_int64, char *, int, char *);
|
||||
void sqlite3Fts3CreateStatTable(int*, Fts3Table*);
|
||||
int sqlite3Fts3EvalTestDeferred(Fts3Cursor *pCsr, int *pRc);
|
||||
int sqlite3Fts3ReadInt(const char *z, int *pnOut);
|
||||
|
||||
/* fts3_tokenizer.c */
|
||||
const char *sqlite3Fts3NextToken(const char *, int *);
|
||||
int sqlite3Fts3InitHashTable(sqlite3 *, Fts3Hash *, const char *);
|
||||
int sqlite3Fts3InitTokenizer(Fts3Hash *pHash, const char *,
|
||||
sqlite3_tokenizer **, char **
|
||||
);
|
||||
int sqlite3Fts3IsIdChar(char);
|
||||
|
||||
/* fts3_snippet.c */
|
||||
void sqlite3Fts3Offsets(sqlite3_context*, Fts3Cursor*);
|
||||
void sqlite3Fts3Snippet(sqlite3_context *, Fts3Cursor *, const char *,
|
||||
const char *, const char *, int, int
|
||||
);
|
||||
void sqlite3Fts3Matchinfo(sqlite3_context *, Fts3Cursor *, const char *);
|
||||
void sqlite3Fts3MIBufferFree(MatchinfoBuffer *p);
|
||||
|
||||
/* fts3_expr.c */
|
||||
int sqlite3Fts3ExprParse(sqlite3_tokenizer *, int,
|
||||
char **, int, int, int, const char *, int, Fts3Expr **, char **
|
||||
);
|
||||
void sqlite3Fts3ExprFree(Fts3Expr *);
|
||||
#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
|
||||
int sqlite3Fts3ExprInitTestInterface(sqlite3 *db, Fts3Hash*);
|
||||
int sqlite3Fts3InitTerm(sqlite3 *db);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
void *sqlite3Fts3MallocZero(i64 nByte);
|
||||
|
||||
int sqlite3Fts3OpenTokenizer(sqlite3_tokenizer *, int, const char *, int,
|
||||
sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor **
|
||||
);
|
||||
|
||||
/* fts3_aux.c */
|
||||
int sqlite3Fts3InitAux(sqlite3 *db);
|
||||
|
||||
void sqlite3Fts3EvalPhraseCleanup(Fts3Phrase *);
|
||||
|
||||
int sqlite3Fts3MsrIncrStart(
|
||||
Fts3Table*, Fts3MultiSegReader*, int, const char*, int);
|
||||
int sqlite3Fts3MsrIncrNext(
|
||||
Fts3Table *, Fts3MultiSegReader *, sqlite3_int64 *, char **, int *);
|
||||
int sqlite3Fts3EvalPhrasePoslist(Fts3Cursor *, Fts3Expr *, int iCol, char **);
|
||||
int sqlite3Fts3MsrOvfl(Fts3Cursor *, Fts3MultiSegReader *, int *);
|
||||
int sqlite3Fts3MsrIncrRestart(Fts3MultiSegReader *pCsr);
|
||||
|
||||
/* fts3_tokenize_vtab.c */
|
||||
int sqlite3Fts3InitTok(sqlite3*, Fts3Hash *, void(*xDestroy)(void*));
|
||||
|
||||
/* fts3_unicode2.c (functions generated by parsing unicode text files) */
|
||||
#ifndef SQLITE_DISABLE_FTS3_UNICODE
|
||||
int sqlite3FtsUnicodeFold(int, int);
|
||||
int sqlite3FtsUnicodeIsalnum(int);
|
||||
int sqlite3FtsUnicodeIsdiacritic(int);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* !SQLITE_CORE || SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3 */
|
||||
#endif /* _FTSINT_H */
|
||||
@@ -1,556 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
** 2011 Jan 27
|
||||
**
|
||||
** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
|
||||
** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
|
||||
**
|
||||
** May you do good and not evil.
|
||||
** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
|
||||
** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
|
||||
**
|
||||
******************************************************************************
|
||||
**
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#include "fts3Int.h"
|
||||
#if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3)
|
||||
|
||||
#include <string.h>
|
||||
#include <assert.h>
|
||||
|
||||
typedef struct Fts3auxTable Fts3auxTable;
|
||||
typedef struct Fts3auxCursor Fts3auxCursor;
|
||||
|
||||
struct Fts3auxTable {
|
||||
sqlite3_vtab base; /* Base class used by SQLite core */
|
||||
Fts3Table *pFts3Tab;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
struct Fts3auxCursor {
|
||||
sqlite3_vtab_cursor base; /* Base class used by SQLite core */
|
||||
Fts3MultiSegReader csr; /* Must be right after "base" */
|
||||
Fts3SegFilter filter;
|
||||
char *zStop;
|
||||
int nStop; /* Byte-length of string zStop */
|
||||
int iLangid; /* Language id to query */
|
||||
int isEof; /* True if cursor is at EOF */
|
||||
sqlite3_int64 iRowid; /* Current rowid */
|
||||
|
||||
int iCol; /* Current value of 'col' column */
|
||||
int nStat; /* Size of aStat[] array */
|
||||
struct Fts3auxColstats {
|
||||
sqlite3_int64 nDoc; /* 'documents' values for current csr row */
|
||||
sqlite3_int64 nOcc; /* 'occurrences' values for current csr row */
|
||||
} *aStat;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
** Schema of the terms table.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define FTS3_AUX_SCHEMA \
|
||||
"CREATE TABLE x(term, col, documents, occurrences, languageid HIDDEN)"
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
** This function does all the work for both the xConnect and xCreate methods.
|
||||
** These tables have no persistent representation of their own, so xConnect
|
||||
** and xCreate are identical operations.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static int fts3auxConnectMethod(
|
||||
sqlite3 *db, /* Database connection */
|
||||
void *pUnused, /* Unused */
|
||||
int argc, /* Number of elements in argv array */
|
||||
const char * const *argv, /* xCreate/xConnect argument array */
|
||||
sqlite3_vtab **ppVtab, /* OUT: New sqlite3_vtab object */
|
||||
char **pzErr /* OUT: sqlite3_malloc'd error message */
|
||||
){
|
||||
char const *zDb; /* Name of database (e.g. "main") */
|
||||
char const *zFts3; /* Name of fts3 table */
|
||||
int nDb; /* Result of strlen(zDb) */
|
||||
int nFts3; /* Result of strlen(zFts3) */
|
||||
sqlite3_int64 nByte; /* Bytes of space to allocate here */
|
||||
int rc; /* value returned by declare_vtab() */
|
||||
Fts3auxTable *p; /* Virtual table object to return */
|
||||
|
||||
UNUSED_PARAMETER(pUnused);
|
||||
|
||||
/* The user should invoke this in one of two forms:
|
||||
**
|
||||
** CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE xxx USING fts4aux(fts4-table);
|
||||
** CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE xxx USING fts4aux(fts4-table-db, fts4-table);
|
||||
*/
|
||||
if( argc!=4 && argc!=5 ) goto bad_args;
|
||||
|
||||
zDb = argv[1];
|
||||
nDb = (int)strlen(zDb);
|
||||
if( argc==5 ){
|
||||
if( nDb==4 && 0==sqlite3_strnicmp("temp", zDb, 4) ){
|
||||
zDb = argv[3];
|
||||
nDb = (int)strlen(zDb);
|
||||
zFts3 = argv[4];
|
||||
}else{
|
||||
goto bad_args;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}else{
|
||||
zFts3 = argv[3];
|
||||
}
|
||||
nFts3 = (int)strlen(zFts3);
|
||||
|
||||
rc = sqlite3_declare_vtab(db, FTS3_AUX_SCHEMA);
|
||||
if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
|
||||
|
||||
nByte = sizeof(Fts3auxTable) + sizeof(Fts3Table) + nDb + nFts3 + 2;
|
||||
p = (Fts3auxTable *)sqlite3_malloc64(nByte);
|
||||
if( !p ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
|
||||
memset(p, 0, nByte);
|
||||
|
||||
p->pFts3Tab = (Fts3Table *)&p[1];
|
||||
p->pFts3Tab->zDb = (char *)&p->pFts3Tab[1];
|
||||
p->pFts3Tab->zName = &p->pFts3Tab->zDb[nDb+1];
|
||||
p->pFts3Tab->db = db;
|
||||
p->pFts3Tab->nIndex = 1;
|
||||
|
||||
memcpy((char *)p->pFts3Tab->zDb, zDb, nDb);
|
||||
memcpy((char *)p->pFts3Tab->zName, zFts3, nFts3);
|
||||
sqlite3Fts3Dequote((char *)p->pFts3Tab->zName);
|
||||
|
||||
*ppVtab = (sqlite3_vtab *)p;
|
||||
return SQLITE_OK;
|
||||
|
||||
bad_args:
|
||||
sqlite3Fts3ErrMsg(pzErr, "invalid arguments to fts4aux constructor");
|
||||
return SQLITE_ERROR;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
** This function does the work for both the xDisconnect and xDestroy methods.
|
||||
** These tables have no persistent representation of their own, so xDisconnect
|
||||
** and xDestroy are identical operations.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static int fts3auxDisconnectMethod(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab){
|
||||
Fts3auxTable *p = (Fts3auxTable *)pVtab;
|
||||
Fts3Table *pFts3 = p->pFts3Tab;
|
||||
int i;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Free any prepared statements held */
|
||||
for(i=0; i<SizeofArray(pFts3->aStmt); i++){
|
||||
sqlite3_finalize(pFts3->aStmt[i]);
|
||||
}
|
||||
sqlite3_free(pFts3->zSegmentsTbl);
|
||||
sqlite3_free(p);
|
||||
return SQLITE_OK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#define FTS4AUX_EQ_CONSTRAINT 1
|
||||
#define FTS4AUX_GE_CONSTRAINT 2
|
||||
#define FTS4AUX_LE_CONSTRAINT 4
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
** xBestIndex - Analyze a WHERE and ORDER BY clause.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static int fts3auxBestIndexMethod(
|
||||
sqlite3_vtab *pVTab,
|
||||
sqlite3_index_info *pInfo
|
||||
){
|
||||
int i;
|
||||
int iEq = -1;
|
||||
int iGe = -1;
|
||||
int iLe = -1;
|
||||
int iLangid = -1;
|
||||
int iNext = 1; /* Next free argvIndex value */
|
||||
|
||||
UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVTab);
|
||||
|
||||
/* This vtab delivers always results in "ORDER BY term ASC" order. */
|
||||
if( pInfo->nOrderBy==1
|
||||
&& pInfo->aOrderBy[0].iColumn==0
|
||||
&& pInfo->aOrderBy[0].desc==0
|
||||
){
|
||||
pInfo->orderByConsumed = 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Search for equality and range constraints on the "term" column.
|
||||
** And equality constraints on the hidden "languageid" column. */
|
||||
for(i=0; i<pInfo->nConstraint; i++){
|
||||
if( pInfo->aConstraint[i].usable ){
|
||||
int op = pInfo->aConstraint[i].op;
|
||||
int iCol = pInfo->aConstraint[i].iColumn;
|
||||
|
||||
if( iCol==0 ){
|
||||
if( op==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_EQ ) iEq = i;
|
||||
if( op==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_LT ) iLe = i;
|
||||
if( op==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_LE ) iLe = i;
|
||||
if( op==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_GT ) iGe = i;
|
||||
if( op==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_GE ) iGe = i;
|
||||
}
|
||||
if( iCol==4 ){
|
||||
if( op==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_EQ ) iLangid = i;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if( iEq>=0 ){
|
||||
pInfo->idxNum = FTS4AUX_EQ_CONSTRAINT;
|
||||
pInfo->aConstraintUsage[iEq].argvIndex = iNext++;
|
||||
pInfo->estimatedCost = 5;
|
||||
}else{
|
||||
pInfo->idxNum = 0;
|
||||
pInfo->estimatedCost = 20000;
|
||||
if( iGe>=0 ){
|
||||
pInfo->idxNum += FTS4AUX_GE_CONSTRAINT;
|
||||
pInfo->aConstraintUsage[iGe].argvIndex = iNext++;
|
||||
pInfo->estimatedCost /= 2;
|
||||
}
|
||||
if( iLe>=0 ){
|
||||
pInfo->idxNum += FTS4AUX_LE_CONSTRAINT;
|
||||
pInfo->aConstraintUsage[iLe].argvIndex = iNext++;
|
||||
pInfo->estimatedCost /= 2;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
if( iLangid>=0 ){
|
||||
pInfo->aConstraintUsage[iLangid].argvIndex = iNext++;
|
||||
pInfo->estimatedCost--;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return SQLITE_OK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
** xOpen - Open a cursor.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static int fts3auxOpenMethod(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, sqlite3_vtab_cursor **ppCsr){
|
||||
Fts3auxCursor *pCsr; /* Pointer to cursor object to return */
|
||||
|
||||
UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVTab);
|
||||
|
||||
pCsr = (Fts3auxCursor *)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(Fts3auxCursor));
|
||||
if( !pCsr ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
|
||||
memset(pCsr, 0, sizeof(Fts3auxCursor));
|
||||
|
||||
*ppCsr = (sqlite3_vtab_cursor *)pCsr;
|
||||
return SQLITE_OK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
** xClose - Close a cursor.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static int fts3auxCloseMethod(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor){
|
||||
Fts3Table *pFts3 = ((Fts3auxTable *)pCursor->pVtab)->pFts3Tab;
|
||||
Fts3auxCursor *pCsr = (Fts3auxCursor *)pCursor;
|
||||
|
||||
sqlite3Fts3SegmentsClose(pFts3);
|
||||
sqlite3Fts3SegReaderFinish(&pCsr->csr);
|
||||
sqlite3_free((void *)pCsr->filter.zTerm);
|
||||
sqlite3_free(pCsr->zStop);
|
||||
sqlite3_free(pCsr->aStat);
|
||||
sqlite3_free(pCsr);
|
||||
return SQLITE_OK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static int fts3auxGrowStatArray(Fts3auxCursor *pCsr, int nSize){
|
||||
if( nSize>pCsr->nStat ){
|
||||
struct Fts3auxColstats *aNew;
|
||||
aNew = (struct Fts3auxColstats *)sqlite3_realloc64(pCsr->aStat,
|
||||
sizeof(struct Fts3auxColstats) * nSize
|
||||
);
|
||||
if( aNew==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
|
||||
memset(&aNew[pCsr->nStat], 0,
|
||||
sizeof(struct Fts3auxColstats) * (nSize - pCsr->nStat)
|
||||
);
|
||||
pCsr->aStat = aNew;
|
||||
pCsr->nStat = nSize;
|
||||
}
|
||||
return SQLITE_OK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
** xNext - Advance the cursor to the next row, if any.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static int fts3auxNextMethod(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor){
|
||||
Fts3auxCursor *pCsr = (Fts3auxCursor *)pCursor;
|
||||
Fts3Table *pFts3 = ((Fts3auxTable *)pCursor->pVtab)->pFts3Tab;
|
||||
int rc;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Increment our pretend rowid value. */
|
||||
pCsr->iRowid++;
|
||||
|
||||
for(pCsr->iCol++; pCsr->iCol<pCsr->nStat; pCsr->iCol++){
|
||||
if( pCsr->aStat[pCsr->iCol].nDoc>0 ) return SQLITE_OK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
rc = sqlite3Fts3SegReaderStep(pFts3, &pCsr->csr);
|
||||
if( rc==SQLITE_ROW ){
|
||||
int i = 0;
|
||||
int nDoclist = pCsr->csr.nDoclist;
|
||||
char *aDoclist = pCsr->csr.aDoclist;
|
||||
int iCol;
|
||||
|
||||
int eState = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
if( pCsr->zStop ){
|
||||
int n = (pCsr->nStop<pCsr->csr.nTerm) ? pCsr->nStop : pCsr->csr.nTerm;
|
||||
int mc = memcmp(pCsr->zStop, pCsr->csr.zTerm, n);
|
||||
if( mc<0 || (mc==0 && pCsr->csr.nTerm>pCsr->nStop) ){
|
||||
pCsr->isEof = 1;
|
||||
return SQLITE_OK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if( fts3auxGrowStatArray(pCsr, 2) ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
|
||||
memset(pCsr->aStat, 0, sizeof(struct Fts3auxColstats) * pCsr->nStat);
|
||||
iCol = 0;
|
||||
rc = SQLITE_OK;
|
||||
|
||||
while( i<nDoclist ){
|
||||
sqlite3_int64 v = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
i += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(&aDoclist[i], &v);
|
||||
switch( eState ){
|
||||
/* State 0. In this state the integer just read was a docid. */
|
||||
case 0:
|
||||
pCsr->aStat[0].nDoc++;
|
||||
eState = 1;
|
||||
iCol = 0;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
/* State 1. In this state we are expecting either a 1, indicating
|
||||
** that the following integer will be a column number, or the
|
||||
** start of a position list for column 0.
|
||||
**
|
||||
** The only difference between state 1 and state 2 is that if the
|
||||
** integer encountered in state 1 is not 0 or 1, then we need to
|
||||
** increment the column 0 "nDoc" count for this term.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
case 1:
|
||||
assert( iCol==0 );
|
||||
if( v>1 ){
|
||||
pCsr->aStat[1].nDoc++;
|
||||
}
|
||||
eState = 2;
|
||||
/* fall through */
|
||||
|
||||
case 2:
|
||||
if( v==0 ){ /* 0x00. Next integer will be a docid. */
|
||||
eState = 0;
|
||||
}else if( v==1 ){ /* 0x01. Next integer will be a column number. */
|
||||
eState = 3;
|
||||
}else{ /* 2 or greater. A position. */
|
||||
pCsr->aStat[iCol+1].nOcc++;
|
||||
pCsr->aStat[0].nOcc++;
|
||||
}
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
/* State 3. The integer just read is a column number. */
|
||||
default: assert( eState==3 );
|
||||
iCol = (int)v;
|
||||
if( iCol<1 ){
|
||||
rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_VTAB;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
if( fts3auxGrowStatArray(pCsr, iCol+2) ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
|
||||
pCsr->aStat[iCol+1].nDoc++;
|
||||
eState = 2;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
pCsr->iCol = 0;
|
||||
}else{
|
||||
pCsr->isEof = 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
return rc;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
** xFilter - Initialize a cursor to point at the start of its data.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static int fts3auxFilterMethod(
|
||||
sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor, /* The cursor used for this query */
|
||||
int idxNum, /* Strategy index */
|
||||
const char *idxStr, /* Unused */
|
||||
int nVal, /* Number of elements in apVal */
|
||||
sqlite3_value **apVal /* Arguments for the indexing scheme */
|
||||
){
|
||||
Fts3auxCursor *pCsr = (Fts3auxCursor *)pCursor;
|
||||
Fts3Table *pFts3 = ((Fts3auxTable *)pCursor->pVtab)->pFts3Tab;
|
||||
int rc;
|
||||
int isScan = 0;
|
||||
int iLangVal = 0; /* Language id to query */
|
||||
|
||||
int iEq = -1; /* Index of term=? value in apVal */
|
||||
int iGe = -1; /* Index of term>=? value in apVal */
|
||||
int iLe = -1; /* Index of term<=? value in apVal */
|
||||
int iLangid = -1; /* Index of languageid=? value in apVal */
|
||||
int iNext = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
UNUSED_PARAMETER(nVal);
|
||||
UNUSED_PARAMETER(idxStr);
|
||||
|
||||
assert( idxStr==0 );
|
||||
assert( idxNum==FTS4AUX_EQ_CONSTRAINT || idxNum==0
|
||||
|| idxNum==FTS4AUX_LE_CONSTRAINT || idxNum==FTS4AUX_GE_CONSTRAINT
|
||||
|| idxNum==(FTS4AUX_LE_CONSTRAINT|FTS4AUX_GE_CONSTRAINT)
|
||||
);
|
||||
|
||||
if( idxNum==FTS4AUX_EQ_CONSTRAINT ){
|
||||
iEq = iNext++;
|
||||
}else{
|
||||
isScan = 1;
|
||||
if( idxNum & FTS4AUX_GE_CONSTRAINT ){
|
||||
iGe = iNext++;
|
||||
}
|
||||
if( idxNum & FTS4AUX_LE_CONSTRAINT ){
|
||||
iLe = iNext++;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
if( iNext<nVal ){
|
||||
iLangid = iNext++;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* In case this cursor is being reused, close and zero it. */
|
||||
testcase(pCsr->filter.zTerm);
|
||||
sqlite3Fts3SegReaderFinish(&pCsr->csr);
|
||||
sqlite3_free((void *)pCsr->filter.zTerm);
|
||||
sqlite3_free(pCsr->aStat);
|
||||
sqlite3_free(pCsr->zStop);
|
||||
memset(&pCsr->csr, 0, ((u8*)&pCsr[1]) - (u8*)&pCsr->csr);
|
||||
|
||||
pCsr->filter.flags = FTS3_SEGMENT_REQUIRE_POS|FTS3_SEGMENT_IGNORE_EMPTY;
|
||||
if( isScan ) pCsr->filter.flags |= FTS3_SEGMENT_SCAN;
|
||||
|
||||
if( iEq>=0 || iGe>=0 ){
|
||||
const unsigned char *zStr = sqlite3_value_text(apVal[0]);
|
||||
assert( (iEq==0 && iGe==-1) || (iEq==-1 && iGe==0) );
|
||||
if( zStr ){
|
||||
pCsr->filter.zTerm = sqlite3_mprintf("%s", zStr);
|
||||
if( pCsr->filter.zTerm==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
|
||||
pCsr->filter.nTerm = (int)strlen(pCsr->filter.zTerm);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if( iLe>=0 ){
|
||||
pCsr->zStop = sqlite3_mprintf("%s", sqlite3_value_text(apVal[iLe]));
|
||||
if( pCsr->zStop==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
|
||||
pCsr->nStop = (int)strlen(pCsr->zStop);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if( iLangid>=0 ){
|
||||
iLangVal = sqlite3_value_int(apVal[iLangid]);
|
||||
|
||||
/* If the user specified a negative value for the languageid, use zero
|
||||
** instead. This works, as the "languageid=?" constraint will also
|
||||
** be tested by the VDBE layer. The test will always be false (since
|
||||
** this module will not return a row with a negative languageid), and
|
||||
** so the overall query will return zero rows. */
|
||||
if( iLangVal<0 ) iLangVal = 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
pCsr->iLangid = iLangVal;
|
||||
|
||||
rc = sqlite3Fts3SegReaderCursor(pFts3, iLangVal, 0, FTS3_SEGCURSOR_ALL,
|
||||
pCsr->filter.zTerm, pCsr->filter.nTerm, 0, isScan, &pCsr->csr
|
||||
);
|
||||
if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
|
||||
rc = sqlite3Fts3SegReaderStart(pFts3, &pCsr->csr, &pCsr->filter);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = fts3auxNextMethod(pCursor);
|
||||
return rc;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
** xEof - Return true if the cursor is at EOF, or false otherwise.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static int fts3auxEofMethod(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor){
|
||||
Fts3auxCursor *pCsr = (Fts3auxCursor *)pCursor;
|
||||
return pCsr->isEof;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
** xColumn - Return a column value.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static int fts3auxColumnMethod(
|
||||
sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor, /* Cursor to retrieve value from */
|
||||
sqlite3_context *pCtx, /* Context for sqlite3_result_xxx() calls */
|
||||
int iCol /* Index of column to read value from */
|
||||
){
|
||||
Fts3auxCursor *p = (Fts3auxCursor *)pCursor;
|
||||
|
||||
assert( p->isEof==0 );
|
||||
switch( iCol ){
|
||||
case 0: /* term */
|
||||
sqlite3_result_text(pCtx, p->csr.zTerm, p->csr.nTerm, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
case 1: /* col */
|
||||
if( p->iCol ){
|
||||
sqlite3_result_int(pCtx, p->iCol-1);
|
||||
}else{
|
||||
sqlite3_result_text(pCtx, "*", -1, SQLITE_STATIC);
|
||||
}
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
case 2: /* documents */
|
||||
sqlite3_result_int64(pCtx, p->aStat[p->iCol].nDoc);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
case 3: /* occurrences */
|
||||
sqlite3_result_int64(pCtx, p->aStat[p->iCol].nOcc);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
default: /* languageid */
|
||||
assert( iCol==4 );
|
||||
sqlite3_result_int(pCtx, p->iLangid);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return SQLITE_OK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
** xRowid - Return the current rowid for the cursor.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static int fts3auxRowidMethod(
|
||||
sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor, /* Cursor to retrieve value from */
|
||||
sqlite_int64 *pRowid /* OUT: Rowid value */
|
||||
){
|
||||
Fts3auxCursor *pCsr = (Fts3auxCursor *)pCursor;
|
||||
*pRowid = pCsr->iRowid;
|
||||
return SQLITE_OK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
** Register the fts3aux module with database connection db. Return SQLITE_OK
|
||||
** if successful or an error code if sqlite3_create_module() fails.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int sqlite3Fts3InitAux(sqlite3 *db){
|
||||
static const sqlite3_module fts3aux_module = {
|
||||
0, /* iVersion */
|
||||
fts3auxConnectMethod, /* xCreate */
|
||||
fts3auxConnectMethod, /* xConnect */
|
||||
fts3auxBestIndexMethod, /* xBestIndex */
|
||||
fts3auxDisconnectMethod, /* xDisconnect */
|
||||
fts3auxDisconnectMethod, /* xDestroy */
|
||||
fts3auxOpenMethod, /* xOpen */
|
||||
fts3auxCloseMethod, /* xClose */
|
||||
fts3auxFilterMethod, /* xFilter */
|
||||
fts3auxNextMethod, /* xNext */
|
||||
fts3auxEofMethod, /* xEof */
|
||||
fts3auxColumnMethod, /* xColumn */
|
||||
fts3auxRowidMethod, /* xRowid */
|
||||
0, /* xUpdate */
|
||||
0, /* xBegin */
|
||||
0, /* xSync */
|
||||
0, /* xCommit */
|
||||
0, /* xRollback */
|
||||
0, /* xFindFunction */
|
||||
0, /* xRename */
|
||||
0, /* xSavepoint */
|
||||
0, /* xRelease */
|
||||
0, /* xRollbackTo */
|
||||
0 /* xShadowName */
|
||||
};
|
||||
int rc; /* Return code */
|
||||
|
||||
rc = sqlite3_create_module(db, "fts4aux", &fts3aux_module, 0);
|
||||
return rc;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) */
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,96 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
** 2008 Nov 28
|
||||
**
|
||||
** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
|
||||
** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
|
||||
**
|
||||
** May you do good and not evil.
|
||||
** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
|
||||
** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
|
||||
**
|
||||
******************************************************************************
|
||||
**
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include "fts3_tokenizer.h"
|
||||
#include "sqlite3.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
** The following describes the syntax supported by the fts3 MATCH
|
||||
** operator in a similar format to that used by the lemon parser
|
||||
** generator. This module does not use actually lemon, it uses a
|
||||
** custom parser.
|
||||
**
|
||||
** query ::= andexpr (OR andexpr)*.
|
||||
**
|
||||
** andexpr ::= notexpr (AND? notexpr)*.
|
||||
**
|
||||
** notexpr ::= nearexpr (NOT nearexpr|-TOKEN)*.
|
||||
** notexpr ::= LP query RP.
|
||||
**
|
||||
** nearexpr ::= phrase (NEAR distance_opt nearexpr)*.
|
||||
**
|
||||
** distance_opt ::= .
|
||||
** distance_opt ::= / INTEGER.
|
||||
**
|
||||
** phrase ::= TOKEN.
|
||||
** phrase ::= COLUMN:TOKEN.
|
||||
** phrase ::= "TOKEN TOKEN TOKEN...".
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
typedef struct Fts3Expr Fts3Expr;
|
||||
typedef struct Fts3Phrase Fts3Phrase;
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
** A "phrase" is a sequence of one or more tokens that must match in
|
||||
** sequence. A single token is the base case and the most common case.
|
||||
** For a sequence of tokens contained in "...", nToken will be the number
|
||||
** of tokens in the string.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
struct Fts3Phrase {
|
||||
int nToken; /* Number of tokens in the phrase */
|
||||
int iColumn; /* Index of column this phrase must match */
|
||||
int isNot; /* Phrase prefixed by unary not (-) operator */
|
||||
struct PhraseToken {
|
||||
char *z; /* Text of the token */
|
||||
int n; /* Number of bytes in buffer pointed to by z */
|
||||
int isPrefix; /* True if token ends in with a "*" character */
|
||||
} aToken[1]; /* One entry for each token in the phrase */
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
** A tree of these objects forms the RHS of a MATCH operator.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
struct Fts3Expr {
|
||||
int eType; /* One of the FTSQUERY_XXX values defined below */
|
||||
int nNear; /* Valid if eType==FTSQUERY_NEAR */
|
||||
Fts3Expr *pParent; /* pParent->pLeft==this or pParent->pRight==this */
|
||||
Fts3Expr *pLeft; /* Left operand */
|
||||
Fts3Expr *pRight; /* Right operand */
|
||||
Fts3Phrase *pPhrase; /* Valid if eType==FTSQUERY_PHRASE */
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
int sqlite3Fts3ExprParse(sqlite3_tokenizer *, char **, int, int,
|
||||
const char *, int, Fts3Expr **);
|
||||
void sqlite3Fts3ExprFree(Fts3Expr *);
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
** Candidate values for Fts3Query.eType. Note that the order of the first
|
||||
** four values is in order of precedence when parsing expressions. For
|
||||
** example, the following:
|
||||
**
|
||||
** "a OR b AND c NOT d NEAR e"
|
||||
**
|
||||
** is equivalent to:
|
||||
**
|
||||
** "a OR (b AND (c NOT (d NEAR e)))"
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define FTSQUERY_NEAR 1
|
||||
#define FTSQUERY_NOT 2
|
||||
#define FTSQUERY_AND 3
|
||||
#define FTSQUERY_OR 4
|
||||
#define FTSQUERY_PHRASE 5
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
|
||||
void sqlite3Fts3ExprInitTestInterface(sqlite3 *db);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
@@ -23,20 +23,20 @@
|
||||
** * The FTS3 module is being built into the core of
|
||||
** SQLite (in which case SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3 is defined).
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#include "fts3Int.h"
|
||||
#if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3)
|
||||
|
||||
#include <assert.h>
|
||||
#include <stdlib.h>
|
||||
#include <string.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#include "sqlite3.h"
|
||||
#include "fts3_hash.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
** Malloc and Free functions
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static void *fts3HashMalloc(sqlite3_int64 n){
|
||||
void *p = sqlite3_malloc64(n);
|
||||
static void *fts3HashMalloc(int n){
|
||||
void *p = sqlite3_malloc(n);
|
||||
if( p ){
|
||||
memset(p, 0, n);
|
||||
}
|
||||
@@ -56,7 +56,7 @@ static void fts3HashFree(void *p){
|
||||
** true if the hash table should make its own private copy of keys and
|
||||
** false if it should just use the supplied pointer.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void sqlite3Fts3HashInit(Fts3Hash *pNew, char keyClass, char copyKey){
|
||||
void sqlite3Fts3HashInit(fts3Hash *pNew, int keyClass, int copyKey){
|
||||
assert( pNew!=0 );
|
||||
assert( keyClass>=FTS3_HASH_STRING && keyClass<=FTS3_HASH_BINARY );
|
||||
pNew->keyClass = keyClass;
|
||||
@@ -71,8 +71,8 @@ void sqlite3Fts3HashInit(Fts3Hash *pNew, char keyClass, char copyKey){
|
||||
** Call this routine to delete a hash table or to reset a hash table
|
||||
** to the empty state.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void sqlite3Fts3HashClear(Fts3Hash *pH){
|
||||
Fts3HashElem *elem; /* For looping over all elements of the table */
|
||||
void sqlite3Fts3HashClear(fts3Hash *pH){
|
||||
fts3HashElem *elem; /* For looping over all elements of the table */
|
||||
|
||||
assert( pH!=0 );
|
||||
elem = pH->first;
|
||||
@@ -81,7 +81,7 @@ void sqlite3Fts3HashClear(Fts3Hash *pH){
|
||||
pH->ht = 0;
|
||||
pH->htsize = 0;
|
||||
while( elem ){
|
||||
Fts3HashElem *next_elem = elem->next;
|
||||
fts3HashElem *next_elem = elem->next;
|
||||
if( pH->copyKey && elem->pKey ){
|
||||
fts3HashFree(elem->pKey);
|
||||
}
|
||||
@@ -96,13 +96,13 @@ void sqlite3Fts3HashClear(Fts3Hash *pH){
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static int fts3StrHash(const void *pKey, int nKey){
|
||||
const char *z = (const char *)pKey;
|
||||
unsigned h = 0;
|
||||
int h = 0;
|
||||
if( nKey<=0 ) nKey = (int) strlen(z);
|
||||
while( nKey > 0 ){
|
||||
h = (h<<3) ^ h ^ *z++;
|
||||
nKey--;
|
||||
}
|
||||
return (int)(h & 0x7fffffff);
|
||||
return h & 0x7fffffff;
|
||||
}
|
||||
static int fts3StrCompare(const void *pKey1, int n1, const void *pKey2, int n2){
|
||||
if( n1!=n2 ) return 1;
|
||||
@@ -164,11 +164,11 @@ static int (*ftsCompareFunction(int keyClass))(const void*,int,const void*,int){
|
||||
/* Link an element into the hash table
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static void fts3HashInsertElement(
|
||||
Fts3Hash *pH, /* The complete hash table */
|
||||
fts3Hash *pH, /* The complete hash table */
|
||||
struct _fts3ht *pEntry, /* The entry into which pNew is inserted */
|
||||
Fts3HashElem *pNew /* The element to be inserted */
|
||||
fts3HashElem *pNew /* The element to be inserted */
|
||||
){
|
||||
Fts3HashElem *pHead; /* First element already in pEntry */
|
||||
fts3HashElem *pHead; /* First element already in pEntry */
|
||||
pHead = pEntry->chain;
|
||||
if( pHead ){
|
||||
pNew->next = pHead;
|
||||
@@ -190,17 +190,15 @@ static void fts3HashInsertElement(
|
||||
/* Resize the hash table so that it cantains "new_size" buckets.
|
||||
** "new_size" must be a power of 2. The hash table might fail
|
||||
** to resize if sqliteMalloc() fails.
|
||||
**
|
||||
** Return non-zero if a memory allocation error occurs.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static int fts3Rehash(Fts3Hash *pH, int new_size){
|
||||
static void fts3Rehash(fts3Hash *pH, int new_size){
|
||||
struct _fts3ht *new_ht; /* The new hash table */
|
||||
Fts3HashElem *elem, *next_elem; /* For looping over existing elements */
|
||||
fts3HashElem *elem, *next_elem; /* For looping over existing elements */
|
||||
int (*xHash)(const void*,int); /* The hash function */
|
||||
|
||||
assert( (new_size & (new_size-1))==0 );
|
||||
new_ht = (struct _fts3ht *)fts3HashMalloc( new_size*sizeof(struct _fts3ht) );
|
||||
if( new_ht==0 ) return 1;
|
||||
if( new_ht==0 ) return;
|
||||
fts3HashFree(pH->ht);
|
||||
pH->ht = new_ht;
|
||||
pH->htsize = new_size;
|
||||
@@ -210,20 +208,19 @@ static int fts3Rehash(Fts3Hash *pH, int new_size){
|
||||
next_elem = elem->next;
|
||||
fts3HashInsertElement(pH, &new_ht[h], elem);
|
||||
}
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* This function (for internal use only) locates an element in an
|
||||
** hash table that matches the given key. The hash for this key has
|
||||
** already been computed and is passed as the 4th parameter.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static Fts3HashElem *fts3FindElementByHash(
|
||||
const Fts3Hash *pH, /* The pH to be searched */
|
||||
static fts3HashElem *fts3FindElementByHash(
|
||||
const fts3Hash *pH, /* The pH to be searched */
|
||||
const void *pKey, /* The key we are searching for */
|
||||
int nKey,
|
||||
int h /* The hash for this key. */
|
||||
){
|
||||
Fts3HashElem *elem; /* Used to loop thru the element list */
|
||||
fts3HashElem *elem; /* Used to loop thru the element list */
|
||||
int count; /* Number of elements left to test */
|
||||
int (*xCompare)(const void*,int,const void*,int); /* comparison function */
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -246,8 +243,8 @@ static Fts3HashElem *fts3FindElementByHash(
|
||||
** element and a hash on the element's key.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static void fts3RemoveElementByHash(
|
||||
Fts3Hash *pH, /* The pH containing "elem" */
|
||||
Fts3HashElem* elem, /* The element to be removed from the pH */
|
||||
fts3Hash *pH, /* The pH containing "elem" */
|
||||
fts3HashElem* elem, /* The element to be removed from the pH */
|
||||
int h /* Hash value for the element */
|
||||
){
|
||||
struct _fts3ht *pEntry;
|
||||
@@ -279,12 +276,13 @@ static void fts3RemoveElementByHash(
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
Fts3HashElem *sqlite3Fts3HashFindElem(
|
||||
const Fts3Hash *pH,
|
||||
const void *pKey,
|
||||
int nKey
|
||||
){
|
||||
int h; /* A hash on key */
|
||||
/* Attempt to locate an element of the hash table pH with a key
|
||||
** that matches pKey,nKey. Return the data for this element if it is
|
||||
** found, or NULL if there is no match.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void *sqlite3Fts3HashFind(const fts3Hash *pH, const void *pKey, int nKey){
|
||||
int h; /* A hash on key */
|
||||
fts3HashElem *elem; /* The element that matches key */
|
||||
int (*xHash)(const void*,int); /* The hash function */
|
||||
|
||||
if( pH==0 || pH->ht==0 ) return 0;
|
||||
@@ -292,19 +290,8 @@ Fts3HashElem *sqlite3Fts3HashFindElem(
|
||||
assert( xHash!=0 );
|
||||
h = (*xHash)(pKey,nKey);
|
||||
assert( (pH->htsize & (pH->htsize-1))==0 );
|
||||
return fts3FindElementByHash(pH,pKey,nKey, h & (pH->htsize-1));
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
** Attempt to locate an element of the hash table pH with a key
|
||||
** that matches pKey,nKey. Return the data for this element if it is
|
||||
** found, or NULL if there is no match.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void *sqlite3Fts3HashFind(const Fts3Hash *pH, const void *pKey, int nKey){
|
||||
Fts3HashElem *pElem; /* The element that matches key (if any) */
|
||||
|
||||
pElem = sqlite3Fts3HashFindElem(pH, pKey, nKey);
|
||||
return pElem ? pElem->data : 0;
|
||||
elem = fts3FindElementByHash(pH,pKey,nKey, h & (pH->htsize-1));
|
||||
return elem ? elem->data : 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Insert an element into the hash table pH. The key is pKey,nKey
|
||||
@@ -323,15 +310,15 @@ void *sqlite3Fts3HashFind(const Fts3Hash *pH, const void *pKey, int nKey){
|
||||
** element corresponding to "key" is removed from the hash table.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void *sqlite3Fts3HashInsert(
|
||||
Fts3Hash *pH, /* The hash table to insert into */
|
||||
fts3Hash *pH, /* The hash table to insert into */
|
||||
const void *pKey, /* The key */
|
||||
int nKey, /* Number of bytes in the key */
|
||||
void *data /* The data */
|
||||
){
|
||||
int hraw; /* Raw hash value of the key */
|
||||
int h; /* the hash of the key modulo hash table size */
|
||||
Fts3HashElem *elem; /* Used to loop thru the element list */
|
||||
Fts3HashElem *new_elem; /* New element added to the pH */
|
||||
fts3HashElem *elem; /* Used to loop thru the element list */
|
||||
fts3HashElem *new_elem; /* New element added to the pH */
|
||||
int (*xHash)(const void*,int); /* The hash function */
|
||||
|
||||
assert( pH!=0 );
|
||||
@@ -351,14 +338,14 @@ void *sqlite3Fts3HashInsert(
|
||||
return old_data;
|
||||
}
|
||||
if( data==0 ) return 0;
|
||||
if( (pH->htsize==0 && fts3Rehash(pH,8))
|
||||
|| (pH->count>=pH->htsize && fts3Rehash(pH, pH->htsize*2))
|
||||
){
|
||||
pH->count = 0;
|
||||
return data;
|
||||
if( pH->htsize==0 ){
|
||||
fts3Rehash(pH,8);
|
||||
if( pH->htsize==0 ){
|
||||
pH->count = 0;
|
||||
return data;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
assert( pH->htsize>0 );
|
||||
new_elem = (Fts3HashElem*)fts3HashMalloc( sizeof(Fts3HashElem) );
|
||||
new_elem = (fts3HashElem*)fts3HashMalloc( sizeof(fts3HashElem) );
|
||||
if( new_elem==0 ) return data;
|
||||
if( pH->copyKey && pKey!=0 ){
|
||||
new_elem->pKey = fts3HashMalloc( nKey );
|
||||
@@ -372,6 +359,9 @@ void *sqlite3Fts3HashInsert(
|
||||
}
|
||||
new_elem->nKey = nKey;
|
||||
pH->count++;
|
||||
if( pH->count > pH->htsize ){
|
||||
fts3Rehash(pH,pH->htsize*2);
|
||||
}
|
||||
assert( pH->htsize>0 );
|
||||
assert( (pH->htsize & (pH->htsize-1))==0 );
|
||||
h = hraw & (pH->htsize-1);
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
|
||||
** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
|
||||
**
|
||||
*************************************************************************
|
||||
** This is the header file for the generic hash-table implementation
|
||||
** This is the header file for the generic hash-table implemenation
|
||||
** used in SQLite. We've modified it slightly to serve as a standalone
|
||||
** hash table implementation for the full-text indexing module.
|
||||
**
|
||||
@@ -18,8 +18,8 @@
|
||||
#define _FTS3_HASH_H_
|
||||
|
||||
/* Forward declarations of structures. */
|
||||
typedef struct Fts3Hash Fts3Hash;
|
||||
typedef struct Fts3HashElem Fts3HashElem;
|
||||
typedef struct fts3Hash fts3Hash;
|
||||
typedef struct fts3HashElem fts3HashElem;
|
||||
|
||||
/* A complete hash table is an instance of the following structure.
|
||||
** The internals of this structure are intended to be opaque -- client
|
||||
@@ -29,15 +29,15 @@ typedef struct Fts3HashElem Fts3HashElem;
|
||||
** accessing this structure are really macros, so we can't really make
|
||||
** this structure opaque.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
struct Fts3Hash {
|
||||
struct fts3Hash {
|
||||
char keyClass; /* HASH_INT, _POINTER, _STRING, _BINARY */
|
||||
char copyKey; /* True if copy of key made on insert */
|
||||
int count; /* Number of entries in this table */
|
||||
Fts3HashElem *first; /* The first element of the array */
|
||||
fts3HashElem *first; /* The first element of the array */
|
||||
int htsize; /* Number of buckets in the hash table */
|
||||
struct _fts3ht { /* the hash table */
|
||||
int count; /* Number of entries with this hash */
|
||||
Fts3HashElem *chain; /* Pointer to first entry with this hash */
|
||||
fts3HashElem *chain; /* Pointer to first entry with this hash */
|
||||
} *ht;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -47,8 +47,8 @@ struct Fts3Hash {
|
||||
** Again, this structure is intended to be opaque, but it can't really
|
||||
** be opaque because it is used by macros.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
struct Fts3HashElem {
|
||||
Fts3HashElem *next, *prev; /* Next and previous elements in the table */
|
||||
struct fts3HashElem {
|
||||
fts3HashElem *next, *prev; /* Next and previous elements in the table */
|
||||
void *data; /* Data associated with this element */
|
||||
void *pKey; int nKey; /* Key associated with this element */
|
||||
};
|
||||
@@ -71,27 +71,25 @@ struct Fts3HashElem {
|
||||
/*
|
||||
** Access routines. To delete, insert a NULL pointer.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void sqlite3Fts3HashInit(Fts3Hash *pNew, char keyClass, char copyKey);
|
||||
void *sqlite3Fts3HashInsert(Fts3Hash*, const void *pKey, int nKey, void *pData);
|
||||
void *sqlite3Fts3HashFind(const Fts3Hash*, const void *pKey, int nKey);
|
||||
void sqlite3Fts3HashClear(Fts3Hash*);
|
||||
Fts3HashElem *sqlite3Fts3HashFindElem(const Fts3Hash *, const void *, int);
|
||||
void sqlite3Fts3HashInit(fts3Hash*, int keytype, int copyKey);
|
||||
void *sqlite3Fts3HashInsert(fts3Hash*, const void *pKey, int nKey, void *pData);
|
||||
void *sqlite3Fts3HashFind(const fts3Hash*, const void *pKey, int nKey);
|
||||
void sqlite3Fts3HashClear(fts3Hash*);
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
** Shorthand for the functions above
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define fts3HashInit sqlite3Fts3HashInit
|
||||
#define fts3HashInsert sqlite3Fts3HashInsert
|
||||
#define fts3HashFind sqlite3Fts3HashFind
|
||||
#define fts3HashClear sqlite3Fts3HashClear
|
||||
#define fts3HashFindElem sqlite3Fts3HashFindElem
|
||||
#define fts3HashInit sqlite3Fts3HashInit
|
||||
#define fts3HashInsert sqlite3Fts3HashInsert
|
||||
#define fts3HashFind sqlite3Fts3HashFind
|
||||
#define fts3HashClear sqlite3Fts3HashClear
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
** Macros for looping over all elements of a hash table. The idiom is
|
||||
** like this:
|
||||
**
|
||||
** Fts3Hash h;
|
||||
** Fts3HashElem *p;
|
||||
** fts3Hash h;
|
||||
** fts3HashElem *p;
|
||||
** ...
|
||||
** for(p=fts3HashFirst(&h); p; p=fts3HashNext(p)){
|
||||
** SomeStructure *pData = fts3HashData(p);
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -10,8 +10,10 @@
|
||||
**
|
||||
*************************************************************************
|
||||
** This file implements a tokenizer for fts3 based on the ICU library.
|
||||
**
|
||||
** $Id: fts3_icu.c,v 1.3 2008/09/01 18:34:20 danielk1977 Exp $
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#include "fts3Int.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3)
|
||||
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ICU
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -60,7 +62,7 @@ static int icuCreate(
|
||||
if( argc>0 ){
|
||||
n = strlen(argv[0])+1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
p = (IcuTokenizer *)sqlite3_malloc64(sizeof(IcuTokenizer)+n);
|
||||
p = (IcuTokenizer *)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(IcuTokenizer)+n);
|
||||
if( !p ){
|
||||
return SQLITE_NOMEM;
|
||||
}
|
||||
@@ -110,16 +112,13 @@ static int icuOpen(
|
||||
|
||||
*ppCursor = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
if( zInput==0 ){
|
||||
nInput = 0;
|
||||
zInput = "";
|
||||
}else if( nInput<0 ){
|
||||
if( nInput<0 ){
|
||||
nInput = strlen(zInput);
|
||||
}
|
||||
nChar = nInput+1;
|
||||
pCsr = (IcuCursor *)sqlite3_malloc64(
|
||||
pCsr = (IcuCursor *)sqlite3_malloc(
|
||||
sizeof(IcuCursor) + /* IcuCursor */
|
||||
((nChar+3)&~3) * sizeof(UChar) + /* IcuCursor.aChar[] */
|
||||
nChar * sizeof(UChar) + /* IcuCursor.aChar[] */
|
||||
(nChar+1) * sizeof(int) /* IcuCursor.aOffset[] */
|
||||
);
|
||||
if( !pCsr ){
|
||||
@@ -127,7 +126,7 @@ static int icuOpen(
|
||||
}
|
||||
memset(pCsr, 0, sizeof(IcuCursor));
|
||||
pCsr->aChar = (UChar *)&pCsr[1];
|
||||
pCsr->aOffset = (int *)&pCsr->aChar[(nChar+3)&~3];
|
||||
pCsr->aOffset = (int *)&pCsr->aChar[nChar];
|
||||
|
||||
pCsr->aOffset[iOut] = iInput;
|
||||
U8_NEXT(zInput, iInput, nInput, c);
|
||||
@@ -199,7 +198,7 @@ static int icuNext(
|
||||
|
||||
while( iStart<iEnd ){
|
||||
int iWhite = iStart;
|
||||
U16_NEXT(pCsr->aChar, iWhite, pCsr->nChar, c);
|
||||
U8_NEXT(pCsr->aChar, iWhite, pCsr->nChar, c);
|
||||
if( u_isspace(c) ){
|
||||
iStart = iWhite;
|
||||
}else{
|
||||
@@ -240,13 +239,12 @@ static int icuNext(
|
||||
** The set of routines that implement the simple tokenizer
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static const sqlite3_tokenizer_module icuTokenizerModule = {
|
||||
0, /* iVersion */
|
||||
icuCreate, /* xCreate */
|
||||
icuDestroy, /* xCreate */
|
||||
icuOpen, /* xOpen */
|
||||
icuClose, /* xClose */
|
||||
icuNext, /* xNext */
|
||||
0, /* xLanguageid */
|
||||
0, /* iVersion */
|
||||
icuCreate, /* xCreate */
|
||||
icuDestroy, /* xCreate */
|
||||
icuOpen, /* xOpen */
|
||||
icuClose, /* xClose */
|
||||
icuNext, /* xNext */
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -22,13 +22,14 @@
|
||||
** * The FTS3 module is being built into the core of
|
||||
** SQLite (in which case SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3 is defined).
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#include "fts3Int.h"
|
||||
#if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#include <assert.h>
|
||||
#include <stdlib.h>
|
||||
#include <stdio.h>
|
||||
#include <string.h>
|
||||
#include <ctype.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#include "fts3_tokenizer.h"
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -40,7 +41,7 @@ typedef struct porter_tokenizer {
|
||||
} porter_tokenizer;
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
** Class derived from sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor
|
||||
** Class derived from sqlit3_tokenizer_cursor
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef struct porter_tokenizer_cursor {
|
||||
sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor base;
|
||||
@@ -53,6 +54,10 @@ typedef struct porter_tokenizer_cursor {
|
||||
} porter_tokenizer_cursor;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* Forward declaration */
|
||||
static const sqlite3_tokenizer_module porterTokenizerModule;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
** Create a new tokenizer instance.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
@@ -61,10 +66,6 @@ static int porterCreate(
|
||||
sqlite3_tokenizer **ppTokenizer
|
||||
){
|
||||
porter_tokenizer *t;
|
||||
|
||||
UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc);
|
||||
UNUSED_PARAMETER(argv);
|
||||
|
||||
t = (porter_tokenizer *) sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(*t));
|
||||
if( t==NULL ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
|
||||
memset(t, 0, sizeof(*t));
|
||||
@@ -93,8 +94,6 @@ static int porterOpen(
|
||||
){
|
||||
porter_tokenizer_cursor *c;
|
||||
|
||||
UNUSED_PARAMETER(pTokenizer);
|
||||
|
||||
c = (porter_tokenizer_cursor *) sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(*c));
|
||||
if( c==NULL ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -183,7 +182,7 @@ static int isVowel(const char *z){
|
||||
** by a consonant.
|
||||
**
|
||||
** In this routine z[] is in reverse order. So we are really looking
|
||||
** for an instance of a consonant followed by a vowel.
|
||||
** for an instance of of a consonant followed by a vowel.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static int m_gt_0(const char *z){
|
||||
while( isVowel(z) ){ z++; }
|
||||
@@ -235,7 +234,7 @@ static int hasVowel(const char *z){
|
||||
** the first two characters of z[].
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static int doubleConsonant(const char *z){
|
||||
return isConsonant(z) && z[0]==z[1];
|
||||
return isConsonant(z) && z[0]==z[1] && isConsonant(z+1);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
@@ -248,10 +247,10 @@ static int doubleConsonant(const char *z){
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static int star_oh(const char *z){
|
||||
return
|
||||
isConsonant(z) &&
|
||||
z[0]!=0 && isConsonant(z) &&
|
||||
z[0]!='w' && z[0]!='x' && z[0]!='y' &&
|
||||
isVowel(z+1) &&
|
||||
isConsonant(z+2);
|
||||
z[1]!=0 && isVowel(z+1) &&
|
||||
z[2]!=0 && isConsonant(z+2);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
@@ -295,7 +294,7 @@ static void copy_stemmer(const char *zIn, int nIn, char *zOut, int *pnOut){
|
||||
int i, mx, j;
|
||||
int hasDigit = 0;
|
||||
for(i=0; i<nIn; i++){
|
||||
char c = zIn[i];
|
||||
int c = zIn[i];
|
||||
if( c>='A' && c<='Z' ){
|
||||
zOut[i] = c - 'A' + 'a';
|
||||
}else{
|
||||
@@ -339,17 +338,17 @@ static void copy_stemmer(const char *zIn, int nIn, char *zOut, int *pnOut){
|
||||
** no chance of overflowing the zOut buffer.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static void porter_stemmer(const char *zIn, int nIn, char *zOut, int *pnOut){
|
||||
int i, j;
|
||||
int i, j, c;
|
||||
char zReverse[28];
|
||||
char *z, *z2;
|
||||
if( nIn<3 || nIn>=(int)sizeof(zReverse)-7 ){
|
||||
if( nIn<3 || nIn>=sizeof(zReverse)-7 ){
|
||||
/* The word is too big or too small for the porter stemmer.
|
||||
** Fallback to the copy stemmer */
|
||||
copy_stemmer(zIn, nIn, zOut, pnOut);
|
||||
return;
|
||||
}
|
||||
for(i=0, j=sizeof(zReverse)-6; i<nIn; i++, j--){
|
||||
char c = zIn[i];
|
||||
c = zIn[i];
|
||||
if( c>='A' && c<='Z' ){
|
||||
zReverse[j] = c + 'a' - 'A';
|
||||
}else if( c>='a' && c<='z' ){
|
||||
@@ -403,14 +402,12 @@ static void porter_stemmer(const char *zIn, int nIn, char *zOut, int *pnOut){
|
||||
/* Step 2 */
|
||||
switch( z[1] ){
|
||||
case 'a':
|
||||
if( !stem(&z, "lanoita", "ate", m_gt_0) ){
|
||||
stem(&z, "lanoit", "tion", m_gt_0);
|
||||
}
|
||||
stem(&z, "lanoita", "ate", m_gt_0) ||
|
||||
stem(&z, "lanoit", "tion", m_gt_0);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case 'c':
|
||||
if( !stem(&z, "icne", "ence", m_gt_0) ){
|
||||
stem(&z, "icna", "ance", m_gt_0);
|
||||
}
|
||||
stem(&z, "icne", "ence", m_gt_0) ||
|
||||
stem(&z, "icna", "ance", m_gt_0);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case 'e':
|
||||
stem(&z, "rezi", "ize", m_gt_0);
|
||||
@@ -419,54 +416,43 @@ static void porter_stemmer(const char *zIn, int nIn, char *zOut, int *pnOut){
|
||||
stem(&z, "igol", "log", m_gt_0);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case 'l':
|
||||
if( !stem(&z, "ilb", "ble", m_gt_0)
|
||||
&& !stem(&z, "illa", "al", m_gt_0)
|
||||
&& !stem(&z, "iltne", "ent", m_gt_0)
|
||||
&& !stem(&z, "ile", "e", m_gt_0)
|
||||
){
|
||||
stem(&z, "ilsuo", "ous", m_gt_0);
|
||||
}
|
||||
stem(&z, "ilb", "ble", m_gt_0) ||
|
||||
stem(&z, "illa", "al", m_gt_0) ||
|
||||
stem(&z, "iltne", "ent", m_gt_0) ||
|
||||
stem(&z, "ile", "e", m_gt_0) ||
|
||||
stem(&z, "ilsuo", "ous", m_gt_0);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case 'o':
|
||||
if( !stem(&z, "noitazi", "ize", m_gt_0)
|
||||
&& !stem(&z, "noita", "ate", m_gt_0)
|
||||
){
|
||||
stem(&z, "rota", "ate", m_gt_0);
|
||||
}
|
||||
stem(&z, "noitazi", "ize", m_gt_0) ||
|
||||
stem(&z, "noita", "ate", m_gt_0) ||
|
||||
stem(&z, "rota", "ate", m_gt_0);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case 's':
|
||||
if( !stem(&z, "msila", "al", m_gt_0)
|
||||
&& !stem(&z, "ssenevi", "ive", m_gt_0)
|
||||
&& !stem(&z, "ssenluf", "ful", m_gt_0)
|
||||
){
|
||||
stem(&z, "ssensuo", "ous", m_gt_0);
|
||||
}
|
||||
stem(&z, "msila", "al", m_gt_0) ||
|
||||
stem(&z, "ssenevi", "ive", m_gt_0) ||
|
||||
stem(&z, "ssenluf", "ful", m_gt_0) ||
|
||||
stem(&z, "ssensuo", "ous", m_gt_0);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case 't':
|
||||
if( !stem(&z, "itila", "al", m_gt_0)
|
||||
&& !stem(&z, "itivi", "ive", m_gt_0)
|
||||
){
|
||||
stem(&z, "itilib", "ble", m_gt_0);
|
||||
}
|
||||
stem(&z, "itila", "al", m_gt_0) ||
|
||||
stem(&z, "itivi", "ive", m_gt_0) ||
|
||||
stem(&z, "itilib", "ble", m_gt_0);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Step 3 */
|
||||
switch( z[0] ){
|
||||
case 'e':
|
||||
if( !stem(&z, "etaci", "ic", m_gt_0)
|
||||
&& !stem(&z, "evita", "", m_gt_0)
|
||||
){
|
||||
stem(&z, "ezila", "al", m_gt_0);
|
||||
}
|
||||
stem(&z, "etaci", "ic", m_gt_0) ||
|
||||
stem(&z, "evita", "", m_gt_0) ||
|
||||
stem(&z, "ezila", "al", m_gt_0);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case 'i':
|
||||
stem(&z, "itici", "ic", m_gt_0);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case 'l':
|
||||
if( !stem(&z, "laci", "ic", m_gt_0) ){
|
||||
stem(&z, "luf", "", m_gt_0);
|
||||
}
|
||||
stem(&z, "laci", "ic", m_gt_0) ||
|
||||
stem(&z, "luf", "", m_gt_0);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case 's':
|
||||
stem(&z, "ssen", "", m_gt_0);
|
||||
@@ -507,11 +493,9 @@ static void porter_stemmer(const char *zIn, int nIn, char *zOut, int *pnOut){
|
||||
z += 3;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}else if( z[2]=='e' ){
|
||||
if( !stem(&z, "tneme", "", m_gt_1)
|
||||
&& !stem(&z, "tnem", "", m_gt_1)
|
||||
){
|
||||
stem(&z, "tne", "", m_gt_1);
|
||||
}
|
||||
stem(&z, "tneme", "", m_gt_1) ||
|
||||
stem(&z, "tnem", "", m_gt_1) ||
|
||||
stem(&z, "tne", "", m_gt_1);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
break;
|
||||
@@ -530,9 +514,8 @@ static void porter_stemmer(const char *zIn, int nIn, char *zOut, int *pnOut){
|
||||
}
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case 't':
|
||||
if( !stem(&z, "eta", "", m_gt_1) ){
|
||||
stem(&z, "iti", "", m_gt_1);
|
||||
}
|
||||
stem(&z, "eta", "", m_gt_1) ||
|
||||
stem(&z, "iti", "", m_gt_1);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case 'u':
|
||||
if( z[0]=='s' && z[2]=='o' && m_gt_1(z+3) ){
|
||||
@@ -564,7 +547,7 @@ static void porter_stemmer(const char *zIn, int nIn, char *zOut, int *pnOut){
|
||||
/* z[] is now the stemmed word in reverse order. Flip it back
|
||||
** around into forward order and return.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
*pnOut = i = (int)strlen(z);
|
||||
*pnOut = i = strlen(z);
|
||||
zOut[i] = 0;
|
||||
while( *z ){
|
||||
zOut[--i] = *(z++);
|
||||
@@ -619,11 +602,9 @@ static int porterNext(
|
||||
if( c->iOffset>iStartOffset ){
|
||||
int n = c->iOffset-iStartOffset;
|
||||
if( n>c->nAllocated ){
|
||||
char *pNew;
|
||||
c->nAllocated = n+20;
|
||||
pNew = sqlite3_realloc64(c->zToken, c->nAllocated);
|
||||
if( !pNew ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
|
||||
c->zToken = pNew;
|
||||
c->zToken = sqlite3_realloc(c->zToken, c->nAllocated);
|
||||
if( c->zToken==NULL ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
|
||||
}
|
||||
porter_stemmer(&z[iStartOffset], n, c->zToken, pnBytes);
|
||||
*pzToken = c->zToken;
|
||||
@@ -646,7 +627,6 @@ static const sqlite3_tokenizer_module porterTokenizerModule = {
|
||||
porterOpen,
|
||||
porterClose,
|
||||
porterNext,
|
||||
0
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,374 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
** 2011 Jan 27
|
||||
**
|
||||
** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
|
||||
** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
|
||||
**
|
||||
** May you do good and not evil.
|
||||
** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
|
||||
** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
|
||||
**
|
||||
******************************************************************************
|
||||
**
|
||||
** This file is not part of the production FTS code. It is only used for
|
||||
** testing. It contains a virtual table implementation that provides direct
|
||||
** access to the full-text index of an FTS table.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include "fts3Int.h"
|
||||
#if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3)
|
||||
#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
|
||||
|
||||
#include <string.h>
|
||||
#include <assert.h>
|
||||
#include <stdlib.h>
|
||||
|
||||
typedef struct Fts3termTable Fts3termTable;
|
||||
typedef struct Fts3termCursor Fts3termCursor;
|
||||
|
||||
struct Fts3termTable {
|
||||
sqlite3_vtab base; /* Base class used by SQLite core */
|
||||
int iIndex; /* Index for Fts3Table.aIndex[] */
|
||||
Fts3Table *pFts3Tab;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
struct Fts3termCursor {
|
||||
sqlite3_vtab_cursor base; /* Base class used by SQLite core */
|
||||
Fts3MultiSegReader csr; /* Must be right after "base" */
|
||||
Fts3SegFilter filter;
|
||||
|
||||
int isEof; /* True if cursor is at EOF */
|
||||
char *pNext;
|
||||
|
||||
sqlite3_int64 iRowid; /* Current 'rowid' value */
|
||||
sqlite3_int64 iDocid; /* Current 'docid' value */
|
||||
int iCol; /* Current 'col' value */
|
||||
int iPos; /* Current 'pos' value */
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
** Schema of the terms table.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define FTS3_TERMS_SCHEMA "CREATE TABLE x(term, docid, col, pos)"
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
** This function does all the work for both the xConnect and xCreate methods.
|
||||
** These tables have no persistent representation of their own, so xConnect
|
||||
** and xCreate are identical operations.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static int fts3termConnectMethod(
|
||||
sqlite3 *db, /* Database connection */
|
||||
void *pCtx, /* Non-zero for an fts4prefix table */
|
||||
int argc, /* Number of elements in argv array */
|
||||
const char * const *argv, /* xCreate/xConnect argument array */
|
||||
sqlite3_vtab **ppVtab, /* OUT: New sqlite3_vtab object */
|
||||
char **pzErr /* OUT: sqlite3_malloc'd error message */
|
||||
){
|
||||
char const *zDb; /* Name of database (e.g. "main") */
|
||||
char const *zFts3; /* Name of fts3 table */
|
||||
int nDb; /* Result of strlen(zDb) */
|
||||
int nFts3; /* Result of strlen(zFts3) */
|
||||
sqlite3_int64 nByte; /* Bytes of space to allocate here */
|
||||
int rc; /* value returned by declare_vtab() */
|
||||
Fts3termTable *p; /* Virtual table object to return */
|
||||
int iIndex = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
UNUSED_PARAMETER(pCtx);
|
||||
if( argc==5 ){
|
||||
iIndex = atoi(argv[4]);
|
||||
argc--;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* The user should specify a single argument - the name of an fts3 table. */
|
||||
if( argc!=4 ){
|
||||
sqlite3Fts3ErrMsg(pzErr,
|
||||
"wrong number of arguments to fts4term constructor"
|
||||
);
|
||||
return SQLITE_ERROR;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
zDb = argv[1];
|
||||
nDb = (int)strlen(zDb);
|
||||
zFts3 = argv[3];
|
||||
nFts3 = (int)strlen(zFts3);
|
||||
|
||||
rc = sqlite3_declare_vtab(db, FTS3_TERMS_SCHEMA);
|
||||
if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
|
||||
|
||||
nByte = sizeof(Fts3termTable) + sizeof(Fts3Table) + nDb + nFts3 + 2;
|
||||
p = (Fts3termTable *)sqlite3_malloc64(nByte);
|
||||
if( !p ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
|
||||
memset(p, 0, (size_t)nByte);
|
||||
|
||||
p->pFts3Tab = (Fts3Table *)&p[1];
|
||||
p->pFts3Tab->zDb = (char *)&p->pFts3Tab[1];
|
||||
p->pFts3Tab->zName = &p->pFts3Tab->zDb[nDb+1];
|
||||
p->pFts3Tab->db = db;
|
||||
p->pFts3Tab->nIndex = iIndex+1;
|
||||
p->iIndex = iIndex;
|
||||
|
||||
memcpy((char *)p->pFts3Tab->zDb, zDb, nDb);
|
||||
memcpy((char *)p->pFts3Tab->zName, zFts3, nFts3);
|
||||
sqlite3Fts3Dequote((char *)p->pFts3Tab->zName);
|
||||
|
||||
*ppVtab = (sqlite3_vtab *)p;
|
||||
return SQLITE_OK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
** This function does the work for both the xDisconnect and xDestroy methods.
|
||||
** These tables have no persistent representation of their own, so xDisconnect
|
||||
** and xDestroy are identical operations.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static int fts3termDisconnectMethod(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab){
|
||||
Fts3termTable *p = (Fts3termTable *)pVtab;
|
||||
Fts3Table *pFts3 = p->pFts3Tab;
|
||||
int i;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Free any prepared statements held */
|
||||
for(i=0; i<SizeofArray(pFts3->aStmt); i++){
|
||||
sqlite3_finalize(pFts3->aStmt[i]);
|
||||
}
|
||||
sqlite3_free(pFts3->zSegmentsTbl);
|
||||
sqlite3_free(p);
|
||||
return SQLITE_OK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#define FTS4AUX_EQ_CONSTRAINT 1
|
||||
#define FTS4AUX_GE_CONSTRAINT 2
|
||||
#define FTS4AUX_LE_CONSTRAINT 4
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
** xBestIndex - Analyze a WHERE and ORDER BY clause.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static int fts3termBestIndexMethod(
|
||||
sqlite3_vtab *pVTab,
|
||||
sqlite3_index_info *pInfo
|
||||
){
|
||||
UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVTab);
|
||||
|
||||
/* This vtab naturally does "ORDER BY term, docid, col, pos". */
|
||||
if( pInfo->nOrderBy ){
|
||||
int i;
|
||||
for(i=0; i<pInfo->nOrderBy; i++){
|
||||
if( pInfo->aOrderBy[i].iColumn!=i || pInfo->aOrderBy[i].desc ) break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
if( i==pInfo->nOrderBy ){
|
||||
pInfo->orderByConsumed = 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return SQLITE_OK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
** xOpen - Open a cursor.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static int fts3termOpenMethod(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, sqlite3_vtab_cursor **ppCsr){
|
||||
Fts3termCursor *pCsr; /* Pointer to cursor object to return */
|
||||
|
||||
UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVTab);
|
||||
|
||||
pCsr = (Fts3termCursor *)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(Fts3termCursor));
|
||||
if( !pCsr ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
|
||||
memset(pCsr, 0, sizeof(Fts3termCursor));
|
||||
|
||||
*ppCsr = (sqlite3_vtab_cursor *)pCsr;
|
||||
return SQLITE_OK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
** xClose - Close a cursor.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static int fts3termCloseMethod(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor){
|
||||
Fts3Table *pFts3 = ((Fts3termTable *)pCursor->pVtab)->pFts3Tab;
|
||||
Fts3termCursor *pCsr = (Fts3termCursor *)pCursor;
|
||||
|
||||
sqlite3Fts3SegmentsClose(pFts3);
|
||||
sqlite3Fts3SegReaderFinish(&pCsr->csr);
|
||||
sqlite3_free(pCsr);
|
||||
return SQLITE_OK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
** xNext - Advance the cursor to the next row, if any.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static int fts3termNextMethod(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor){
|
||||
Fts3termCursor *pCsr = (Fts3termCursor *)pCursor;
|
||||
Fts3Table *pFts3 = ((Fts3termTable *)pCursor->pVtab)->pFts3Tab;
|
||||
int rc;
|
||||
sqlite3_int64 v;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Increment our pretend rowid value. */
|
||||
pCsr->iRowid++;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Advance to the next term in the full-text index. */
|
||||
if( pCsr->csr.aDoclist==0
|
||||
|| pCsr->pNext>=&pCsr->csr.aDoclist[pCsr->csr.nDoclist-1]
|
||||
){
|
||||
rc = sqlite3Fts3SegReaderStep(pFts3, &pCsr->csr);
|
||||
if( rc!=SQLITE_ROW ){
|
||||
pCsr->isEof = 1;
|
||||
return rc;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
pCsr->iCol = 0;
|
||||
pCsr->iPos = 0;
|
||||
pCsr->iDocid = 0;
|
||||
pCsr->pNext = pCsr->csr.aDoclist;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Read docid */
|
||||
pCsr->pNext += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(pCsr->pNext, &pCsr->iDocid);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
pCsr->pNext += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(pCsr->pNext, &v);
|
||||
if( v==0 ){
|
||||
pCsr->pNext += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(pCsr->pNext, &v);
|
||||
pCsr->iDocid += v;
|
||||
pCsr->pNext += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(pCsr->pNext, &v);
|
||||
pCsr->iCol = 0;
|
||||
pCsr->iPos = 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if( v==1 ){
|
||||
pCsr->pNext += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(pCsr->pNext, &v);
|
||||
pCsr->iCol += (int)v;
|
||||
pCsr->iPos = 0;
|
||||
pCsr->pNext += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(pCsr->pNext, &v);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
pCsr->iPos += (int)(v - 2);
|
||||
|
||||
return SQLITE_OK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
** xFilter - Initialize a cursor to point at the start of its data.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static int fts3termFilterMethod(
|
||||
sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor, /* The cursor used for this query */
|
||||
int idxNum, /* Strategy index */
|
||||
const char *idxStr, /* Unused */
|
||||
int nVal, /* Number of elements in apVal */
|
||||
sqlite3_value **apVal /* Arguments for the indexing scheme */
|
||||
){
|
||||
Fts3termCursor *pCsr = (Fts3termCursor *)pCursor;
|
||||
Fts3termTable *p = (Fts3termTable *)pCursor->pVtab;
|
||||
Fts3Table *pFts3 = p->pFts3Tab;
|
||||
int rc;
|
||||
|
||||
UNUSED_PARAMETER(nVal);
|
||||
UNUSED_PARAMETER(idxNum);
|
||||
UNUSED_PARAMETER(idxStr);
|
||||
UNUSED_PARAMETER(apVal);
|
||||
|
||||
assert( idxStr==0 && idxNum==0 );
|
||||
|
||||
/* In case this cursor is being reused, close and zero it. */
|
||||
testcase(pCsr->filter.zTerm);
|
||||
sqlite3Fts3SegReaderFinish(&pCsr->csr);
|
||||
memset(&pCsr->csr, 0, ((u8*)&pCsr[1]) - (u8*)&pCsr->csr);
|
||||
|
||||
pCsr->filter.flags = FTS3_SEGMENT_REQUIRE_POS|FTS3_SEGMENT_IGNORE_EMPTY;
|
||||
pCsr->filter.flags |= FTS3_SEGMENT_SCAN;
|
||||
|
||||
rc = sqlite3Fts3SegReaderCursor(pFts3, 0, p->iIndex, FTS3_SEGCURSOR_ALL,
|
||||
pCsr->filter.zTerm, pCsr->filter.nTerm, 0, 1, &pCsr->csr
|
||||
);
|
||||
if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
|
||||
rc = sqlite3Fts3SegReaderStart(pFts3, &pCsr->csr, &pCsr->filter);
|
||||
}
|
||||
if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
|
||||
rc = fts3termNextMethod(pCursor);
|
||||
}
|
||||
return rc;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
** xEof - Return true if the cursor is at EOF, or false otherwise.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static int fts3termEofMethod(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor){
|
||||
Fts3termCursor *pCsr = (Fts3termCursor *)pCursor;
|
||||
return pCsr->isEof;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
** xColumn - Return a column value.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static int fts3termColumnMethod(
|
||||
sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor, /* Cursor to retrieve value from */
|
||||
sqlite3_context *pCtx, /* Context for sqlite3_result_xxx() calls */
|
||||
int iCol /* Index of column to read value from */
|
||||
){
|
||||
Fts3termCursor *p = (Fts3termCursor *)pCursor;
|
||||
|
||||
assert( iCol>=0 && iCol<=3 );
|
||||
switch( iCol ){
|
||||
case 0:
|
||||
sqlite3_result_text(pCtx, p->csr.zTerm, p->csr.nTerm, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case 1:
|
||||
sqlite3_result_int64(pCtx, p->iDocid);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case 2:
|
||||
sqlite3_result_int64(pCtx, p->iCol);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
default:
|
||||
sqlite3_result_int64(pCtx, p->iPos);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return SQLITE_OK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
** xRowid - Return the current rowid for the cursor.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static int fts3termRowidMethod(
|
||||
sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor, /* Cursor to retrieve value from */
|
||||
sqlite_int64 *pRowid /* OUT: Rowid value */
|
||||
){
|
||||
Fts3termCursor *pCsr = (Fts3termCursor *)pCursor;
|
||||
*pRowid = pCsr->iRowid;
|
||||
return SQLITE_OK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
** Register the fts3term module with database connection db. Return SQLITE_OK
|
||||
** if successful or an error code if sqlite3_create_module() fails.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int sqlite3Fts3InitTerm(sqlite3 *db){
|
||||
static const sqlite3_module fts3term_module = {
|
||||
0, /* iVersion */
|
||||
fts3termConnectMethod, /* xCreate */
|
||||
fts3termConnectMethod, /* xConnect */
|
||||
fts3termBestIndexMethod, /* xBestIndex */
|
||||
fts3termDisconnectMethod, /* xDisconnect */
|
||||
fts3termDisconnectMethod, /* xDestroy */
|
||||
fts3termOpenMethod, /* xOpen */
|
||||
fts3termCloseMethod, /* xClose */
|
||||
fts3termFilterMethod, /* xFilter */
|
||||
fts3termNextMethod, /* xNext */
|
||||
fts3termEofMethod, /* xEof */
|
||||
fts3termColumnMethod, /* xColumn */
|
||||
fts3termRowidMethod, /* xRowid */
|
||||
0, /* xUpdate */
|
||||
0, /* xBegin */
|
||||
0, /* xSync */
|
||||
0, /* xCommit */
|
||||
0, /* xRollback */
|
||||
0, /* xFindFunction */
|
||||
0, /* xRename */
|
||||
0, /* xSavepoint */
|
||||
0, /* xRelease */
|
||||
0, /* xRollbackTo */
|
||||
0 /* xShadowName */
|
||||
};
|
||||
int rc; /* Return code */
|
||||
|
||||
rc = sqlite3_create_module(db, "fts4term", &fts3term_module, 0);
|
||||
return rc;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) */
|
||||
@@ -1,623 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
** 2011 Jun 13
|
||||
**
|
||||
** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
|
||||
** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
|
||||
**
|
||||
** May you do good and not evil.
|
||||
** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
|
||||
** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
|
||||
**
|
||||
******************************************************************************
|
||||
**
|
||||
** This file is not part of the production FTS code. It is only used for
|
||||
** testing. It contains a Tcl command that can be used to test if a document
|
||||
** matches an FTS NEAR expression.
|
||||
**
|
||||
** As of March 2012, it also contains a version 1 tokenizer used for testing
|
||||
** that the sqlite3_tokenizer_module.xLanguage() method is invoked correctly.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(INCLUDE_SQLITE_TCL_H)
|
||||
# include "sqlite_tcl.h"
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# include "tcl.h"
|
||||
# ifndef SQLITE_TCLAPI
|
||||
# define SQLITE_TCLAPI
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#include <string.h>
|
||||
#include <assert.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(SQLITE_TEST)
|
||||
#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS4)
|
||||
|
||||
/* Required so that the "ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3" below works */
|
||||
#include "fts3Int.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#define NM_MAX_TOKEN 12
|
||||
|
||||
typedef struct NearPhrase NearPhrase;
|
||||
typedef struct NearDocument NearDocument;
|
||||
typedef struct NearToken NearToken;
|
||||
|
||||
struct NearDocument {
|
||||
int nToken; /* Length of token in bytes */
|
||||
NearToken *aToken; /* Token array */
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
struct NearToken {
|
||||
int n; /* Length of token in bytes */
|
||||
const char *z; /* Pointer to token string */
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
struct NearPhrase {
|
||||
int nNear; /* Preceding NEAR value */
|
||||
int nToken; /* Number of tokens in this phrase */
|
||||
NearToken aToken[NM_MAX_TOKEN]; /* Array of tokens in this phrase */
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
static int nm_phrase_match(
|
||||
NearPhrase *p,
|
||||
NearToken *aToken
|
||||
){
|
||||
int ii;
|
||||
|
||||
for(ii=0; ii<p->nToken; ii++){
|
||||
NearToken *pToken = &p->aToken[ii];
|
||||
if( pToken->n>0 && pToken->z[pToken->n-1]=='*' ){
|
||||
if( aToken[ii].n<(pToken->n-1) ) return 0;
|
||||
if( memcmp(aToken[ii].z, pToken->z, pToken->n-1) ) return 0;
|
||||
}else{
|
||||
if( aToken[ii].n!=pToken->n ) return 0;
|
||||
if( memcmp(aToken[ii].z, pToken->z, pToken->n) ) return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static int nm_near_chain(
|
||||
int iDir, /* Direction to iterate through aPhrase[] */
|
||||
NearDocument *pDoc, /* Document to match against */
|
||||
int iPos, /* Position at which iPhrase was found */
|
||||
int nPhrase, /* Size of phrase array */
|
||||
NearPhrase *aPhrase, /* Phrase array */
|
||||
int iPhrase /* Index of phrase found */
|
||||
){
|
||||
int iStart;
|
||||
int iStop;
|
||||
int ii;
|
||||
int nNear;
|
||||
int iPhrase2;
|
||||
NearPhrase *p;
|
||||
NearPhrase *pPrev;
|
||||
|
||||
assert( iDir==1 || iDir==-1 );
|
||||
|
||||
if( iDir==1 ){
|
||||
if( (iPhrase+1)==nPhrase ) return 1;
|
||||
nNear = aPhrase[iPhrase+1].nNear;
|
||||
}else{
|
||||
if( iPhrase==0 ) return 1;
|
||||
nNear = aPhrase[iPhrase].nNear;
|
||||
}
|
||||
pPrev = &aPhrase[iPhrase];
|
||||
iPhrase2 = iPhrase+iDir;
|
||||
p = &aPhrase[iPhrase2];
|
||||
|
||||
iStart = iPos - nNear - p->nToken;
|
||||
iStop = iPos + nNear + pPrev->nToken;
|
||||
|
||||
if( iStart<0 ) iStart = 0;
|
||||
if( iStop > pDoc->nToken - p->nToken ) iStop = pDoc->nToken - p->nToken;
|
||||
|
||||
for(ii=iStart; ii<=iStop; ii++){
|
||||
if( nm_phrase_match(p, &pDoc->aToken[ii]) ){
|
||||
if( nm_near_chain(iDir, pDoc, ii, nPhrase, aPhrase, iPhrase2) ) return 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static int nm_match_count(
|
||||
NearDocument *pDoc, /* Document to match against */
|
||||
int nPhrase, /* Size of phrase array */
|
||||
NearPhrase *aPhrase, /* Phrase array */
|
||||
int iPhrase /* Index of phrase to count matches for */
|
||||
){
|
||||
int nOcc = 0;
|
||||
int ii;
|
||||
NearPhrase *p = &aPhrase[iPhrase];
|
||||
|
||||
for(ii=0; ii<(pDoc->nToken + 1 - p->nToken); ii++){
|
||||
if( nm_phrase_match(p, &pDoc->aToken[ii]) ){
|
||||
/* Test forward NEAR chain (i>iPhrase) */
|
||||
if( 0==nm_near_chain(1, pDoc, ii, nPhrase, aPhrase, iPhrase) ) continue;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Test reverse NEAR chain (i<iPhrase) */
|
||||
if( 0==nm_near_chain(-1, pDoc, ii, nPhrase, aPhrase, iPhrase) ) continue;
|
||||
|
||||
/* This is a real match. Increment the counter. */
|
||||
nOcc++;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return nOcc;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
** Tclcmd: fts3_near_match DOCUMENT EXPR ?OPTIONS?
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static int SQLITE_TCLAPI fts3_near_match_cmd(
|
||||
ClientData clientData,
|
||||
Tcl_Interp *interp,
|
||||
int objc,
|
||||
Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]
|
||||
){
|
||||
int nTotal = 0;
|
||||
int rc;
|
||||
int ii;
|
||||
int nPhrase;
|
||||
NearPhrase *aPhrase = 0;
|
||||
NearDocument doc = {0, 0};
|
||||
Tcl_Obj **apDocToken;
|
||||
Tcl_Obj *pRet;
|
||||
Tcl_Obj *pPhrasecount = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
Tcl_Obj **apExprToken;
|
||||
int nExprToken;
|
||||
|
||||
UNUSED_PARAMETER(clientData);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Must have 3 or more arguments. */
|
||||
if( objc<3 || (objc%2)==0 ){
|
||||
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "DOCUMENT EXPR ?OPTION VALUE?...");
|
||||
rc = TCL_ERROR;
|
||||
goto near_match_out;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
for(ii=3; ii<objc; ii+=2){
|
||||
enum NM_enum { NM_PHRASECOUNTS };
|
||||
struct TestnmSubcmd {
|
||||
char *zName;
|
||||
enum NM_enum eOpt;
|
||||
} aOpt[] = {
|
||||
{ "-phrasecountvar", NM_PHRASECOUNTS },
|
||||
{ 0, 0 }
|
||||
};
|
||||
int iOpt;
|
||||
if( Tcl_GetIndexFromObjStruct(
|
||||
interp, objv[ii], aOpt, sizeof(aOpt[0]), "option", 0, &iOpt)
|
||||
){
|
||||
return TCL_ERROR;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
switch( aOpt[iOpt].eOpt ){
|
||||
case NM_PHRASECOUNTS:
|
||||
pPhrasecount = objv[ii+1];
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
rc = Tcl_ListObjGetElements(interp, objv[1], &doc.nToken, &apDocToken);
|
||||
if( rc!=TCL_OK ) goto near_match_out;
|
||||
doc.aToken = (NearToken *)ckalloc(doc.nToken*sizeof(NearToken));
|
||||
for(ii=0; ii<doc.nToken; ii++){
|
||||
doc.aToken[ii].z = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(apDocToken[ii], &doc.aToken[ii].n);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
rc = Tcl_ListObjGetElements(interp, objv[2], &nExprToken, &apExprToken);
|
||||
if( rc!=TCL_OK ) goto near_match_out;
|
||||
|
||||
nPhrase = (nExprToken + 1) / 2;
|
||||
aPhrase = (NearPhrase *)ckalloc(nPhrase * sizeof(NearPhrase));
|
||||
memset(aPhrase, 0, nPhrase * sizeof(NearPhrase));
|
||||
for(ii=0; ii<nPhrase; ii++){
|
||||
Tcl_Obj *pPhrase = apExprToken[ii*2];
|
||||
Tcl_Obj **apToken;
|
||||
int nToken;
|
||||
int jj;
|
||||
|
||||
rc = Tcl_ListObjGetElements(interp, pPhrase, &nToken, &apToken);
|
||||
if( rc!=TCL_OK ) goto near_match_out;
|
||||
if( nToken>NM_MAX_TOKEN ){
|
||||
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "Too many tokens in phrase", 0);
|
||||
rc = TCL_ERROR;
|
||||
goto near_match_out;
|
||||
}
|
||||
for(jj=0; jj<nToken; jj++){
|
||||
NearToken *pT = &aPhrase[ii].aToken[jj];
|
||||
pT->z = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(apToken[jj], &pT->n);
|
||||
}
|
||||
aPhrase[ii].nToken = nToken;
|
||||
}
|
||||
for(ii=1; ii<nPhrase; ii++){
|
||||
Tcl_Obj *pNear = apExprToken[2*ii-1];
|
||||
int nNear;
|
||||
rc = Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, pNear, &nNear);
|
||||
if( rc!=TCL_OK ) goto near_match_out;
|
||||
aPhrase[ii].nNear = nNear;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
pRet = Tcl_NewObj();
|
||||
Tcl_IncrRefCount(pRet);
|
||||
for(ii=0; ii<nPhrase; ii++){
|
||||
int nOcc = nm_match_count(&doc, nPhrase, aPhrase, ii);
|
||||
Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, pRet, Tcl_NewIntObj(nOcc));
|
||||
nTotal += nOcc;
|
||||
}
|
||||
if( pPhrasecount ){
|
||||
Tcl_ObjSetVar2(interp, pPhrasecount, 0, pRet, 0);
|
||||
}
|
||||
Tcl_DecrRefCount(pRet);
|
||||
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewBooleanObj(nTotal>0));
|
||||
|
||||
near_match_out:
|
||||
ckfree((char *)aPhrase);
|
||||
ckfree((char *)doc.aToken);
|
||||
return rc;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
** Tclcmd: fts3_configure_incr_load ?CHUNKSIZE THRESHOLD?
|
||||
**
|
||||
** Normally, FTS uses hard-coded values to determine the minimum doclist
|
||||
** size eligible for incremental loading, and the size of the chunks loaded
|
||||
** when a doclist is incrementally loaded. This command allows the built-in
|
||||
** values to be overridden for testing purposes.
|
||||
**
|
||||
** If present, the first argument is the chunksize in bytes to load doclists
|
||||
** in. The second argument is the minimum doclist size in bytes to use
|
||||
** incremental loading with.
|
||||
**
|
||||
** Whether or not the arguments are present, this command returns a list of
|
||||
** two integers - the initial chunksize and threshold when the command is
|
||||
** invoked. This can be used to restore the default behavior after running
|
||||
** tests. For example:
|
||||
**
|
||||
** # Override incr-load settings for testing:
|
||||
** set cfg [fts3_configure_incr_load $new_chunksize $new_threshold]
|
||||
**
|
||||
** .... run tests ....
|
||||
**
|
||||
** # Restore initial incr-load settings:
|
||||
** eval fts3_configure_incr_load $cfg
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static int SQLITE_TCLAPI fts3_configure_incr_load_cmd(
|
||||
ClientData clientData,
|
||||
Tcl_Interp *interp,
|
||||
int objc,
|
||||
Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]
|
||||
){
|
||||
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3
|
||||
extern int test_fts3_node_chunksize;
|
||||
extern int test_fts3_node_chunk_threshold;
|
||||
Tcl_Obj *pRet;
|
||||
|
||||
if( objc!=1 && objc!=3 ){
|
||||
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "?CHUNKSIZE THRESHOLD?");
|
||||
return TCL_ERROR;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
pRet = Tcl_NewObj();
|
||||
Tcl_IncrRefCount(pRet);
|
||||
Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(
|
||||
interp, pRet, Tcl_NewIntObj(test_fts3_node_chunksize));
|
||||
Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(
|
||||
interp, pRet, Tcl_NewIntObj(test_fts3_node_chunk_threshold));
|
||||
|
||||
if( objc==3 ){
|
||||
int iArg1;
|
||||
int iArg2;
|
||||
if( Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[1], &iArg1)
|
||||
|| Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[2], &iArg2)
|
||||
){
|
||||
Tcl_DecrRefCount(pRet);
|
||||
return TCL_ERROR;
|
||||
}
|
||||
test_fts3_node_chunksize = iArg1;
|
||||
test_fts3_node_chunk_threshold = iArg2;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, pRet);
|
||||
Tcl_DecrRefCount(pRet);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
UNUSED_PARAMETER(clientData);
|
||||
return TCL_OK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
** Beginning of test tokenizer code.
|
||||
**
|
||||
** For language 0, this tokenizer is similar to the default 'simple'
|
||||
** tokenizer. For other languages L, the following:
|
||||
**
|
||||
** * Odd numbered languages are case-sensitive. Even numbered
|
||||
** languages are not.
|
||||
**
|
||||
** * Language ids 100 or greater are considered an error.
|
||||
**
|
||||
** The implementation assumes that the input contains only ASCII characters
|
||||
** (i.e. those that may be encoded in UTF-8 using a single byte).
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef struct test_tokenizer {
|
||||
sqlite3_tokenizer base;
|
||||
} test_tokenizer;
|
||||
|
||||
typedef struct test_tokenizer_cursor {
|
||||
sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor base;
|
||||
const char *aInput; /* Input being tokenized */
|
||||
int nInput; /* Size of the input in bytes */
|
||||
int iInput; /* Current offset in aInput */
|
||||
int iToken; /* Index of next token to be returned */
|
||||
char *aBuffer; /* Buffer containing current token */
|
||||
int nBuffer; /* Number of bytes allocated at pToken */
|
||||
int iLangid; /* Configured language id */
|
||||
} test_tokenizer_cursor;
|
||||
|
||||
static int testTokenizerCreate(
|
||||
int argc, const char * const *argv,
|
||||
sqlite3_tokenizer **ppTokenizer
|
||||
){
|
||||
test_tokenizer *pNew;
|
||||
UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc);
|
||||
UNUSED_PARAMETER(argv);
|
||||
|
||||
pNew = sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(test_tokenizer));
|
||||
if( !pNew ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
|
||||
memset(pNew, 0, sizeof(test_tokenizer));
|
||||
|
||||
*ppTokenizer = (sqlite3_tokenizer *)pNew;
|
||||
return SQLITE_OK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static int testTokenizerDestroy(sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer){
|
||||
test_tokenizer *p = (test_tokenizer *)pTokenizer;
|
||||
sqlite3_free(p);
|
||||
return SQLITE_OK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static int testTokenizerOpen(
|
||||
sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer, /* The tokenizer */
|
||||
const char *pInput, int nBytes, /* String to be tokenized */
|
||||
sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor **ppCursor /* OUT: Tokenization cursor */
|
||||
){
|
||||
int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */
|
||||
test_tokenizer_cursor *pCsr; /* New cursor object */
|
||||
|
||||
UNUSED_PARAMETER(pTokenizer);
|
||||
|
||||
pCsr = (test_tokenizer_cursor *)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(test_tokenizer_cursor));
|
||||
if( pCsr==0 ){
|
||||
rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
|
||||
}else{
|
||||
memset(pCsr, 0, sizeof(test_tokenizer_cursor));
|
||||
pCsr->aInput = pInput;
|
||||
if( nBytes<0 ){
|
||||
pCsr->nInput = (int)strlen(pInput);
|
||||
}else{
|
||||
pCsr->nInput = nBytes;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
*ppCursor = (sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *)pCsr;
|
||||
return rc;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static int testTokenizerClose(sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCursor){
|
||||
test_tokenizer_cursor *pCsr = (test_tokenizer_cursor *)pCursor;
|
||||
sqlite3_free(pCsr->aBuffer);
|
||||
sqlite3_free(pCsr);
|
||||
return SQLITE_OK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static int testIsTokenChar(char c){
|
||||
return (c>='a' && c<='z') || (c>='A' && c<='Z');
|
||||
}
|
||||
static int testTolower(char c){
|
||||
char ret = c;
|
||||
if( ret>='A' && ret<='Z') ret = ret - ('A'-'a');
|
||||
return ret;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static int testTokenizerNext(
|
||||
sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCursor, /* Cursor returned by testTokenizerOpen */
|
||||
const char **ppToken, /* OUT: *ppToken is the token text */
|
||||
int *pnBytes, /* OUT: Number of bytes in token */
|
||||
int *piStartOffset, /* OUT: Starting offset of token */
|
||||
int *piEndOffset, /* OUT: Ending offset of token */
|
||||
int *piPosition /* OUT: Position integer of token */
|
||||
){
|
||||
test_tokenizer_cursor *pCsr = (test_tokenizer_cursor *)pCursor;
|
||||
int rc = SQLITE_OK;
|
||||
const char *p;
|
||||
const char *pEnd;
|
||||
|
||||
p = &pCsr->aInput[pCsr->iInput];
|
||||
pEnd = &pCsr->aInput[pCsr->nInput];
|
||||
|
||||
/* Skip past any white-space */
|
||||
assert( p<=pEnd );
|
||||
while( p<pEnd && testIsTokenChar(*p)==0 ) p++;
|
||||
|
||||
if( p==pEnd ){
|
||||
rc = SQLITE_DONE;
|
||||
}else{
|
||||
/* Advance to the end of the token */
|
||||
const char *pToken = p;
|
||||
sqlite3_int64 nToken;
|
||||
while( p<pEnd && testIsTokenChar(*p) ) p++;
|
||||
nToken = (sqlite3_int64)(p-pToken);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Copy the token into the buffer */
|
||||
if( nToken>pCsr->nBuffer ){
|
||||
sqlite3_free(pCsr->aBuffer);
|
||||
pCsr->aBuffer = sqlite3_malloc64(nToken);
|
||||
}
|
||||
if( pCsr->aBuffer==0 ){
|
||||
rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
|
||||
}else{
|
||||
int i;
|
||||
|
||||
if( pCsr->iLangid & 0x00000001 ){
|
||||
for(i=0; i<nToken; i++) pCsr->aBuffer[i] = pToken[i];
|
||||
}else{
|
||||
for(i=0; i<nToken; i++) pCsr->aBuffer[i] = (char)testTolower(pToken[i]);
|
||||
}
|
||||
pCsr->iToken++;
|
||||
pCsr->iInput = (int)(p - pCsr->aInput);
|
||||
|
||||
*ppToken = pCsr->aBuffer;
|
||||
*pnBytes = (int)nToken;
|
||||
*piStartOffset = (int)(pToken - pCsr->aInput);
|
||||
*piEndOffset = (int)(p - pCsr->aInput);
|
||||
*piPosition = pCsr->iToken;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return rc;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static int testTokenizerLanguage(
|
||||
sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCursor,
|
||||
int iLangid
|
||||
){
|
||||
int rc = SQLITE_OK;
|
||||
test_tokenizer_cursor *pCsr = (test_tokenizer_cursor *)pCursor;
|
||||
pCsr->iLangid = iLangid;
|
||||
if( pCsr->iLangid>=100 ){
|
||||
rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
|
||||
}
|
||||
return rc;
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
static int SQLITE_TCLAPI fts3_test_tokenizer_cmd(
|
||||
ClientData clientData,
|
||||
Tcl_Interp *interp,
|
||||
int objc,
|
||||
Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]
|
||||
){
|
||||
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3
|
||||
static const sqlite3_tokenizer_module testTokenizerModule = {
|
||||
1,
|
||||
testTokenizerCreate,
|
||||
testTokenizerDestroy,
|
||||
testTokenizerOpen,
|
||||
testTokenizerClose,
|
||||
testTokenizerNext,
|
||||
testTokenizerLanguage
|
||||
};
|
||||
const sqlite3_tokenizer_module *pPtr = &testTokenizerModule;
|
||||
if( objc!=1 ){
|
||||
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "");
|
||||
return TCL_ERROR;
|
||||
}
|
||||
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewByteArrayObj(
|
||||
(const unsigned char *)&pPtr, sizeof(sqlite3_tokenizer_module *)
|
||||
));
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
UNUSED_PARAMETER(clientData);
|
||||
return TCL_OK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static int SQLITE_TCLAPI fts3_test_varint_cmd(
|
||||
ClientData clientData,
|
||||
Tcl_Interp *interp,
|
||||
int objc,
|
||||
Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]
|
||||
){
|
||||
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3
|
||||
char aBuf[24];
|
||||
int rc;
|
||||
Tcl_WideInt w;
|
||||
sqlite3_int64 w2;
|
||||
int nByte, nByte2;
|
||||
|
||||
if( objc!=2 ){
|
||||
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "INTEGER");
|
||||
return TCL_ERROR;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
rc = Tcl_GetWideIntFromObj(interp, objv[1], &w);
|
||||
if( rc!=TCL_OK ) return rc;
|
||||
|
||||
nByte = sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(aBuf, w);
|
||||
nByte2 = sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(aBuf, &w2);
|
||||
if( w!=w2 || nByte!=nByte2 ){
|
||||
char *zErr = sqlite3_mprintf("error testing %lld", w);
|
||||
Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
|
||||
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, zErr, 0);
|
||||
return TCL_ERROR;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if( w<=2147483647 && w>=0 ){
|
||||
int i;
|
||||
nByte2 = fts3GetVarint32(aBuf, &i);
|
||||
if( (int)w!=i || nByte!=nByte2 ){
|
||||
char *zErr = sqlite3_mprintf("error testing %lld (32-bit)", w);
|
||||
Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
|
||||
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, zErr, 0);
|
||||
return TCL_ERROR;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
UNUSED_PARAMETER(clientData);
|
||||
return TCL_OK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
** End of tokenizer code.
|
||||
**************************************************************************/
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
** sqlite3_fts3_may_be_corrupt BOOLEAN
|
||||
**
|
||||
** Set or clear the global "may-be-corrupt" flag. Return the old value.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static int SQLITE_TCLAPI fts3_may_be_corrupt(
|
||||
void * clientData,
|
||||
Tcl_Interp *interp,
|
||||
int objc,
|
||||
Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]
|
||||
){
|
||||
#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
|
||||
int bOld = sqlite3_fts3_may_be_corrupt;
|
||||
|
||||
if( objc!=2 && objc!=1 ){
|
||||
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "?BOOLEAN?");
|
||||
return TCL_ERROR;
|
||||
}
|
||||
if( objc==2 ){
|
||||
int bNew;
|
||||
if( Tcl_GetBooleanFromObj(interp, objv[1], &bNew) ) return TCL_ERROR;
|
||||
sqlite3_fts3_may_be_corrupt = bNew;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewIntObj(bOld));
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
return TCL_OK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int Sqlitetestfts3_Init(Tcl_Interp *interp){
|
||||
Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp, "fts3_near_match", fts3_near_match_cmd, 0, 0);
|
||||
Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp,
|
||||
"fts3_configure_incr_load", fts3_configure_incr_load_cmd, 0, 0
|
||||
);
|
||||
Tcl_CreateObjCommand(
|
||||
interp, "fts3_test_tokenizer", fts3_test_tokenizer_cmd, 0, 0
|
||||
);
|
||||
Tcl_CreateObjCommand(
|
||||
interp, "fts3_test_varint", fts3_test_varint_cmd, 0, 0
|
||||
);
|
||||
Tcl_CreateObjCommand(
|
||||
interp, "sqlite3_fts3_may_be_corrupt", fts3_may_be_corrupt, 0, 0
|
||||
);
|
||||
return TCL_OK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3 || SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS4 */
|
||||
#endif /* ifdef SQLITE_TEST */
|
||||
@@ -1,458 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
** 2013 Apr 22
|
||||
**
|
||||
** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
|
||||
** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
|
||||
**
|
||||
** May you do good and not evil.
|
||||
** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
|
||||
** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
|
||||
**
|
||||
******************************************************************************
|
||||
**
|
||||
** This file contains code for the "fts3tokenize" virtual table module.
|
||||
** An fts3tokenize virtual table is created as follows:
|
||||
**
|
||||
** CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE <tbl> USING fts3tokenize(
|
||||
** <tokenizer-name>, <arg-1>, ...
|
||||
** );
|
||||
**
|
||||
** The table created has the following schema:
|
||||
**
|
||||
** CREATE TABLE <tbl>(input, token, start, end, position)
|
||||
**
|
||||
** When queried, the query must include a WHERE clause of type:
|
||||
**
|
||||
** input = <string>
|
||||
**
|
||||
** The virtual table module tokenizes this <string>, using the FTS3
|
||||
** tokenizer specified by the arguments to the CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE
|
||||
** statement and returns one row for each token in the result. With
|
||||
** fields set as follows:
|
||||
**
|
||||
** input: Always set to a copy of <string>
|
||||
** token: A token from the input.
|
||||
** start: Byte offset of the token within the input <string>.
|
||||
** end: Byte offset of the byte immediately following the end of the
|
||||
** token within the input string.
|
||||
** pos: Token offset of token within input.
|
||||
**
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#include "fts3Int.h"
|
||||
#if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3)
|
||||
|
||||
#include <string.h>
|
||||
#include <assert.h>
|
||||
|
||||
typedef struct Fts3tokTable Fts3tokTable;
|
||||
typedef struct Fts3tokCursor Fts3tokCursor;
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
** Virtual table structure.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
struct Fts3tokTable {
|
||||
sqlite3_vtab base; /* Base class used by SQLite core */
|
||||
const sqlite3_tokenizer_module *pMod;
|
||||
sqlite3_tokenizer *pTok;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
** Virtual table cursor structure.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
struct Fts3tokCursor {
|
||||
sqlite3_vtab_cursor base; /* Base class used by SQLite core */
|
||||
char *zInput; /* Input string */
|
||||
sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCsr; /* Cursor to iterate through zInput */
|
||||
int iRowid; /* Current 'rowid' value */
|
||||
const char *zToken; /* Current 'token' value */
|
||||
int nToken; /* Size of zToken in bytes */
|
||||
int iStart; /* Current 'start' value */
|
||||
int iEnd; /* Current 'end' value */
|
||||
int iPos; /* Current 'pos' value */
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
** Query FTS for the tokenizer implementation named zName.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static int fts3tokQueryTokenizer(
|
||||
Fts3Hash *pHash,
|
||||
const char *zName,
|
||||
const sqlite3_tokenizer_module **pp,
|
||||
char **pzErr
|
||||
){
|
||||
sqlite3_tokenizer_module *p;
|
||||
int nName = (int)strlen(zName);
|
||||
|
||||
p = (sqlite3_tokenizer_module *)sqlite3Fts3HashFind(pHash, zName, nName+1);
|
||||
if( !p ){
|
||||
sqlite3Fts3ErrMsg(pzErr, "unknown tokenizer: %s", zName);
|
||||
return SQLITE_ERROR;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
*pp = p;
|
||||
return SQLITE_OK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
** The second argument, argv[], is an array of pointers to nul-terminated
|
||||
** strings. This function makes a copy of the array and strings into a
|
||||
** single block of memory. It then dequotes any of the strings that appear
|
||||
** to be quoted.
|
||||
**
|
||||
** If successful, output parameter *pazDequote is set to point at the
|
||||
** array of dequoted strings and SQLITE_OK is returned. The caller is
|
||||
** responsible for eventually calling sqlite3_free() to free the array
|
||||
** in this case. Or, if an error occurs, an SQLite error code is returned.
|
||||
** The final value of *pazDequote is undefined in this case.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static int fts3tokDequoteArray(
|
||||
int argc, /* Number of elements in argv[] */
|
||||
const char * const *argv, /* Input array */
|
||||
char ***pazDequote /* Output array */
|
||||
){
|
||||
int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */
|
||||
if( argc==0 ){
|
||||
*pazDequote = 0;
|
||||
}else{
|
||||
int i;
|
||||
int nByte = 0;
|
||||
char **azDequote;
|
||||
|
||||
for(i=0; i<argc; i++){
|
||||
nByte += (int)(strlen(argv[i]) + 1);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
*pazDequote = azDequote = sqlite3_malloc64(sizeof(char *)*argc + nByte);
|
||||
if( azDequote==0 ){
|
||||
rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
|
||||
}else{
|
||||
char *pSpace = (char *)&azDequote[argc];
|
||||
for(i=0; i<argc; i++){
|
||||
int n = (int)strlen(argv[i]);
|
||||
azDequote[i] = pSpace;
|
||||
memcpy(pSpace, argv[i], n+1);
|
||||
sqlite3Fts3Dequote(pSpace);
|
||||
pSpace += (n+1);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return rc;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
** Schema of the tokenizer table.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define FTS3_TOK_SCHEMA "CREATE TABLE x(input, token, start, end, position)"
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
** This function does all the work for both the xConnect and xCreate methods.
|
||||
** These tables have no persistent representation of their own, so xConnect
|
||||
** and xCreate are identical operations.
|
||||
**
|
||||
** argv[0]: module name
|
||||
** argv[1]: database name
|
||||
** argv[2]: table name
|
||||
** argv[3]: first argument (tokenizer name)
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static int fts3tokConnectMethod(
|
||||
sqlite3 *db, /* Database connection */
|
||||
void *pHash, /* Hash table of tokenizers */
|
||||
int argc, /* Number of elements in argv array */
|
||||
const char * const *argv, /* xCreate/xConnect argument array */
|
||||
sqlite3_vtab **ppVtab, /* OUT: New sqlite3_vtab object */
|
||||
char **pzErr /* OUT: sqlite3_malloc'd error message */
|
||||
){
|
||||
Fts3tokTable *pTab = 0;
|
||||
const sqlite3_tokenizer_module *pMod = 0;
|
||||
sqlite3_tokenizer *pTok = 0;
|
||||
int rc;
|
||||
char **azDequote = 0;
|
||||
int nDequote;
|
||||
|
||||
rc = sqlite3_declare_vtab(db, FTS3_TOK_SCHEMA);
|
||||
if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
|
||||
|
||||
nDequote = argc-3;
|
||||
rc = fts3tokDequoteArray(nDequote, &argv[3], &azDequote);
|
||||
|
||||
if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
|
||||
const char *zModule;
|
||||
if( nDequote<1 ){
|
||||
zModule = "simple";
|
||||
}else{
|
||||
zModule = azDequote[0];
|
||||
}
|
||||
rc = fts3tokQueryTokenizer((Fts3Hash*)pHash, zModule, &pMod, pzErr);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
assert( (rc==SQLITE_OK)==(pMod!=0) );
|
||||
if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
|
||||
const char * const *azArg = 0;
|
||||
if( nDequote>1 ) azArg = (const char * const *)&azDequote[1];
|
||||
rc = pMod->xCreate((nDequote>1 ? nDequote-1 : 0), azArg, &pTok);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
|
||||
pTab = (Fts3tokTable *)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(Fts3tokTable));
|
||||
if( pTab==0 ){
|
||||
rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
|
||||
memset(pTab, 0, sizeof(Fts3tokTable));
|
||||
pTab->pMod = pMod;
|
||||
pTab->pTok = pTok;
|
||||
*ppVtab = &pTab->base;
|
||||
}else{
|
||||
if( pTok ){
|
||||
pMod->xDestroy(pTok);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
sqlite3_free(azDequote);
|
||||
return rc;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
** This function does the work for both the xDisconnect and xDestroy methods.
|
||||
** These tables have no persistent representation of their own, so xDisconnect
|
||||
** and xDestroy are identical operations.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static int fts3tokDisconnectMethod(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab){
|
||||
Fts3tokTable *pTab = (Fts3tokTable *)pVtab;
|
||||
|
||||
pTab->pMod->xDestroy(pTab->pTok);
|
||||
sqlite3_free(pTab);
|
||||
return SQLITE_OK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
** xBestIndex - Analyze a WHERE and ORDER BY clause.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static int fts3tokBestIndexMethod(
|
||||
sqlite3_vtab *pVTab,
|
||||
sqlite3_index_info *pInfo
|
||||
){
|
||||
int i;
|
||||
UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVTab);
|
||||
|
||||
for(i=0; i<pInfo->nConstraint; i++){
|
||||
if( pInfo->aConstraint[i].usable
|
||||
&& pInfo->aConstraint[i].iColumn==0
|
||||
&& pInfo->aConstraint[i].op==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_EQ
|
||||
){
|
||||
pInfo->idxNum = 1;
|
||||
pInfo->aConstraintUsage[i].argvIndex = 1;
|
||||
pInfo->aConstraintUsage[i].omit = 1;
|
||||
pInfo->estimatedCost = 1;
|
||||
return SQLITE_OK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
pInfo->idxNum = 0;
|
||||
assert( pInfo->estimatedCost>1000000.0 );
|
||||
|
||||
return SQLITE_OK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
** xOpen - Open a cursor.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static int fts3tokOpenMethod(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, sqlite3_vtab_cursor **ppCsr){
|
||||
Fts3tokCursor *pCsr;
|
||||
UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVTab);
|
||||
|
||||
pCsr = (Fts3tokCursor *)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(Fts3tokCursor));
|
||||
if( pCsr==0 ){
|
||||
return SQLITE_NOMEM;
|
||||
}
|
||||
memset(pCsr, 0, sizeof(Fts3tokCursor));
|
||||
|
||||
*ppCsr = (sqlite3_vtab_cursor *)pCsr;
|
||||
return SQLITE_OK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
** Reset the tokenizer cursor passed as the only argument. As if it had
|
||||
** just been returned by fts3tokOpenMethod().
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static void fts3tokResetCursor(Fts3tokCursor *pCsr){
|
||||
if( pCsr->pCsr ){
|
||||
Fts3tokTable *pTab = (Fts3tokTable *)(pCsr->base.pVtab);
|
||||
pTab->pMod->xClose(pCsr->pCsr);
|
||||
pCsr->pCsr = 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
sqlite3_free(pCsr->zInput);
|
||||
pCsr->zInput = 0;
|
||||
pCsr->zToken = 0;
|
||||
pCsr->nToken = 0;
|
||||
pCsr->iStart = 0;
|
||||
pCsr->iEnd = 0;
|
||||
pCsr->iPos = 0;
|
||||
pCsr->iRowid = 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
** xClose - Close a cursor.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static int fts3tokCloseMethod(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor){
|
||||
Fts3tokCursor *pCsr = (Fts3tokCursor *)pCursor;
|
||||
|
||||
fts3tokResetCursor(pCsr);
|
||||
sqlite3_free(pCsr);
|
||||
return SQLITE_OK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
** xNext - Advance the cursor to the next row, if any.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static int fts3tokNextMethod(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor){
|
||||
Fts3tokCursor *pCsr = (Fts3tokCursor *)pCursor;
|
||||
Fts3tokTable *pTab = (Fts3tokTable *)(pCursor->pVtab);
|
||||
int rc; /* Return code */
|
||||
|
||||
pCsr->iRowid++;
|
||||
rc = pTab->pMod->xNext(pCsr->pCsr,
|
||||
&pCsr->zToken, &pCsr->nToken,
|
||||
&pCsr->iStart, &pCsr->iEnd, &pCsr->iPos
|
||||
);
|
||||
|
||||
if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
|
||||
fts3tokResetCursor(pCsr);
|
||||
if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ) rc = SQLITE_OK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return rc;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
** xFilter - Initialize a cursor to point at the start of its data.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static int fts3tokFilterMethod(
|
||||
sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor, /* The cursor used for this query */
|
||||
int idxNum, /* Strategy index */
|
||||
const char *idxStr, /* Unused */
|
||||
int nVal, /* Number of elements in apVal */
|
||||
sqlite3_value **apVal /* Arguments for the indexing scheme */
|
||||
){
|
||||
int rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
|
||||
Fts3tokCursor *pCsr = (Fts3tokCursor *)pCursor;
|
||||
Fts3tokTable *pTab = (Fts3tokTable *)(pCursor->pVtab);
|
||||
UNUSED_PARAMETER(idxStr);
|
||||
UNUSED_PARAMETER(nVal);
|
||||
|
||||
fts3tokResetCursor(pCsr);
|
||||
if( idxNum==1 ){
|
||||
const char *zByte = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(apVal[0]);
|
||||
int nByte = sqlite3_value_bytes(apVal[0]);
|
||||
pCsr->zInput = sqlite3_malloc64(nByte+1);
|
||||
if( pCsr->zInput==0 ){
|
||||
rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
|
||||
}else{
|
||||
if( nByte>0 ) memcpy(pCsr->zInput, zByte, nByte);
|
||||
pCsr->zInput[nByte] = 0;
|
||||
rc = pTab->pMod->xOpen(pTab->pTok, pCsr->zInput, nByte, &pCsr->pCsr);
|
||||
if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
|
||||
pCsr->pCsr->pTokenizer = pTab->pTok;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
|
||||
return fts3tokNextMethod(pCursor);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
** xEof - Return true if the cursor is at EOF, or false otherwise.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static int fts3tokEofMethod(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor){
|
||||
Fts3tokCursor *pCsr = (Fts3tokCursor *)pCursor;
|
||||
return (pCsr->zToken==0);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
** xColumn - Return a column value.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static int fts3tokColumnMethod(
|
||||
sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor, /* Cursor to retrieve value from */
|
||||
sqlite3_context *pCtx, /* Context for sqlite3_result_xxx() calls */
|
||||
int iCol /* Index of column to read value from */
|
||||
){
|
||||
Fts3tokCursor *pCsr = (Fts3tokCursor *)pCursor;
|
||||
|
||||
/* CREATE TABLE x(input, token, start, end, position) */
|
||||
switch( iCol ){
|
||||
case 0:
|
||||
sqlite3_result_text(pCtx, pCsr->zInput, -1, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case 1:
|
||||
sqlite3_result_text(pCtx, pCsr->zToken, pCsr->nToken, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case 2:
|
||||
sqlite3_result_int(pCtx, pCsr->iStart);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case 3:
|
||||
sqlite3_result_int(pCtx, pCsr->iEnd);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
default:
|
||||
assert( iCol==4 );
|
||||
sqlite3_result_int(pCtx, pCsr->iPos);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
return SQLITE_OK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
** xRowid - Return the current rowid for the cursor.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static int fts3tokRowidMethod(
|
||||
sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor, /* Cursor to retrieve value from */
|
||||
sqlite_int64 *pRowid /* OUT: Rowid value */
|
||||
){
|
||||
Fts3tokCursor *pCsr = (Fts3tokCursor *)pCursor;
|
||||
*pRowid = (sqlite3_int64)pCsr->iRowid;
|
||||
return SQLITE_OK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
** Register the fts3tok module with database connection db. Return SQLITE_OK
|
||||
** if successful or an error code if sqlite3_create_module() fails.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int sqlite3Fts3InitTok(sqlite3 *db, Fts3Hash *pHash, void(*xDestroy)(void*)){
|
||||
static const sqlite3_module fts3tok_module = {
|
||||
0, /* iVersion */
|
||||
fts3tokConnectMethod, /* xCreate */
|
||||
fts3tokConnectMethod, /* xConnect */
|
||||
fts3tokBestIndexMethod, /* xBestIndex */
|
||||
fts3tokDisconnectMethod, /* xDisconnect */
|
||||
fts3tokDisconnectMethod, /* xDestroy */
|
||||
fts3tokOpenMethod, /* xOpen */
|
||||
fts3tokCloseMethod, /* xClose */
|
||||
fts3tokFilterMethod, /* xFilter */
|
||||
fts3tokNextMethod, /* xNext */
|
||||
fts3tokEofMethod, /* xEof */
|
||||
fts3tokColumnMethod, /* xColumn */
|
||||
fts3tokRowidMethod, /* xRowid */
|
||||
0, /* xUpdate */
|
||||
0, /* xBegin */
|
||||
0, /* xSync */
|
||||
0, /* xCommit */
|
||||
0, /* xRollback */
|
||||
0, /* xFindFunction */
|
||||
0, /* xRename */
|
||||
0, /* xSavepoint */
|
||||
0, /* xRelease */
|
||||
0, /* xRollbackTo */
|
||||
0 /* xShadowName */
|
||||
};
|
||||
int rc; /* Return code */
|
||||
|
||||
rc = sqlite3_create_module_v2(
|
||||
db, "fts3tokenize", &fts3tok_module, (void*)pHash, xDestroy
|
||||
);
|
||||
return rc;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) */
|
||||